I Don't Wanna Be Famous (A Total Drama SI story)

Which camper should return in chapter 15 alongside Izzy?

  • Cody

    Votes: 3 30.0%
  • Beth

    Votes: 6 60.0%
  • Owen

    Votes: 1 10.0%
  • Leshawna

    Votes: 2 20.0%
  • Noah

    Votes: 0 0.0%
  • Geoff

    Votes: 1 10.0%
  • Bridgette

    Votes: 1 10.0%
  • Tyler

    Votes: 0 0.0%
  • Katie/Sadie (one or the other)

    Votes: 0 0.0%
  • Harold

    Votes: 1 10.0%

  • Total voters
    10
  • Poll closed .
Prologue: I Just Got ROBbed
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Yeah, so, I’ve been out of the writing game for quite a while, so I figured I’d start with something relatively straightforward and linear (plot-wise) to get myself back in the groove. So what better way than to throw an SI onto Total Drama Island and watch the sparks fly?

    This story’s mostly for fun and practice, so I won’t be taking it too seriously. No idea how often I’ll update, either, but I wanted to put something out there to get the ball rolling.

    This isn’t a quest or anything, but I do plan on some amount of reader interaction (see the end of this post for more details on that). Reader feedback will naturally affect update frequency, as well (hint, hint; nudge, nudge).

    Alright, let’s get this trainwreck of show on the road, shall we?



    Prologue: I Just Got ROBbed

    I awoke with a yawn. Man, that was a good sleep! I felt more rested than I’d had in- Wait. Why was I lying on the floor?

    I sat up. Not only had I been sleeping on the floor, but I was in a small, featureless room. There was no furniture, no windows, and only a single door.

    What the hell?

    I got to my feet, frowning. I wasn’t dreaming, was I? I certainly felt awake.

    Just as I was pondering the strange situation, the door opened, admitting a Caucasian man of medium height and build, with the sort of bland, featureless face you’d forget two seconds after you’d seen it in a crowd. If not for the neatly-pressed, bright yellow business suit and neon-green tie he wore I would have hardly noticed him.

    Well, setting aside that he was the only other person in the room, of course.

    “Hello, Jason!” he greeted cheerfully, giving me a big smile.

    “Hello,” I echoed, eyeing the man cautiously. How did he know my name? Did he bring me here? For that matter, where was “here”? Aloud, I said, “Who are you?”

    “Why, I’m a ROB!”

    I blinked and stared at the man while thoughts rushed through my head. After several seconds of absolute silence, I spoke, my voice filled to the brim with disbelief.

    “You’re a ROB? A Random Omnipotent Being?”

    The man nodded. “That’s right.”

    “Yeah, you’re clearly a loon. I’m out,” I said, shaking my head. I walked past the man to open the door and leave, only to stop and blink with my hand held out in front of me.

    The door was gone.

    “I may be a loon, but I’m still a ROB,” the man said cheerfully behind me.

    I felt the hairs at the back of my neck rise, a chill going through me. Either this room was modular – and I had somehow failed to notice the door being replaced right in front of me – or this guy was telling the truth… At the very least, he seemed to have some manner of reality-warping abilities.

    I quietly swallowed and turned back around to face him. He was grinning, like he’d just been told an amusing joke.

    “Okay, say you’re a ROB,” I said slowly, making sure to keep my voice and face neutral, “what do you want with me?”

    “Why, my dear Jason, I want you to be part of a game.”

    Oh, wow, that didn’t bode well. I’d read a few ROB stories; they varied quite a bit in tone and humor, but the vast majority featured some mix of awesome, larger-than-life events and horrible, terrible suck for the protagonist.

    “Please don’t make me a pony,” I blurted out.

    The man – the ROB – guffawed. “Maybe next time,” he said, settling back into a grin. “I have something else planned for you.”

    I sighed in relief. Okay, so it wasn’t as horrible as I’d feared. Still, he could send me to one of the suckier universes out there… like Warhammer 40k or Dark Souls or something. Taking a deep breath, I did my best to calm my nerves. Steeling myself, I fixed the ROB with my stare.

    “Alright, before we continue on with whatever this is, I do have one question,” I said, crossing my arms in front of my chest and doing my best to keep my gaze level.

    “Shoot.”

    “Mustard yellow? Really?” I asked, indicating the wall, the floor and even the ceiling.

    Seriously, who uses the same color for every surface of a room?

    “Hey, I like yellow. And mustard,” the ROB said with a shrug. “It goes good on hot dogs.”

    “Uh-huh…”

    Silence fell.

    “So, uh, what’s this ‘game’ you were talking about?” I asked finally, seeing as how the ROB was apparently content to just stand there and grin at me like a loon.

    “Oh! Yes, of course! I want to put you on a reality show.”

    “You want to put me on a reality show?” I asked, aghast, my every antisocial instinct screaming at me to run away. “What did I ever do to you?!

    “Now, now. It’s not gonna be as bad as all that, I assure you,” the ROB said soothingly. “I guarantee you’ll like it. You’re quite intimately familiar with it, in fact.”

    I blinked. “I am? But I don’t watch reality- Wait.”

    The ROB nodded, smiling approvingly. “That’s right.”

    “You’re putting me on Total Drama? Seriously?”

    “I am indeed!”

    “Okay, this might not be totally horrible,” I admitted cautiously. “I haven’t seen it in a couple years, but I should be able to-”

    “Oh, of course, since knowing what will happen beforehand would give you an unfair advantage, I’ll just have to seal away all your memories of it.”

    “What? Wait a sec, that’s-”

    The ROB snapped his fingers. I blinked several times as a wave of disorientation washed over me, like I had just stood up too fast after waking up in the morning. I looked around, then re-focused my gaze on the ROB.

    “What did you just do?” I asked, narrowing my eyes in suspicion. We’d been talking about… something… but I couldn’t quite remember what. Did he mess with my head?

    “Oh, I just made some preparations,” he replied, not answering my question in the slightest. “Speaking of, I still need to make a few more. You’d best be on your way.”

    “Where am I-”

    Before I could say “going?”, the world flashed and swirled, and I found myself lurching forward to fall, only barely catching myself on my hands. Once the world stopped spinning I carefully stood up, one hand steadying myself on the metallic gray wall.

    Hang on. Wasn’t the wall mustard yellow a second ago?

    Also, why did my hand look like that? It looked vaguely deformed, kinda cartoon-y, and- Oh.

    I immediately looked myself over, to see just how much the ROB had changed me.

    Tattoos, check. Muscles, check. Scars, check. Huh. I guess I really did just become a cartoon version of myself, huh? Could be worse, I guess. At least I’m not a pony or anything.

    Pondering this strange turn of events, I began stroking my chin, only to instantly widen my eyes and gasp when my fingers touched smooth skin. Using both hands, I felt my chin, my cheeks, even underneath my nose. Perfectly smooth everywhere.

    Letting out a growl, I turned my gaze upward, shaking my fists at the ceiling.

    “You took my beard! YOU ASSHOLE!




    End Prologue

    Author’s Notes, II: Right, so to avoid making the teams uneven, I have two choices: Either have the SI replace one of the canon (male) characters, or add one more to the opposing team. In case of the latter option, I’m thinking someone from a different Fresh TV series like 6TEEN or Stoked, just to keep things in the same meta-universe.

    Your thoughts and suggestions, dear reader(s)? (Dare I presume there’s more than one of you?)
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 1: Fresh Off The Boat
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Yeah, so, the dialogue’s a bit stilted and… well, canon, in this chapter. Don’t worry, it’s going to become more and more non-canon (and hopefully less stilted) with each chapter as the ripples from Jason’s replacing of Ezekiel spread… and he learns people’s names. And yes, the SI will get less grumpy as time goes on. Also, I suck at character descriptions.



    Chapter 1: Fresh Off The Boat

    I found myself sitting on a bench below deck on a boat, heading… somewhere. Presumably wherever the reality show was going to be set. It alarmed me somewhat that I needed nautical transport to get there; knowing my luck, it would turn out to be one of those luxurious beachside villas where the contestants were barely allowed to go outside.

    Seriously, stuck for weeks or months inside a house with who-knows-how-many teenagers? Luxurious or not, that was going to be a nightmare.

    While I was pondering this, I noticed there was a full-length mirror on the wall. Deciding to check myself out, I stood up and walked over.

    Looking back at me was a fairly short young man – presumably a teenager, judging by his complete lack of facial hair below the eyes – with wavy, somewhat curly dark brown hair that looked like it hadn’t been trimmed in a long while and as a result was rather wild-looking, blue-green eyes, high cheek bones, a slightly cleft chin, and an athletic build mostly covered by a long-sleeved, olive green collared shirt and forest green cargo pants along with brown hiking shoes, and a large, forest green backpack hanging from his shoulders.

    “Yo, we’re here,” came a muffled voice from upstairs. “Get off, I got more teens to ferry.”

    Alright, this is it. I took a deep breath, steeled myself, and walked up the stairs to the deck… to find myself looking out over what appeared to be a summer camp, composed of several cottages and other buildings surrounded by pines and firs, no luxury villas in sight. Thank ROB for small mercies!

    “Jason, what’s up, man?”

    I lowered my gaze somewhat to look at the speaker; a man standing on a rickety-looking wooden dock, with wavy black hair, black pinpricks for eyes, a rugged jaw covered in stubble, and wearing a dark green, short-sleeved collared shirt over what looked like a white sweater with rolled-up sleeves, along with gray cargo pants and white-and-dark-green sneakers. Oh, and he had what looked like a small pouch hanging from a leather necklace around his neck. Some kind of lucky charm, maybe?

    I shrugged as I jumped off the boat and onto the dock. There was a slightly worrying creak from below, but after a quick glance downward I ignored it and turned my attention back to the man, idly noting the large sign behind him reading “Wawanakwa”. The name of the camp, maybe? “Not much. Got roped into a reality show. You the host?”

    The man shot me a toothy grin and a pair of finger guns. “That’s right! Chris McClane’s my name and reality show hosting’s my game.”

    “Marvelous. So what do I do now?”

    “You go in the lineup,” Chris said, flicking a thumb over his shoulder toward the group of teenagers already assembled on the dock. “There’s more people coming before we begin.”

    I sighed. “Great.” I walked over toward the group, while over on the mainland I could see several camera crews training their equipment on us. That would take some getting used to.

    “Where did you run off from, boot camp?” asked a rough-looking guy with a short, green mohawk and a face full of piercings. He was fairly tall, and wore a black T-shirt over a white shirt, along with a pair of long jeans shorts hanging off his hips in a typical skater fashion, with white-and-red rubber shoes on his feet. If I would call his fashion sense anything, it would be half punk, half skater. Hell, he even had a studded leather collar on, for crying out loud! The guy snorted at his own joke.

    I blinked at him, not having expected the question. “What? Oh, the clothes and the backpack. Nah, I just spend a lotta time in the woods. Military gear’s comfy and durable. Lots of pockets, too.”

    “So, what, you’re some kind of wild child?” asked a tall, slim Asian girl with long, grayish-black hair and eyes, prompting me to look her over. She wore a small, wine red top and off-green short shorts with thick-heeled sandals, and seemed to be in good shape. I wasn’t too into the cartoon aesthetic myself, but I judged her to be on the attractive end of the scale. She smirked. “That explains the hair.”

    Oh, great, I’d only just arrived and already people were giving me attitude. I glanced upward. “Yeah… I’ve been meaning to get a trim, but I was putting it off and then I got roped into this at the last second, so…”

    “Aww, I think it’s cute,” a blond, green-eyed girl holding a surf board said. Her long hair was done up in a low ponytail, and she wore a tight blue hoodie with surfer shorts and sandals. “He looks like Jon Snow without the beard.”

    My eye twitched slightly at the impromptu reminder of my missing beard. Damn you, ROB! “Thanks,” I said, a bit colder than intended, judging by the taken-aback look on the girl’s face.

    “Hold up, last second?” asked a black girl. The black girl, now that I looked around. Her black hair was done up in a high ponytail, and she had a pair of those big loop earrings on. Oh, and she had a beauty mark on her right cheek, I noted. Her clothes consisted of a pale yellow blouse with some kind of red fruit imagery on the chest, long jeans shorts and sandals. Also – and this was very difficult not to notice – she had a lot of, shall we say, “junk in her trunk”. That was, she was on the chunkier side, but not obese. “I got my letter weeks ago. Didn’t you?”

    Hmm, how to put this? “Well, I was kidnapped by a ROB, and then...” Aloud, I said, “Well, I-”

    “Yeah, one of our contestants canceled at the last minute,” Chris spoke up suddenly behind me, prompting me to snap my trap shut. “Personal reasons, apparently. So the producers did a random draw from among the runner-up applicants and Jason’s the lucky winner.”

    Random” my ass, I thought, thinking back to the maniacally grinning ROB. Like hell he just left it up to chance… I shrugged. “Yeah, that.”

    “Hey, where’re you from?” asked a tall and lanky brown-haired kid, his voice almost a wheeze. Honestly, both the guy’s voice and his overall demeanor made me think of Shaggy from Scooby-Doo… if Shaggy had asthma and glasses. “I don’t recognize your accent, like, at all, man.”

    “I’m from Sweden,” I answered, barely glancing at the guy. He seemed harmless enough, unlike the punk/skater guy.

    “Whoa, that’s, like, in Scandinavia, right?”

    “Uh, yeah,” I said, turning to give the boy a closer look. He wore a blue T-shirt over a pink shirt – seriously, was that a thing around here, to wear short sleeves over long? – along with green pants and some really goofy-looking blue-and-white sneakers. “Most people get it confused with Switzerland half the time.”

    The boy snorted derisively, then puffed out his chest, an action which was barely noticeable on someone so skinny. “Not me. My geography skills are excellent,” he said proudly.

    “… Okay,” I said uncertainly, not really sure what to make of that. Was he expecting a reward, or…?

    “Cody!” I heard Chris call out suddenly. “The Code-ster! The Code-meister!

    Oh, right. More people coming, I thought, turning my attention back to the show’s host and the newcomer that had just stepped off the boat. It was a short, skinny guy with brown hair… and a pale yellow T-shirt over a long-sleeved gray shirt, blue cargo pants and sneakers. Again with the short-over-long! What is up what?! Ah, well, at least I’m not the shortest guy around here…

    We stood on the docks for quite a while as more and more people arrived, ferried there one by one. I realized it was probably to make things more dramatic for the viewers, but to me it just seemed like a waste of time and resources; the boat wasn’t large, but it could easily have hauled six or seven people at a time without trouble.

    Once everyone had arrived safely – more or less, as the one ginger girl had tripped on the boat’s railing and smacked chin-first into the dock – Chris turned to address us.

    “Everyone on the end of the dock!” he called out, pulling out a camera and then jumping onto the boat while we all filed onto the end of the dock. My antisocial instincts kicking in, I opted to stand at the back and to the side, on top of one of the poles holding up the dock. That it made me appear taller in the photo was only icing on the loner cake. As Chris aimed his camera at us, a lot of the contestants struck poses. I, for my part, opted to simply cross my arms and give a slight smile.

    “Okay. One, two, thre- Oops! Okay, forgot the lens cap. Okay, hold that pose… One, two- Oh. No, wait. Card’s full. Hang on.”

    I groaned along with pretty much everyone on the dock.

    “Come on man, my face is starting to freeze,” the black girl said irritably.

    “Got it,” Chris called out as he finished fiddling with the camera. “Okay, everyone say ‘Wawanakwa’!”

    “““““Wawanakwa-aaaaaaaaaaaah!”””””

    Just as we were saying the name, the dock let out a crack and collapsed underneath our combined weight. Or, should I say, their combined weight… as I was left standing safely on top of one of the poles. Antisocial skills for the win!

    … Though admittedly without any obvious route of escape that didn’t involve jumping into the water. Bummer.

    “All right, guys,” Chris said from atop the boat, “dry off and meet up at the campfire pit in ten!”

    “Um, okay,” I said. I spent a few seconds watching everybody else trudge wearily onto land, then sighed. Taking off my shoes and then my socks, I bent at the knee and jumped as far as I could in the direction of land… surprisingly finding myself landing not in shallow water as I expected but rather halfway up the beach. I was a pretty good jumper, mind you, but not that good. Something was up.

    And that’s when it struck me.

    This was a cartoon. And that meant… cartoon physics.

    Oh, this might turn out pretty “larger-than-life”, after all…



    “This is Camp Wawanakwa,” Chris began his explanation once we were all gathered at the campfire pit – with a plethora of sittings stumps on one side, with large rocks behind them, which I could only guess would create a fairly cozy effect during nighttime. Of course, we were all sitting or standing facing Chris, who stood on the other side of the campfire pit, the rest of the camp – and two camera crews – visible behind him. “Your home, for the next eight weeks. The campers sitting around you will be your cabin mates, your competition, and maybe even your friends. Ya dig?”

    I glanced around. Including myself, there were 22 teens in all, divided equally between boys and girls. There was quite the array of characters among them, no doubt chosen exactly because of the potential for conflict between them. The thought did make me wonder: did the producers of the show think to themselves that I would be a good addition to the drama when my name “randomly” came up?

    Screw the producers, ROB probably had something in mind when he picked me. Beard-stealing asshole.

    “The camper who manages to stay on Total Drama Island the longest, without getting voted off, will win one hundred thousand dollars!” Chris finished dramatically, bringing me out of my thoughts. I didn’t doubt for a second that the editors would add a drum roll or something before putting it on the air.

    “Excuse me,” said the punk/skater boy, whose name I had picked up as “Duncan”. “What would the sleeping arrangements be? ‘Cause I’d like to request a bunk under her.”

    “They’re not co-ed, are they?” the tall Asian girl – Heather, if I recalled correctly – asked worriedly when Duncan flicked a thumb in her direction, indicating she was the subject of his query.

    Chris shook his head. “No, girls get one side of each cabin, and dudes get the other.”

    “Excuse me, Kyle?” a blond, blue-eyed girl whose name I didn’t remember spoke. “Can I have a cabin with a lake view since I’m the prettiest?”

    Oh, wow. Vanity alert, I thought, rolling my eyes. Also, wasn’t his name Chris? Did I get that wrong?

    “Okay, you are,” Chris – Kyle? – said, “but that’s not really how it works here. And it’s Chris.”

    Oh, okay, I did get it right. Good.

    “I have to live with Sadie, or I’ll die,” the skinny half (third?) of a pair of girls who had arrived together said. She took the hand of the decidedly obese girl sitting next to her. They had matching hair and outfits in the form of twin pigtails, black-and-white tops and pink shorts and sandals, and obviously knew each other since before the competition.

    “And I’ll break out in hives,” the obese girl chimed in. “It’s true!”

    Wow. Dramatic much? Then again, that’s probably why they were chosen…

    Ignoring the scattered mutterings – though I did note with some alarm that Duncan was giving a noogie to a deer for some reason – I focused on Chris as the host continued speaking.

    “Here’s the deal,” he said, pulling out a piece of paper, “we’re gonna split you into two teams. If I call your name out, go stand over there.”

    He then proceeded to call out eleven names in turn: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Katie, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, and Noah. They were to be known as the “Screaming Gophers”, and Chris gave them a banner displaying a stylized angry rodent.

    The rest of us: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Izzy, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold, were to be known as the “Killer Bass”, and our banner displayed a leaping fish. Awesome.

    There was a bit of drama when the pigtailed girls realized they were going to be on separate teams, but I did my best to ignore it, having already dismissed them as overly-dramatic cry-babies.

    “Alright, campers,” Chris spoke up, calling us to attention once more. “You and your team will be on camera in all public areas during this competition. You will also be able to share your innermost thoughts on tape with video diaries anytime you want. Let the audience at home know what you’re really thinking. Or, just get something off your chest.”

    “What, like a confessional?” I asked.

    “Exactamundo, Jason,” Chris confirmed, giving me a grin. “Any other questions, campers? Cool. Let’s find your cabins.”

    He led us into the main camp and gestured first to the cabin on the right, then the one on the left. “Gophers, you’re in the east cabin. Bass, you’re in the west. Each cabin is divided in two halves, with girls on one side and boys on the other. Take some time to pick a bunk and unpack, then we’ll get back to it.”

    “Excuse me, Chris?” Geoff – the tall, buff blond guy wearing an olive cowboy hat and a pink shirt with blue shorts and sandals of all things – called out as I made a beeline toward the cabin, prompting me to slow my steps and listen. “Is there a chaperon of any kind in this facility?”

    “You’re all sixteen years old,” Chris said, looking around. “As old as a councilor-in-training at a regular summer camp. So, other than myself, you’ll be unsupervised.” Raising his voice, he added, “You’ve got a half an’ hour to unpack and meet me back at the main lodge, starting now.”

    “Nice!” Geoff exlaimed happily, and I couldn’t help but notice his gaze immediately going to the surfer girl – Bridgette – as she walked into the cabin.

    Oh, great, I thought, letting out a sigh, there’s going to be teenage love drama too, isn’t there? I bet the viewers are just gonna eat that up.

    Shaking my head, I made my way into the boys’ side of the Bass’s cabin and looked around. It was straightforward enough: a decent-size room, with the left and right walls lined with bunk beds while the far wall had a single window with some moth-eaten drapes hung over it. There were eight beds in all, meaning with only five guys on my team there would be a few empty ones. Perfect.

    I picked out the top-left bunk closest to the window, and barely had time to put my backpack up there to mark my claim before a high-pitched scream tore through the air. Hurrying over to the Gophers’ cabin along with everyone else in the camp, I looked inside the girls’ side to see the vain blonde, Lindsay, standing on top of a small stool and shaking with fear.

    “Man, that white girl can scream,” the chunky black girl – Leshawna – commented.

    “What is it? Kill it! Kill it!” Lindsay said fearfully, looking at something on the floor… which turned out to be a cockroach, running aimlessly to and fro.

    Fucking seriously?

    There was another high-pitched scream as the buffest dude in the camp – the black guy, DJ – shrieked and leapt onto one of the bunk beds, breaking it in half with a bang in the process.

    “That was my bed,” the resident Goth girl said mournfully, whatever her name was. I gave her a gentle clap on the shoulder in sympathy, then turned my attention to the debacle unfolding inside the cabin as both boys and girls ran from the cockroach in fright. In a rare display of “courage”, Harold – the Shaggy-like boy – tried to stomp it, instead. How very brave.

    “Holy crap you guys are wimps,” I said, shaking my head. I stepped forward and bent over, catching the cockroach between my fingers. Shooting a disdainful look at the people in the cabin, I added, “It’s a cockroach, not a fucking invading horde.”

    With those words, I turned and walked outside, tossing the cockroach into some nearby bushes before turning my attention back to the inside of the cabin… just in time to see Tyler, the brown-haired guy in a red tracksuit, puff himself up in front of Lindsay.

    “If you ever see one of those again, just let me know, ‘kay?” he said. “’Cause, you know… I can do that too.”

    Oh my fucking gods, is she actually blushing? I think I’m gonna be sick.

    Behind me, I heard Duncan let out a derisive snort. “They always go for the jocks.”

    “Yeah… I guess they do,” I muttered, shaking my head.

    This whole competition was just going to be one huge headache for me, wasn’t it?

    Fuck you, ROB.

    “Hey, we could always go find the cockroach again,” someone said next to me, and I half-turned to see the Goth girl grinning slyly at me. “See if he’s as brave as he says he is.”

    “Heh… I guess we could,” I agreed, smirking.

    Okay, so maybe they’re not all idiots.



    A half hour later, we were all gathered inside the main lodge – a building a little bigger than the two cabins combined, and which apparently served the dual purpose of meeting room and canteen, with a kitchen attached. There were two long tables – one for each team – lined with stumps as seats, and the far wall from the door had a large opening in it serving as a, well, serving window. And on the other side of it was a large, angry black man in a chef’s hat and apron.

    Listen up! I serve it three times a day, and you will eat it three times a day!” he barked at us as we lined up to be served. “Grab your tray, get the food, and sit your butts down, now!

    And so, despite the protests of some of the campers, he began serving us our food… which consisted of some kind of gruel, bread, and some strange, red paste that looked to be vaguely alive. Yummy.

    Ah, well, I’ve had worse, I mused as I sat down on the far end of the Bass’ table, finding myself sitting across from Tyler and next to… someone. The angry gym girl, whatever her name was. She promptly ignored me, which suited me fine.

    After a couple minutes of mostly silent eating, Chris entered the canteen. “Welcome to the main lodge,” he said, putting his hands behind his back as he looked us over.

    “Yo, my man,” Geoff called out to him, “can we order a pizza?”

    His query was answered by a butcher’s cleaver spinning through the air before embedding itself in the wooden post next to the door.

    “Whoa-whoa-whoa-whoa! It’s cool, G!” Geoff stammered, his attention instantly on the angry black man who’d thrown the cleaver. “Brown slop is cool! Right, guys?”

    Said angry black man – what was his name, anyway? – simply glared at the teen while brandishing a large kitchen knife. At the sight of his imposing figure, several of the other campers either nodded fearfully or took cover behind their table.

    I couldn’t help but snicker quietly to myself. The chef was all right.

    Chris chuckled, then said, “Your first challenge begins… in one hour!

    “What do you think they’ll make us do?” Katie asked, looking up at DJ, who sat next to her.

    “It’s our first challenge, how hard can it be?” he replied, shrugging confidently.

    Oh, that’s a challenge to ROB if ever I heard one, I thought, surreptitiously looking up at the sky… or at least the ceiling. What are you planning…?

    Alas, if ROB was listening in on my thoughts, he didn’t deign to reply. Oh, well.

    I would have my answer an hour later, anyway.



    “You know, when they told us to change into swimwear I was expecting something water related,” I said an hour later as we all stood gathered for our first challenge… on top of the highest point of the unnaturally tall mountain that dominated what from up here was clearly an island in the middle of a fairly large lake. I looked over the edge of the cliff, to the lake far, far below. From this height, the tranquil waters looked downright ominous. “I wasn’t expecting this, though.”

    Next to me, DJ audibly gulped. “Oh, shit.”

    “You can say that again, big guy.”

    “Oh, shit.”

    “Quite.”



    End Chapter 1



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Katie, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Izzy, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Chapter 2: The First Challenge
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Well, we’re finally starting to veer off from canon a bit in this one. In all likelihood each new chapter will be less and less canon as the butterflies do their thing. I didn’t get to feature every character all that much, but then, that’s understandable both because the fic’s written in first-person and because that’s pretty much how it is in every season of Total Drama until people start getting voted off in droves and they can give more air time to the ones who remain. If I tried featuring everybody to their fullest potential right from the get-go I’d probably be looking at twice as long chapters and to be perfectly frank I think I would burn out quickly if that were the case. For now, go forth with the promise that there will be deeper and more fleshed-out character interaction as the numbers dwindle.



    Chapter 2: The First Challenge

    After making our way to the top of the cliff, we were allowed to rest for a bit. Whether it was because Chris wanted to give us the time to properly appreciate the sheer insanity of jumping off a high cliff or some other reason I did not know; either way, I took the opportunity to check out my fellow campers. In doing so, I confirmed something I had already suspected: I was the third or fourth buffest guy there, after DJ and Geoff… and arguably tied with the self-absorbed pretty boy who kept looking at himself in his hand mirror. Where did he keep pulling that out from, anyway? Hell, did I even want to know?

    Hey, I knew guys could be just as vain as girls, but that guy annoyed me simply by existing. Pretty boys were the natural enemies of average-looking guys like me, after all, and doubly so if they were vain about their appearance like that guy.

    Turning my attention to the females, I did what every straight guy did in the same situation, whether they admitted it or not: I determined which ones were attractive and which ones were not.

    Now, again, the cartoon aesthetic – or at least this particular cartoon aesthetic – didn’t appeal to me overmuch, but it was still easy enough to tell which ones were supposed to be attractive as opposed to not. The hot girls were Gwen, the Goth girl; Heather, the Asian chick; Izzy, the redhead; Bridgette, the blond surfer chick; the… other blond girl, whatever her name was; and the something-or-other Hispanic girl… who I could swear was sneaking glances at me. I hadn’t quite managed to catch her red-handed, but she was looking away just as I turned in her direction far too often for it to be a coincidence. Then again, I might just be imagining it; it wouldn’t be the first time I misinterpreted a woman’s actions.

    Moving on, the semi-attractive ones were… Eva, the possibly Eastern-European gym girl; Leshawna, the black girl; and the slimmer of the two cry-babies, even though her whole demeanor gave me the heebie-jeebies. The rest were uninteresting, as far as physical appearance went.

    Hey, just because I personally cared more about personality than looks didn’t make me blind. Besides, as soon as this competition thing was over ROB was going to send me back to my own world, anyway, so it wasn’t like there was a point in me trying to build up anything beyond casual friendships.

    Actually, that was kind of depressing, now that I thought about it. Huh.

    “Okay, today’s challenge is three-fold,” Chris spoke up suddenly, jolting me out of my thoughts. “Your first task is to jump off this 1,000-foot-high cliff into the lake.”

    “Piece of cake,” Bridgette said. Unlike the rest of the girls, who wore bikinis or swimsuits, she wore a full-on wetsuit, as befitted a surfer. I stood between her and the cliff, looking down at what appeared to be a small circle surrounded by a larger half-circle, going out from the beach into the water. It was really far down.

    “If you look down, you will see two target areas,” Chris continued behind us. “The wider area represents the part of the lake we have stocked with psychotic, heh heh, man-eating sharks!”

    “You did what, now?” I asked, looking back at the host in sudden alarm.

    “You heard me,” Chris replied, grinning. “Inside that area is a safe zone. That’s your target area, which we’re pretty sure is shark-free.”

    Pretty sure?” I echoed in a questioning tone.

    “Yeah, excuse me?” Leshawna chimed in.

    Alas, the host ignored us. “For each member of your team that jumps and actually… survives, there will be a crate of supplies waiting below. Inside each crate are supplies that you’ll need for the second part of the challenge: building a hot tub! The team with the best one gets to have a wicked hot tub party tonight. The losers will be sending someone home.”

    Looking back down I could see that there did indeed appear to be two piles of what could possibly be crates on the beach. It was rather hard to tell from this height and angle, though.

    “Wait, hang on,” I said, turning to Chris. “We are really high up. Are we high enough for terminal velocity?”

    The host shrugged. “No idea.”

    I felt my eye twitch slightly, but I said nothing, instead turning my attention back to the edge of the cliff and the sheer drop beyond. Cartoon physics or not, that looked like it would be painful. And were there really sharks down there?

    Okay, so, I’ll need to maximize air resistance, and then-

    “Let’s see… Killer Bass, you’re up first,” Chris spoke, once more interrupting my thoughts.

    “Oh, wow,” Bridgette said, having joined me in looking over the edge of the cliff. She looked back at the rest of our team. “So, who wants to go first?”

    As was appropriate for a cartoon, I heard crickets as everyone on our team looked away awkwardly. At least it was good to know that we didn’t have any suicidal people on our team.

    “Hey, don’t sweat it guys,” the fat guy – Owen – said suddenly, bringing my attention to the other team, the Screaming Gophers. “I heard that these shows always make the interns do the stunts first to make sure it’s survivable.”

    “Is that a body down there?” I half-joked, peering downward. There were some scattered, nervous laughs in response.

    “So, who’s up?” asked Eva, looking around.

    “Ladies first,” Duncan said slyly, glancing at Bridgette.

    “Fine, I’ll go,” she said.

    “All yours,” I told her, stepping back from the edge.

    “Thanks,” she said, giving me a wan smile. She took a deep breath. “Yeah, it’s no big deal. Just an insane cliff dive into a circle of angry sharks.”

    “Exactly! Not harrowing at all,” I agreed cheerfully, crossing my arms and nodding.

    Bridgette gave another wan smile, then jumped, performing a perfect swan dive into the middle of the smaller circle. A couple seconds later, she resurfaced, waving up at us.

    “Oh, hey, she didn’t go splat,” I said aloud as a boat pulled up to get her out of the water, prompting multiple people to let out sighs of relief. “Alright, guess I’m nex-”

    “She did it! Yeah! I’m next!”

    Before I could even get into position, I saw one of my teammates – the overly enthusiastic sports jock, Tyler – run past me and dive off the cliff.

    Cowabunga!

    “Hey, I wanted to say that!” I complained as the boy fell… only to smack face-first into a buoy at the outer edge of the smaller circle. That had to hurt. On the bright side, he didn’t go splat either, and apart from what was possibly a concussion looked to be all right, so the fall was definitely survivable even without a perfect landing.

    “Okay, now it’s my turn,” I said, shooting my teammates a pointed look. Turning back to the cliff’s edge, I took several quick breaths, psyching myself up… then ran and jumped, doing my best to aim for the smaller circle. As I fell I angled my body to maximize my air resistance and slow myself down as much as possible, then gradually changed my angle of descent so I would fall feet-first into the water.

    What? I was more concerned with survival than artistic grace, so sue me.

    I hit the water just inside the smaller circle, and immediately I felt pressure on my ears as I descended far below the waterline. After what felt like seconds my feet hit the muddy bottom of the lake, and I bent my knees and kicked off to hurry my ascent. I broke the surface soon after, pulling back a breath. I hadn’t been low on air or anything, but it seemed appropriate.

    “Good job landing in the circle,” Bridgette said as she extended a hand. I took it and she helped me up on the boat that was parked right outside the circle.

    “Thanks,” I said, grinning at her as I climbed onto the boat. Doing the jump – and surviving without injury – felt exhilarating, not gonna lie. I looked behind her to see Tyler, lying in a heap on the deck, groaning pitifully. I winced in sympathy, then waited for the intern driving the boat to let us off on the beach before turning my attention to the top of the cliff to watch the rest of our team do the jump.

    One by one, they did… with varying levels of grace and injury. Unsurprisingly the sportier ones like Geoff and Eva did a better job of it than the likes of the lanky, potentially asthmatic Harold… who somehow managed to land split-legged on the surface of the water, quite literally jumping in balls-first. His drawn-out screams echoed across the lake, to be silenced only when he sank beneath the waves.

    I no longer felt sorry for Tyler.

    After Harold was fished out of the water came the two cry-babies, Katie and Sadie – who were supposed to be on different teams. Did they convince Chris to let them jump out of order? Well, in any case, they successfully completed the jump to land in the smaller circle… and after that there was a long period of nothing from up above.

    “What are they doing up there? We’re still missing some people, aren’t we?” I asked, looking around. There were nine people on the beach, including the two girls Katie and Sadie… who I’d found out had convinced Chris to let them both be on the same team, with Katie switching out with the ginger girl, Izzy. Which was unfortunate; she seemed like a way more fun person. In any case, that meant we were still missing two people: the big guy, DJ, and… something-or-other. The Hispanic girl.

    “DJ chickened out,” Duncan said. “Miss ‘Prim and Proper’ probably did, too.”

    “Aww, man,” I said. “We’re not gonna lose the first challenge, are we?”

    Eventually, the members of the Screaming Gophers started falling from the sky, starting with the Asian girl, Heather. Though for some reason her fall was particularly unceremonious and out-of-control, almost like she’d been thrown off. She still managed to land in the smaller circle, though. Weird.

    One by one, the Screaming Gophers jumped, often while screaming in terror. Seriously, was someone up there just throwing them off against their will?

    Actually, that was probably a smart tactic, if so. Couldn’t chicken out mid-air, after all.

    Eventually, it was the turn of the self-absorbed pretty boy of the competition… whose name I still couldn’t remember. He was the first to land outside the smaller circle, and as I watched what appeared to be two sharks made a beeline toward him, their dorsal fins sticking out of the water.

    The lot of us on the beach cried out warnings… and then something happened that I would never have expected in a million years.

    The pretty boy turned toward the sharks just as their heads broke the surface, and he smiled, his perfect teeth dazzling in the sunlight.

    Instantly, they were… charmed. Enamored. Apparently, the guy was so freakin’ hot that even the females of other species fell under his spell. Or at least I hoped the sharks were female. The larger of the two let the boy ride on its head as it carried him onto the beach, where he jumped off and graced them with another dazzling smile before walking up to join the rest of us.

    I felt my eye twitch as I forcibly suppressed the impulse to punch the guy in his perfect face. Seriously, the fact that this was a cartoon was probably the only thing that prevented me from doing so; if something so outrageous had happened in my own world, I may not have been able to keep myself from pummeling the offender for the crime of existing.

    … No, that wasn’t true; I had more self-control than that. It would have been incredibly tempting, though.

    Muttering curses under my breath, I turned my attention to a sudden disturbance in the foliage at the end of the beach; it was DJ and the Hispanic girl, coming to join us from the land route. And for some reason they had bright yellow rubber chickens stuck to their heads.

    The sight was bewildering enough to make me instantly forget about the pretty boy. “What the hell are you guys wearing?” I asked as they walked onto the beach.

    DJ hung his head while the girl looked away, both clearly ashamed.

    “We chickened out,” DJ said. “So Chris gave us chicken hats.”

    “I see,” I said, taking a second look at their headwear. Now that I looked closer, it did indeed appear that the rubber chickens had openings at the bottom to let people wear them as hats. “Why?”

    “I can’t jump that, man!” DJ exclaimed, suddenly waving his arms in the air in the general direction of the cliff. “Do you see that cliff?!”

    “Yeah, and I jumped it, too,” I said, rolling my eyes. Then I smirked as something occurred to me. “I guess in this case, black men can’t jump.”

    As DJ groaned and buried his face in his hands – whether in shame or because of the bad joke – I turned to the girl. “So what’s your excuse?”

    She immediately began sputtering. “Wha- I’m not going to risk life and limb when we’re going to win the challenge anyway!”

    I gave her a quizzical look. “We are?”

    Yes! Did you see the other team? There’s no way they’re all going to jump!”

    “They don’t have to; if only one of them chickens out, you guys cost us the win. And I’m pretty sure some of them got thrown off by their teammates, so there’s that.”

    A look of uncertainty passed over the girl’s face. “Oh… well…”

    I shrugged. “Eh, it’s no big.”

    “It’s not?” DJ asked, looking up from his hands while the girl blinked in surprise.

    “It’s a three-part challenge,” I said. “As long as we win the other parts, it’s okay.”

    “Hey, yeah, that’s right!” the girl said, looking more cheerful by the minute. “We can still do this!”

    “Right. Just don’t mess up again and we’ll be fine. Maybe.”

    “Yeah, we- Wait, what do you mean by ‘maybe’?”

    “Hey, you two screwed up this part, others might screw up other parts. There are no guarantees, yeah?”

    There was a moment of silence as we all looked at each other, and then the girl spoke.

    “No offense, but motivational speeches aren’t your strong suit.”

    “Yeah, well…” I trailed off, not sure how to finish the sentence. “I was never much of a speaker,” I said finally, lamely.

    The pair of them chuckled at that.

    “Hey, it’s alright, man,” DJ said, giving me a pat on the back. “Thanks for trying.”

    I rolled my eyes. “Yeah, yeah.”

    “Hey, um… I was wondering something,” the girl said as DJ walked away to join the rest of the team.

    I turned, giving her a quirked eyebrow. “What?”

    “About your, um… And I hope this isn’t too personal or anything, but… your scars.”

    “What about ‘em?” I asked lightly, glancing down at myself. As a cartoon character, my scars stood out more against my skin than they did before, and most of them were clearly visible now that I only had swimming trunks on.

    “How did you get them?”

    “Oh, is that all? Let’s see…” One by one, I pointed at my scars. “Surgery, surgery, construction accident, sword, axe-”

    You took an axe to the head?!” she asked, her eyes fairly bugging out as she stared at the small, thin scar on my forehead.

    “Hey, it wasn’t that bad. It didn’t even cut all the way through the bone,” I said, chuckling. “My brain are good.”

    “You- But, you-” She paused, swallowed, then tried again. “Why?”

    “Let’s just say I’ve lived some interesting times,” I said, giving her a wink. “Anyway, the next one is-” I cut myself off upon noticing movement out of the corner of my eye, and I turned to see people were once more jumping off the cliff. “Oh, looks like they’re almost done.”

    I walked closer to the edge of the beach for a better look, just in time to see Owen jump off the cliff. He hit the water belly-first, and his admittedly fairly vast bulk inexplicably created what amounted to a small tsunami that quickly swept toward the beach… and even carried along the boat that had been carrying people ashore.

    Fucking cartoon physics, man, I thought as I dimly noted the girl walking up next to me.

    “Um, also, about your tatt-”

    And then the water swept over us, cutting off whatever she was going to say.

    It was odd, in a way; despite knowing fully well this was a cartoon – the visual appearance of, well, everything, was a testament to that – I was still taken aback every time something happened that would have made no fucking sense in my own world, like a single overweight boy creating a tsunami just by belly-landing in the water. Clearly, I still needed to adjust my headspace, as it were. On the bright side, I’d at least found out why the Hispanic girl kept glancing at me before; she wasn’t used to people with scars, was all.

    Such were my thoughts as I climbed down from the tree I’d found myself in following Owen’s makeshift tsunami, doing my best to ignore the shark clinging to the next tree over.

    The second part of the challenge awaited.



    After we’d changed back into our regular clothes, the challenge continued with its second part: hauling crates along the beach back to the camp. And it wasn’t quick and easy, either; there were four crates in all, and they were fairly hefty.

    True, some of us – including myself – were strong enough to lift and carry a crate each for short distances, but others most definitely weren’t, and the pace was unfortunately set by the slowpokes.

    “Ouch! I think I just got a splinter.”

    Like the Hispanic girl. She looked fit enough, but she was fairly light on muscle, and wasn’t making much headway with pushing one of the crates.

    “Shut up and pick up your crate,” Eva said, having apparently had enough. She picked the crate up over her head then dropped it back down, kicking up a small cloud of sand. She fixed the Hispanic girl with a glare. “Chicken.”

    “Hey, I’m the only one with CIT camping experience here. You need me!”

    I cocked my head at that. “What’s CIT?”

    “Counselor In Training,” the Hispanic girl replied, turning to me. “Like a summer camp counselor, but a trainee.”

    “Oh,” I said, nodding. After spending a moment thinking about this, I added, “How’s that gonna help with the crates?”

    She hesitated. “Uh, well…”

    “It’s not gonna help at all,” Eva spoke up, sending another glare at the girl. “She’s useless. Come on, let’s pick up the pace. The Gophers are way ahead of us.”

    It was true; as their reward for winning the first part of the challenge with only a single “chicken” to our two, the Screaming Gophers had received wooden carts to help haul their crates. They were so far ahead of us they would probably be halfway done with the third part before we even reached camp.

    It was kind of a bummer.

    “Ugh, I gotta take a whiz,” Tyler spoke suddenly, putting down his crate. The quickest way forward was exactly that: Tyler, DJ, Eva, Geoff and myself taking turns picking up and carrying a crate each for a bit before putting them back down to avoid straining ourselves, and the others trying in vain to push the crates forward while we rested. I had actually wanted us to just concentrate on carrying one crate at a time then running back for the next one, but when I suggested it earlier Chris had said it was against the rules, for some reason, so we were stuck doing this snail’s pace.

    “Well, hurry up,” Eva complained, “We’re already behind.”

    “Oh, I have to go, too,” Skinny Cry-baby said suddenly.

    “You do? Oh my gosh, me too!” Not-So-Skinny Cry-baby chimed in.

    I sighed as Tyler and the two cry-babies went off into the woods to do their business. At this pace, we were gonna lose for sure.

    “Ouch! I think something just bit me.”

    And the bad news just kept coming. I turned again, seeing the Hispanic girl rubbing her right eye. When she lowered her hand I saw the area around her eye was already swelling up in an angry red.

    “Uh, you’re not allergic or anything, are you?” I asked hesitantly.

    “Only to pollen,” she replied. “Is it bad?”

    “Kinda. Hold still,” I said as I leaned in closer.

    “Hey, wait-”

    “Oh, wait, I think I see a stinger,” I said as I peered closely at the welt forming around her right eye. There was a tiny, tiny black stinger-like object stuck in the skin, and what’s more the object was attached to what looked like a tiny, pulsating sac; most likely some kind of venomous gland that was still pumping venom through the stinger. Very carefully, I grasped the offending object between the nails of my thumb and index finger and pulled. For a split-second it pulled on the skin before coming loose, and I flicked it away. “There.”

    “Oh, um, thank you,” she said, giving me a small smile… that was only slightly marred by the angry red welt taking up a good portion of her face.

    I decided not to mention it. “No worries. Now, let’s go get this challenge done, eh?”

    “Yeah! Um, I’m Courtney, by the way.”

    “Jason. Nice ta meetcha.”



    Once Tyler and the girls returned, we continued on our way. We didn’t get very far before Chris rolled up on a 4-wheeler. Why he felt the need for a vehicle when camp was quite literally a few hundred meters away I had no idea.

    “You guys are way behind the other team,” he said. “Like, way behind. What’s the problem?”

    “Their butts are itchy,” Courtney said, gesturing to the two cry-babies who were, indeed, quite busy scratching their butts.

    Come to think of it, they’d been doing that ever since their pee break. The hell was up with that?

    Chris, turning in his seat to face Courtney, physically recoiled at the sight of her swollen eye. “Oh, my boxers, that’s bad!”

    “Could’ve been worse,” I said, deciding to join the conversation as I was resting anyway. “At least I got the stinger out.”

    At that moment, Bridgette walked up to the two cry-babies. “Did you guys squat down when you peed in the woods?”

    “Yeah…” Skinny Cry-baby said slowly.

    “Did you happen to notice what kind of plants you were squatting over?” Bridgette continued, and I groaned as I realized where she was going with that.

    “They were kinda oval-shaped and green and all over the place,” Not-Skinny Cry-baby replied.

    “Were they low to the ground? About this big?” the surfer girl asked. When the cry-babies both nodded, she said, “You guys squatted on poison ivy.”

    “This is why I hate city folk,” I muttered as the cry-babies started panicking. At first they incoherently screamed, then decided to follow up with dragging their itchy asses on the sand. It was… a sight. “Five minutes in nature and they might as well be dead.”

    “Hahahaha! No way! That’s awesome!

    Chris, however, was more amused than anything, even laughing and pointing at the pair.

    Honestly, if they weren’t on my team I probably would have done the same, so it wasn’t like I could fault him for it.

    Still sucked for us, though.



    By the time we finally reached camp, we discovered the Gophers were… actually not as far ahead as feared. Sure, they’d gotten all their crates open, but from the look of things they had only just gotten started on actually building the hot tub.

    We might still have a chance!

    “Alright, let’s get these crates open, pronto,” I said, turning to my team. They were all in various states of sitting or lying on the ground, exhausted from hauling the crates. Aside from myself and Eva, they all looked about ready to give up permanently. In most circumstances I would have balked at taking the leadership role, but there were stakes here, dammit!

    Courtney raised her hand. “What about Katie and Sadie?”

    I blinked. “Who?”

    “The itchy girls.”

    “Oh. Eh, they’ll get here when they get here,” I said, shrugging. The two cry-babies had begged to stay behind at the beach so they could cool their asses in the water, and frankly I didn’t miss them one bit. “Come on, let’s do this! We can still catch up!”

    “Yeah! Now we’re talking!” Eva agreed, flexing and pumping her fist in the air.

    “Right on!” Geoff agreed, standing up. “Let’s do this!”

    Between all of us, it was fairly easy to get the crates open and empty their contents. There were boards, nails, tubes, pipes, tarp, tools and all sorts of stuff, all laid out in four uneven piles on the ground. We spent a bit more time getting everything sorted to make it easier to find what was what, then stepped back.

    “Okay, that was fun, but now what?” Courtney asked, glancing over at the Gophers. “They’re still way ahead of us.”

    I chuckled. “Don’t worry, I’m Swedish.”

    My teammates exchanged confused looks before turning back to me. Courtney, apparently being designated the unofficial spokesperson, asked the question that was likely on all their minds.

    “What?”

    “Let me put it this way: Do you have any idea how much Ikea furniture I’ve put together over the years?”

    “Um-”

    “Exactly. Now, stand back, I’m about to go Ingvar Kamprad on this bitch!”

    “Again: what?

    I sighed. “Just gimme the damn instructions, already.”



    The campers are neck-and-neck!” Chris’s voice echoed across the camp, courtesy of the megaphone in his hand. At some point during the proceedings the host had decided to play sports commentator, and he was just as annoying as the real deal. “The Screaming Gophers had an early lead, but thanks to the carpentry efforts of Jason, the Killer Bass have closed the distance! Who knew being Norwegian could be so useful?!

    “I’m Swedish, you ass!”

    Oh, but the Gophers aren’t out of the competition yet!” Chris continued, either unheeding or uncaring of my complaints. “It may have shrunk, but they still have the lead! Can the power of teamwork overcome the power of cheap Swiss furniture making?!

    Swedish, dammit!

    Look at that, the Gophers are forming a bucket brigade to fill up their tub! Can the Bass catch up or will Jason be forced to swim back to the land of the polar bears in disgrace?!

    “Is it against the rules to throw stuff at the host? I am dead serious. I have a hammer and I’m not afraid to use it.”

    And the Gophers’ tub is full! Gophers win!

    “DAMMIT!”



    “These… are awesome hot tubs!” Chris declared after finishing his inspection of the hot tubs. Although the Gophers had completed theirs first we were allowed the time to fill ours up, too… and since I’d put the last nail in at the last second, ours was just as good as theirs. Well, on the outside, at least.

    I really hoped nobody screwed anything up. Sure, I did the lion’s share of the work, but I had delegated some of the more straightforward stuff to the rest of the team, and there had been no time to double-check much of anything.

    “However, there can only be one winner,” Chris paced back and forth between the teams as he spoke, a serious expression on his face. “Both tubs are functional, which was the goal of the challenge… but the Gophers finished theirs first, so they win!”

    I sighed. I’d figured as much, but it was still disappointing to hear. I felt a hand on my shoulder and looked up to see DJ smiling down at me.

    “Better luck next time,” he said, giving my shoulder a reassuring squeeze.

    “Yeah… next time,” I agreed.

    “Tonight, the Screaming Gophers are safe from elimination,” Chris continued. “They also get to rock their hot tub for the rest of summer! Actually, both teams do! Double bonus!”

    There was a widespread cheer at that, but I didn’t bother joining in. Sure, having a hot tub was pretty cool, but I was still feeling miffed about losing.

    “Killer Bass, what can I say, hot tub or not: sucks to be you right now. I’ll see your sorry butts at the bonfire tonight. Don’t be late!”

    Well, crap.



    A couple hours later the teams were seated at their respective tables in the main lodge. Dinnertime was winding down, and for those of us in the Killer Bass the conversation turned to the night’s campfire ceremony.

    “So, uh, what do we do now?” asked… Katie? Sadie? One of the cry-babies. The skinnier one.

    “We have to figure out who we’re gonna vote off,” Courtney said, and I was glad she was taking the lead; I wasn’t the best at… well, pretty much anything social, really.

    “Well, I think it should be Princess,” Duncan said, flicking a thumb first at Courtney, then DJ, “or the brick-house here.”

    Courtney was clearly taken aback by this. “What?! Why?”

    “Because unless I’m mistaken, you two are the only ones here wearing chicken hats,” Duncan replied, prompting everyone to look at the fowl hats that still adorned DJ and Courtney’s heads. “And if we ever have to lift a truck… I like our odds with the big guy.”

    “But you guys need me!” Courtney protested. “I’m the only one with-”

    “We know,” Bridgette interrupted, rolling her eyes. “You used to be a real CIT. So who would you pick?”

    Courtney looked around for a moment before settling her eyes on Tyler. “What about him?

    Nooooo!

    As one, both teams’ eyes went to the blonde in the Gophers’ team. Lindsay. Seeing everyone’s eyes on her, she promptly sat down.

    “Uh, I mean, no salt. There’s no salt. On the table. Bummer.”

    Huh. She really is crushing on the sports guy, huh? I mused, shaking my head before turning my attention back to the conversation at my table.

    “Hey, at least he jumped off the cliff, chicken wing,” Duncan said, pointedly… pointing… at Courtney.

    Shut up!

    “Okay, let’s just chill out,” Geoff interjected soothingly as he got between Duncan and Courtney. “This is gettin’ way too heavy.”

    “Eh, I’ve had enough prison food for one day,” Duncan said as he rose, making a show of pushing away his half-empty bowl of slop. “I’m gonna go have a nap.”

    “Y-you can’t do that! Courtney protested. “We haven’t decided who’s going yet!”

    “I don’t think he cares,” I pointed out as Duncan left the lodge.

    Courtney turned to me. “Well, who would you pick?”

    I blinked. “Me? Well…” I swept my gaze over my teammates, pondering. Eventually, it settled on the two cry-babies. “Those two were the most useless today.”

    “What? You can’t mean that!” the skinny one said, aghast.

    “Yeah! You can’t mean it!” the fat one agreed.

    “You spent most of the competition cooling your asses in the drink,” I said flatly.

    “Hey, yeah, that’s right,” Eva said, her voice rising dangerously as she looked over at the wonder twins. “Those two didn’t contribute at all.”

    ““B-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-but-!”” the two girls stammered in unison. Their hands were clasped together and their cheeks mushed together like… something you mush together. Mashed potatoes?

    “Now hold on, we shouldn’t just turn on each other,” DJ interjected, drawing everyone’s eyes to him. “It’s settled by vote, right? So we should just vote. Whatever happens, happens.”

    I shrugged. “Fair enough.”



    That night we had our very first campfire ceremony. It was a pretty cozy deal, not gonna lie; the campfire itself was nice and warm, and we were all sitting on stumps on one side of it while Chris stood on the other, facing us while holding a plate full of marshmallows. Behind and beyond him were lit tiki torches set up leading down to the dock, where a boat awaited whoever got voted off.

    It would have been cozier if there weren’t teams of cameramen all over the place.

    “Killer Bass,” Chris said aloud, beginning the ceremony. “At camp, marshmallows represent a tasty treat that you enjoy roasting by the fire. At this camp… marshmallows represent life.”

    Figures they’d make it dramatic for the cameras, I thought, rolling my eyes.

    The host continued on, explaining exactly how things were going to go down. “You’ve all cast your votes and made your decision. There are only ten marshmallows on this plate. When I call your name, come up, and claim your marshmallow. The camper who does not receive a marshmallow tonight must immediately return to the Dock of Shame to catch the Boat of Losers. That means you’re out of the contest. And you can’t come back. Ever!

    I betcha they’re gonna edit in a drum roll or something there.

    “The first marshmallow goes to… Geoff.”

    One by one, we had our names called and went up to claim our marshmallow. Presumably, we went in an ascending order based on who got the most votes; I was third to claim mine.

    At the last, the only ones who remained without marshmallows were Katie and Sadie. Chris did a bunch of long, needlessly dramatic posing and apparent pondering before finally pointing at…

    “Sadie.”

    She did not rise, however, as her arms were entangled tight with Katie’s.

    “No! I can’t let Katie go!” Sadie said, teary-eyed. “Why her?!”

    “Yeah, and I can’t leave Sadie behind!” Katie chimed in, equally teary-eyed. “It’s so unfair!”

    “I so can’t do this! I’ve never been anywhere without Katie! We have to be together or I’ll totally die!

    “Can we just get this over with?” I asked aloud from where I was roasting marshmallows along with everyone who had already received one. “I wanna eat my marshmallow already.”

    “Hey, that’s not nice!” Bridgette chided me.

    “Not trying to be,” I muttered. “I’m hungry.”

    “Amen to that,” Duncan agreed.

    “Be quiet, both of you! You’re being disrespectful!” Courtney hissed, prompting us both to roll our eyes at her.

    At that point, Katie disentangled herself from her friend’s embrace and held her at arm’s length. “Sadie, listen to me,” she said, her voice the most serious I had ever heard it. “You can do this. You are strong and beautiful and like, maybe even smarter than me. Plus, you’re, like, the funnest girl I know! You have to do it for both of us!”

    “O-okay!”

    “Aren’t they gonna see each other as soon as the other one gets voted off?” I asked quietly as the cry-fest continued unabated. “I mean, it’s not like they’re never gonna- Alright, alright, I’m shutting up. Touchy.”

    With that, the campfire ceremony was over, and we were one team member less. Would it matter? Time would tell.

    I bit into my marshmallow and immediately burnt my tongue.

    Typical.



    Ah, so this is the ‘confessional’, huh? Well…”

    Jason seated himself, facing the camera. By all appearances the confessional was little more than an outhouse, and there were several flies flying around, though the newcomer seemed to pay them no mind. He adjusted his unruly hair slightly and took a deep breath, then spoke.


    Okay, I’ll be honest: I don’t regret voting for Katie at all. She and Sadie were definitely the most useless members today, and since we lost… well, it makes sense, right? To be fair, I could just as well have voted for Sadie; it was pretty fifty-fifty.

    As for the rest of the team… Well, we all have our strengths and weaknesses. Hopefully there’ll be more of the former, but we’ll see. I know I have plenty of both.

    Also, I only took the leader role today because I knew what I was doing. I prefer working on my own, you know? I’m not against teamwork, but I’m not really good at it. I’m a loner. If the next challenge isn’t something I’m good at, I’ll just step back and try to stay out of everyone’s way.”

    He then scowled as though suddenly remembering something unpleasant.


    Also, I’m Swedish, dammit! I’m not Swiss, I’m not Norwegian, and I’m not from the fucking North Pole!”



    End Chapter 2



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 3: Lights Out
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: O-K, my sister was supposed to drop by for a visit, but rescheduled at the last second, so… I suddenly had the whole evening free. So I ended up finishing this chapter early. Oh, and in case it's not obvious from context: the incoherence in this chapter is very much intentional. Enjoy!



    Chapter 3: Lights Out

    I awoke to the sound of birds chirping outside my window. Yawning, I sat up in bed and scratched myself, then stood up… only to find myself falling when my feet failed to find the floor. My face was not so lucky.

    Groaning, I picked myself up off the floor and looked around the mostly dark room while doing my best to ignore the fresh stinging sensation coming from the right side of my face. There were eight bunk beds along two walls, four of them empty, the rest featuring a person each sleeping peacefully, apparently undisturbed by the noise created by my impromptu face-to-wood meeting with the floor. I myself had apparently been sleeping top bunk, to the left of the one window in the wall opposite the door. After a couple seconds of silent staring, my brain finally caught up.

    Oh, right. Reality show. Camp Wawanakwa.

    I rubbed my temples and took a deep breath to give my apparently oxygen-starved brain some more juice, then stood up.

    Okay, bathroom, bathroom… Right, there’s a communal bathroom.

    I quietly exited the cabin, making sure not to disturb my sleeping teammates. Once outside I looked around the camp. It was still fairly dark out, but the sun was beginning to creep over the low mountains off to the east, beyond the lake.

    There were two cabins, including the one I had just come from, each divided into two halves – one for the boys and one for the girls. Each cabin belonged to one of the teams, either my own Killer Bass or our opposite number the Screaming Gophers.

    Opposite from the two cabins was the considerably larger main lodge, where we ate and had meetings. A ways to the side of the main camp area was the squat building housing the communal bathrooms, which also happened to be my most immediate objective.

    Luckily, it seemed I had awakened before anyone else, for I found the bathroom devoid of other people. There was a row of toilet stalls along one side, and next to them a row of shower stalls with naught but a shower curtain to cut them off from the rest of the communal bathroom; accordingly, there was a schedule on the door detailing the shower times for boys and girls, respectively, when the other gender was supposed to stay away.

    Not that it mattered right now, of course, since nobody else was awake and I wasn’t going to shower, anyway, since I’d taken a bath in the hot tub the previous night.

    I took my time finishing my business in one of the stalls then washed up and brushed my teeth before exiting the building. Looking around the camp, there was still no sign of anyone else being awake.

    What to do…?

    I looked to the lake. Taking a morning dip did have its appeal… but then I’d have to go back to the cabin to get my trunks and a towel and in the process risk waking up my teammates.

    I looked back toward the camp, and the forest beyond. Perhaps it was time to explore the area a bit? I’d been wanting to for days, but between swimming in the lake and hanging out with the other campers – and trying to not hang out with the other campers – I had only gone on shorter jaunts into the woods.

    How big is this island, anyway?



    Walking in the forest felt soothing and invigorating at the same time; soothing because the only noise came from the wind rustling through the trees, the chirping of birds and the occasional scurrying of squirrels and other small animals, and invigorating because of the cool, fresh air and all the new sights to see.

    I loved the forest. It had been my refuge since I was a child, the place to go to get away from… well, everything. It was a gross understatement to say that much of my life had been unpleasant, but the forest was always there for me, and exploring a new one was always intriguing.

    Of course, there was the small matter of my terrible sense of direction and my tendency to get lost in thought exacerbating the problem, and it wasn’t long before I realized that I had no idea where I was in relation to camp.

    I came to a stop. I had long since left the main trail to explore some of the smaller animal trails, but if I retraced my steps...

    Yes, I definitely came from that direction, over there. So the main trail should be… right, beyond that hill. And then camp… Hmm.

    Did I go left or right when I first left the main trail? I hadn’t really been paying attention. I looked up toward the sun, trying to remember its position in the sky when I left camp.

    Can’t have been more than an hour or so… So that’s east over there, and… Was the forest north or south of camp?

    Well, this was a problem. Not getting lost in the woods per se – I was more than used to that – but rather finding my way back to camp in time for breakfast. I was getting a bit peckish, and although the gruel they served for most meals wasn’t exactly quality food it was still edible and seemed to be reasonably nutritious. Lots of fiber, at any rate.

    Eh, guess I’ll just go straight until I hit the coast, then follow that. The island can’t be that big, can it?



    It turned out it wasn’t. Either that or I just happened to luck into picking the closest direction back to camp. In any case, I found myself approaching camp in time to hear a loud honking noise coming from somewhere within. Feeling a bit nonplussed by this, I hurried my steps...and entered the camp proper in time to catch the tail-end of some angry shouting courtesy of Leshawna, who was peeking out of the Gophers’ cabin window dressed in what looked like some kind of purple negligee.

    -like a farmer to you?!

    “Not in that get-up,” I heard Chris reply with laughter. Steering my steps in that direction, I rounded the main lodge to see the host standing with his back to me, holding his signature megaphone and what looked like one of those small, portable air horns. That would explain the honking.

    “Yo,” I greeted as I approached.

    Holy-!” The host whirled around to face me, a hand over his heart. “Where’d you come from?!”

    “My parents, I’m pretty sure,” I answered. Then I hummed thoughtfully. “Unless I’m a clone or something… But that would also require implanted memories, and I dunno if-”

    “No, I mean, why aren’t you in your cabin?”

    “Oh, that. I went for a morning walk. Just got back, heard a weird honking, walked over here.”

    I wasn’t sure the host accepted my explanation, because he gave me a weird, inquiring look, like he was trying to discern whether I was having him on or not. Eventually he just shrugged.

    “Whatever. Go form up with everyone else and we’ll get this show on the road.”

    “Alrighty.”



    Some twenty minutes later we were all gathered in the middle of camp, waiting to get started.

    “Morning! Hope you slept well,” Chris greeted us cheerily.

    “Well enough,” I replied with a shrug. I had already been up for several hours at that point, and was probably the only one among the campers who didn’t look recently-awakened.

    “Good morning, Chris,” Heather said, “You look really buff in those shorts.”

    “I know,” Chris returned, winking.

    That… was a weird exchange of morning greetings. Was it a Canadian thing?

    The host walked on down the line of campers as he continued, “Okay, I hope you’re all ready because your next challenge begins in exactly one minute!”

    “Oh, excuse me,” Owen said, waving his hand in the air for attention, “I don’t know if that’s enough time to eat breakfast.”

    I snorted and shook my head. It figured that he’d be the first to voice concerns over food, didn’t it? And not just because of his bulk, either; in the brief three days or so that had passed since the last challenge he’d proven himself to be rather gluttonous, being the only one to ask for seconds or even thirds of Chef Hatchet’s rather dubious food.

    “Oh, you’ll get breakfast, Owen… right after you complete your 20-kilometer run around the lake!”

    “Oh, so you’re funny now,” Eva said, her voice betraying her sudden ill intent… almost as well as the fist she raised as she approached Chris. “Do you know what I think would be funny?”

    “Easy, now,” I said as I stepped between them, holding up a hand to halt the girl’s advance. “He’s an asshole, but at least hear him out.”

    “Out of my way, Jason, or-”

    “Eva!” Courtney hissed in her ear. “Try to control your temper!”

    The gym girl glanced at Courtney before looking past me toward Chris. “You’re enjoying this, aren’t you?!”

    “A little,” Chris said in a tone that said he enjoyed it far more than just a little. I looked over my shoulder to see him point at his watch. “You have thirty seconds.”

    Eva growled.

    “Come on, let’s just get this over with,” I said to her. We locked eyes for a moment before she sighed begrudgingly.

    Fine.”

    Behind me, I heard Chris snicker. To be honest, the guy reminded me of myself. Not so much in physical appearance, but mannerisms. He was basically a wimpier, more extroverted version of me.

    And because I knew me, that made me feel rather concerned for our future on this island.

    He’s planning something beyond the run. It’s what I would do…



    The run ended up not being as terrible as I expected. We were allowed to set our own pace, and the only rule was that we all had to make it to the end to finish the challenge. Presumably there was a bonus waiting for whichever team finished it first, but since I couldn’t really get my teammates to just spontaneously develop more stamina I didn’t bother thinking about it too much, instead setting off at a casual jog along the path.

    Since there weren’t any diverging paths anywhere along the route, I didn’t get lost this time around, and despite taking it easy the whole way I ended up coming in second, right after Eva.

    “Where’s everyone else?” she asked when I entered the main lodge, which had been designated as our goal.

    “I dunno. Somewhere,” I said casually as I sat down in my usual spot. We didn’t really have any official seating arrangements or anything, but I was a creature of habit when it came to such things.

    The gym girl tsked and crossed her arms.

    “So what’s up with you? I haven’t asked.”

    She shot me a puzzled look. “What?”

    “The temper. Why?”

    “I…” She looked away. “I have aggressions.”

    “I noticed,” I said dryly. “Courtney told me you broke the lock on one of bathroom stalls this morning.”

    “That was an accident.”

    “Uh-huh.”

    “Who the hell are you to talk about temper?” Eva asked suddenly, slamming her fist down on the table. “You were talking about hitting Chris with a hammer the other day!”

    “Yeah, but I was only talking about it,” I replied. “I get my aggressions out with words more often than not. I don’t go in swinging just because someone woke me up too early.”

    You- Ugh, whatever.” Eva looked away while resting her chin in her palm.

    Well, she sure as hell wasn’t in a talking mood. Oh, well, as long as she didn’t actually act on her impulses it probably wouldn’t affect the competition, so…

    I leaned back, closing my eyes. Since we had to wait anyway I might as well relax.

    A few minutes later we were joined by Geoff and then Duncan and after that Bridgette and Courtney; it seemed our team had a considerable advantage in terms of overall physical fitness compared to the Gophers. The first Gopher to arrive – Justin, the pretty boy – was the seventh camper overall to reach the goal. He was quickly followed by Izzy, and thereafter campers from both teams gradually trickled in until at long last the only one we were missing was Harold.

    Who unfortunately was on our team. When the boy finally arrived he was gasping and barely standing up.

    “What took you so long?!” Courtney asked, meeting him at the door. “We just lost the challenge because of you!”

    “I… I think I’m having heart palpitations,” Harold ground out in reply.

    I rolled my eyes. Considering how much time he’d spent – and what his average speed had to have been as a result – it was unlikely his heart was going through any effort at all. If anything, he was probably being dramatic, like Noah – the Gophers’ token smartypants – who’d arrived minutes earlier being carried by Owen. Even now Owen was giving the other boy chest compressions on the table for no reason; I’d checked Noah’s pulse and breath the moment Owen put him down on the table and found him to be perfectly fine. I’d even said as much, but that didn’t stop them.

    Fucking teenagers and their ridiculous melodrama…

    Sure, technically, I was a teenager as well, courtesy of ROB, but that didn’t mean I had to act like one.

    “Hey, wait a minute,” Gwen spoke up, “if they lost, then that means we won the challenge!”

    The Gophers cheered… including the up until that moment “unconscious” Noah.

    I fucking called it!

    “Whoa, there, hold your horses,” Chris interjected. He walked up to the center of the lodge to address us. “Guys, that wasn’t the challenge.”

    Called that, too. Sorta.

    “What did you say?” Gwen asked, one eye twitching slightly in irritation.

    Ignoring her, Chris walked up to to a curtain that was for some reason covering one side of the lodge. He made a show of gesturing toward it and asked, “Who’s hungry?”

    At his words the curtain parted to reveal a table laden with an impressive amount of food, the centerpiece of which was a massive cooked turkey. Surrounding it on all sides were pots and pans filled with all manner of dishes, and the draft from the curtains parting caused the smells to wash over us like wind across a meadow.

    The hunger that I’d been ignoring up until that point returned full-force, even bringing reinforcements in the form of a loud, cartoonish growl emanating from within the depths of my stomach.

    Chris chuckled. “Dig in, campers.”

    We did. We most certainly did.



    After we finished devouring everything on the table, Chris jumped onto it, megaphone in hand.

    Alright, campers! Time for part two of your challenge.

    “Here we go,” I said with a groan. I hadn’t stuffed myself quite as badly as some of the campers, but I’d definitely eaten more than my fill. Hopefully the challenge didn’t involve moving around too much.

    “I thought eating was the second part,” Owen said, his mouth still full of half-eaten food.

    “What more do you want from us?!” Gwen asked in exasperation.

    “Weird Goth Girl is right,” Heather agreed, her voice terse. “Haven’t we been through enough?”

    Wow, that’s a stupid question.

    Um, let me think about that,” Chris said. “No!

    Like, seriously, I mused, studying the host, is Chris my alternate-universe counterpart or something? He doesn’t look like me, but…

    It’s time for… the Awake-a-thon!

    Owen blinked. “The what-a-thon?”

    Don’t worry,” Chris said, jumping off the table, “this is an easy one! The team with the last camper standing wins invincibility.

    “So, what, we gotta stay awake for as long as we can?” I asked, quirking an eyebrow at the host.

    Yup!

    “After doing a 20k run and stuffing our faces with food to make it harder for us to stay awake?”

    That’s right, Jason!

    “… We’re not related, are we? I feel like we might be related.”

    Not to my knowledge! Now, come on, campers! It’s time to Awake-a-thon it up! Move, move, move!

    I groaned and stood up. “Fine, let’s get this over with…”



    Hours later, we were all sitting on stumps around the bonfire, grouped according to our teams, and had been for some time. It was still light out, but the sun was starting to go down, and though tired all of us were still awake.

    “We are now twelve hours in with all twenty-one campers still wide awake,” Chris narrated softly, no doubt in an effort to make us even sleepier. “Except for Jason, who for some godawful reason got up three hours earlier than everyone else and is now suffering for it.”

    I raised my head to shoot the host a deadpan stare. “Fuck. Off.”

    Owen was far more enthused than I was, and had been spending the last half-hour jumping from foot to foot in his efforts to remain awake. I was actually a little impressed with his stamina, considering his bulk. “Staying awake for twelve hours? I can do that in my sleep! Woo-hoo!” He pumped his fist into the air, then suddenly froze. A few seconds passed and then he fell over like a tree, the ground shaking under our feet with the impact.

    “One down,” I said with a sigh. I gave Chris a pleading look. “Look, we’ve got a night owl, they’ve got a night owl,” I said, indicating first Duncan then Gwen. “Can’t we just do a duel of the champions type deal and have them go at it while the rest of us go to sleep?”

    “I’m up for it if you are,” Duncan said aloud, looking over at Gwen, who just snorted in amusement and wordlessly shook her head. The black-haired boy sitting next to her, Trent, said something that made her giggle, though I couldn’t make out what.

    The pair of them had been talking for a while, I idly noted. Maybe they had a thing going?

    Chris turned to me, then, looking unhappy. “Nobody wins until there is only one camper left standing, Jason.”

    “Fine,” I said, sighing again. After a moment spent pondering things, I added, “What if I knock out the other team?”

    No! Stop trying to cheese the challenge, brah!”

    “Meh. Whatever, ‘brah’.”

    This was going to be a long day.



    Hours later, in the middle of the night, a number of campers had already fallen asleep.

    Aside from Owen, the Gophers had lost both Izzy and Noah, and Cody – noteworthy for being the shortest guy on the island – looked about ready to drop, as well.

    We of the Killer Bass, meanwhile, had lost Bridgette and Sadie, the latter crying herself to sleep while wailing about her friend Katie. I was both glad and annoyed that she had fallen asleep; on the one hand, it meant I no longer had to listen to her wailing. On the other, it meant that said wailing wasn’t helping me stay awake anymore.

    For the past couple hours, I had been standing, facing off against Justin, who mirrored my stance on the Gophers’ side of the bonfire. The guy hadn’t blinked in over an hour; it was frankly a little disconcerting. Still, I wasn’t about to let some damn pretty boy beat me! This was a matter of principle! Of honor! Of-

    I nodded off, but immediately jolted awake when I started to fall forward. I shook myself, took a deep breath and refocused my gaze on my opponent.

    You’re not beating me, you handsome bastard!

    Suddenly, I heard a scream behind me, and I half-turned to see Tyler screaming his head off. I stared at him for several seconds even after he stopped screaming and sat down.

    The hell was that abou-

    “Congratulations, campers!” Chris called out then, prompting me to focus on him, instead. “You’ve made it to the 24-hour mark!”

    I raised my head and looked up at the sky. There was a full Moon up there. If it had been 24 hours, then… No, wait. Didn’t they start counting at seven in the morning? How could- No. No, that made no sense.

    I yawned and massaged my temples. I didn’t mishear him, did I? How long had I been awake?

    “It’s time to take things up a notch,” the host continued and pulled away a blanket to reveal a pile of books. “Fairy tales!”

    As if that wasn’t bad enough, Chef Hatchet – wearing what appeared to be a pink sheep costume – walked up carrying a harp.

    I slowly blinked. I wasn’t dreaming, was I?

    As I pondered this possibility, Chris picked a book from the pile and cleared his throat. As he did so, Chef Hatchet strummed a slow, sleepy tune on his harp. The host spoke. “Once… upon a time… there was… inside this boring kingdom… a boring village… And inside this boring, sleepy village… filled with very boring children, who did very boring things…”

    I tuned him out, turning my gaze upward once more to stare at the Moon.

    That was a weird thing about cartoons; the Moon was always way, way bigger than it was in the real world. Or maybe it was closer to Earth. Either way, it looked way bigger.

    It was kind of nice, actually.

    I’m not sure how long I was staring at the Moon, but I stopped when the music changed. I looked back down, and at first I could only see a dimly-lit figure moving back and forth before my eyes adjusted to the relative darkness.

    It was Chef Hatchet… wearing a pink tutu. And he was dancing ballet. And the music was… Swan Lake? No, the Nutcracker. The… Dance of the Sugar Plum Fairy? Yes, I remembered that one.

    … Why was Chef Hatchet performing the Dance of the Sugar Plum Fairy?

    Is this a dream…?

    There was a crash, then, and I turned around to see that a tree had fallen over, with DJ tied to it. Why was DJ tied to a tree?

    My mind was getting more muddled by the minute.



    Fuuuuuck yooouuuuu preeeetty boooooooy…!

    Justin wasn’t moving. He just stood there, hands on his hips, staring at me with that smug grin on his face, his eyes unblinking, his stance unwavering. His spirit was strong, but mine was stronger!

    Fuuuuuuuuuuck yooooouuuuuuu…!

    I grit my teeth and drew back a breath. I wouldn’t let him beat me! There was no way I would lose against a- There was something moving behind him. Something big. And pale.

    I blinked.

    Was that… Owen?

    I blinked again.

    Was he nude?

    I blinked a third time.

    Was he walking off into the woods?

    I watched, nonplussed, as the heavyset boy disappeared between the trees. Once he was fully out of sight my gaze drifted back to Justin… who was still staring at me with that smug, condescending grin.

    I growled.

    Fuuuuuuuuuuck yoooouuuuuu…!



    Many hours – or perhaps minutes – later my staring contest was rudely interrupted by someone moving in-between myself and my enemy.

    “Look at him: he’s like a statue!” a feminine voice said. The speaker had their back to me, but the hair was… blue? Goth Girl? Gwen? Yes, Gwen. Gwen was the name. “He hasn’t moved in over fifty hours!”

    I slowly blinked. Fifty hours? Looking up, I saw the Moon hanging in the sky. Did… did I go into a trance and miss a day? What?

    “Hello? Hello!” “Yip? Yip! Yip-yip-yip-yip!”

    I looked down again. Blue hair- Gwen. Gwen and… boy. Trent. Gwen and Trent were waving their arms and making noises, trying to catch my enemy’s attention, but his gaze remained fixed on me.

    I bared my teeth and met his gaze again. I would not lose! I would not-

    “Amazing. Look at the concentration,” Gwen said… then poked my enemy’s cheek. He closed his eyes upward, opening them and causing the Goth girl to gasp.

    Wait, what?

    “His eyelids are painted! I saw it!” I heard a voice say from somewhere. It was female. And angry. Angry female… Mom? No… Eva?

    “Shut up!” another voice, male, exclaimed in disbelief. “Oh, I gotta see this!”

    A moment later Chris ran into my field of view, stopping next to my enemy. He looked at him closely, my enemy giving a nervous grin.

    “That is so freaking cool!” Chris said, impressed. Then he added, “But you’re still out, dude.”

    My enemy’s shoulders slumped in defeat. He was beaten.

    I beeeeaaaatt yooooouuuu, yoooouuuuu bastaaaaa-

    And then everything went black.



    A voice broke through the darkness.

    “What is the matter with you people? Come on, fall asleep already!

    “I’m awake!” I exclaimed, sitting up. Wait, sitting up? I blinked and looked upward, finding Chris standing before me holding a cup of what smelled like coffee. I always liked that smell. Never liked the taste. Awful, awful taste. Where was I?

    “Nah, man, you’ve been asleep for a while,” Chris said, looking down at me. “Good effort, though.”

    I slowly blinked as the host turned his back on me to face Gwen, who was pulling on his pants leg.

    “You gotta hook me up, man!” the Goth girl pleaded, reaching for the coffee. “I’ll even eat the grinds! Anything!”

    “Alright, you five stay with me,” Chris said, looking at the… one, two… three… four… five people gathering around him. Gwen. Trent. Heather. Duncan. Eva. Yes, those were the names. “The rest of you go and get a shower for heaven’s sake! You stink!”

    Shower. Yes. That sounded good.

    I stood up. A little shakily, I’ll admit. So, so tired… A shower would be nice…

    As I walked toward the communal bathroom, I tried to piece together the events of… however many days had passed. Two? Three?

    Running. Eating. The Awake-a-thon. Fairy tales. Pink sheep. Dance of the Sugar Plum Fairy. Justin. Cheating.

    I blinked as the events coalesced inside my mind and my lips parted in what I could only assume was a manic grin. I beat him! I beat the fucking, cheating, pretty-boy bastard!

    Take that, asshole!



    I went to the bathroom. I showered. Then I went straight to bed.

    … But I couldn’t sleep. It was the middle of the day, even if the door was closed and the blinds were down. Too bright. Plus my internal clock told me it was awake time. Hours passed, but sleep wouldn’t come.

    So… tired…

    There was noise, then. From outside. Crashing and yelling.

    I let out an irritated groan and sat up. Pulling on my shirt and pants, I exited the cabin to see what the noise was about. I saw… a pile of stuff. A canoe. A mattress. A ski. An oar. Balls, books, all sorts of things. And next to the pile…

    The Killer Bass. Most of them. Courtney, Harold, DJ, Bridgette, Tyler. Standing outside the cabin, staring at… the cabin?

    I turned, just in time to get clocked in the head by an unidentified flying object. I staggered sideways, fighting to retain my balance even as my body screamed at me to lie down and sleep.

    I righted myself.

    Where… is… my mp3 player?!

    I frowned. That was… Eva. From inside the girls’ side of the cabin.

    An old stereo and a tiny teddy bear flew past me, a moment before Eva appeared in the window next to the door. She looked angry. “One of you must have stolen it! I need my music! No one is going anywhere until I get my mp3 player back!”

    I stared at her. “What?”

    “Someone stole my mp3 player!” the gym girl said angrily.

    I slowly blinked. “The fuck are you on about?”

    She growled and disappeared into the cabin, only to reappear in the doorway. She stomped toward me, then grabbed me by the front of my shirt. “Someone. Stole. My. Mp3 player!

    I looked down at her hand, then up at her face. “Let go of me. Now.”

    Eva growled again and raised her other hand, her fingers curling into a fist. She punched.

    I parried the strike with an open hand swipe, snaked my arm around hers, then twisted and turned, pulling her off-balance before I immediately twisted again and tossed her bodily through the air.

    The gym girl let out a surprised shout as she spun uncontrollably through the air before landing flat on her back on the ground with a thud.

    There was silence.

    Courtney took a half-step forward. “Um, are you alri-”

    Eva let out a loud growl, then, and got to her feet. Her face was contorted in an angry scowl, her teeth bared… and then she charged at me. I stepped down from the cabin steps and met her on the ground, stepping easily past her wild swing before slipping my arm under hers and putting my hand on her face and, twisting first clockwise then anticlockwise, using my accumulated momentum to send her flying back.

    I opened my mouth to speak, but Eva was almost instantly back on her feet and charging again, letting out a roar as she did so. Deciding that enough was enough, I parried her swings while retreating backward… and once I reached the desired spot I sidestepped and grabbed her, twisting and tossing her forward… right into a tree.

    There was a crash and then Eva staggered back one, two, three steps… and dropped like a sack of potatoes. She was still conscious, though groaning and with her eyes unfocused.

    I glared down at her. “Allow me to make one thing clear, Eva,” I said to her as I crouched down low, to make sure she could hear me, “attack me, and I will defend myself. Do I make myself clear?”

    “Uhhh… uh-huh,” she drawled, nodding weakly.

    “Good.” I rose and turned to the rest of the Killer Bass, all of whom stepped back when my gaze landed on them. “Now, what the fuck’s this about an mp3 player?”

    Courtney opened her mouth to speak, but before she could do so, another voice cut in.

    “Oh, are you talking about this?”

    I turned to see Heather walking up to us. She pulled what looked like an mp3 player out of her pocket and held it up for inspection before looking around.

    “Wow, this place is a real mess,” she said cheerily, right before her eyes landed on Eva’s semi-conscious form, and her cheer disappeared instantly. “Wh-what happened to her?”

    I happened to her,” I said darkly. I gestured to the mp3 player. “Is that hers?”

    “Uh, I-I think so,” Heather stammered. She handed it to me and I took it. “I found it by the campfire pit… Wh-what happened here, exactly?”

    “Eva attacked me and I taught her a lesson,” I said as I inspected the mp3 player. There was a small sticker at the bottom that read “Eva”. “Looks like this is hers, alright. Thanks for that.”

    “Oh, um, no problem,” Heather said. She kept glancing between me and Eva, looking worried.

    I rolled my eyes. “Relax, I didn’t do any permanent damage. She’ll be fine.”

    “I-if you say so…”

    “Yo, Eva,” I said as I once more crouched next to the downed girl, holding out the mp3 player. “Heather found your mp3 player.”

    “Tha… thank you…” she murmured as she took it.

    “Awright, if that’s all, I’m going back to sleep,” I said resolutely as I rose. I glared at the people gathered around. “And don’t anyone fucking dare wake me up. Understand?”

    There were gulps and mute nods all around. I gave them another second of glaring, then went back into the cabin.

    Fuck, I needed to sleep!



    Later that night we gathered at the campfire pit for another campfire ceremony. I hadn’t learned of it until just then, but apparently we lost the Awake-a-thon. In the end it had come down to Duncan and Gwen – the two night owls, just as expected – and unfortunately Duncan was the one who lost. So here we were again, two losses in a row and nothing to show for it.

    Well, except for the hot tub. That was pretty sweet.

    I groaned. I hadn’t been able to fall asleep at all in the time before Chris showed up and dragged us all here. With it finally getting dark out, I was ready to drop at a moment’s notice.

    “Campers,” Chris spoke, putting the plate of marshmallows down on an empty stump, “you’ve all made your decisions and cast your votes. There are only nine marshmallows on this plate. When I call your name, come up and claim your marshmallow.”

    I yawned. “Can we hurry this up? I wanna go to sleep.”

    “You can’t hurry drama,” Chris said lightly before continuing. “The camper who does not receive a marshmallow must immediately return to the Dock of Shame, catch the Boat of Losers, and leave. And you can never come back. Ever!

    There was a pause – which would likely be far more dramatic on TV with music added to it – before the host continued on.

    “The first marshmallow goes to Duncan, who almost won the Awake-a-thon. The second goes to Jason, who bravely faced off against a cheater.”

    Duncan and I each let out a grunt in turn before collecting our marshmallows. The punk rocker was probably the only one on our team who had slept less than I in the past few days, as everyone else besides the two of us had managed to get at least a few hours of shut-eye in after the challenge.

    I listened with half an ear as Chris continued calling out names. In the end, there were only two people still waiting to have their name called: Eva and Sadie. Or was it Katie? No, I was pretty sure it was Sadie. Katie was the one who left last time. Probably. Either way, she had been sniffling to herself the entire ceremony, much to my annoyance.

    Like, seriously; she had only been apart from her “bestest friend evar!” for like, three days. Grow up already!

    “Campers, this is the final marshmallow of the evening,” Chris said, his voice somber. There was a long, dramatic pause, and then… “Eva.”

    The gym girl let out a relieved sigh and collected her marshmallow. Meanwhile, Sadie let out a wail of despair… only to suddenly cut herself off.

    “Wait, does this mean I get to go where Katie is?”

    Chris nodded. “Uh-huh.”

    “Yay! Thanks, you guys!”

    I blinked. That was… Actually, that wasn’t entirely unexpected. Still weird, though.

    Sadie fairly ran toward the Dock of Shame, waving to us all the while. “I’ll see you guys later! Bye~!”

    I muttered a “Bye,” as I rose, idly taking a bite of my marshmallow. I hadn’t bothered with roasting it this time, wanting to get back to the cabin and my bed as soon as possible.

    This challenge… had not been suited for me. Back in my teens – my original teens – maybe, but not now; I had long since gotten rid of my old night owl ways, and with the lack of streetlights my internal clock had reset to forest mode, which meant getting up with the sun, which had worked against me here.

    Next time… We gotta win next time!



    Jason sat in the confessional, facing the camera… with his eyes closed and his shoulders slumped, his head lolling to one side.

    Then, one of Chris’s many interns entered the confessional, poking the boy in the side. “Hey, Jason, man? This ain’t your bed.”

    The boy grunted and lazily opened his eyes. “Huh? Wha?”


    Go to bed, man.”

    Oh… Shounds guud…”

    Not here, man!”



    I wasn’t sure whether to vote for Eva or Sadie.”

    Courtney was sitting in the confessional, one leg draped over the other as she faced the camera.


    I mean, Eva’s clearly out of control, but she’s also one of our strongest players. Losing her early might mean losing the competition, but keeping her might also mean losing the competition simply because she can’t control herself.”

    The Hispanic girl looked to the side. “But then, Jason stepped in, and… well you know what happened. Eva’s been acting really subdued since then, and even apologized for her behavior, so I figured she deserved another chance.”

    Turning back to face the camera, Courtney continued. “As for Sadie, well… I don’t have anything against her. Actually, I’ve felt sorry for her ever since Katie was voted off. I think… I think that was part of why I ended up voting for her. You know, so she could go see Katie? Yeah.”

    She leaned back, touching her cheek in thought. “But now I’m not sure about Jason. I mean, he’s angry a lot, but he seems to have things under control, unlike Eva. He also seems to be a really strong player. And did you see the way he handled Eva? He’s definitely done some martial arts, I can tell you that! That was… It was kind of cool, actually.”

    A slight smile appeared on Courtney’s face as she said the last part.


    Yeah… That was kind of cool.”



    Okay, so things didn’t go exactly according to plan.”

    Heather sat in the confessional, one leg draped over the other, her foot moving up and down as she spoke, clearly agitated.


    My plan of stealing Eva’s mp3 player was supposed to get her voted off the Killer Bass, but now I hear Sadie got voted off, instead. She’s a bit player; I wouldn’t have cared one bit if she stuck around all the way to the finale. But Eva? She’s a threat.”

    Heather took a deep breath and straightened slightly. “And apparently, so is Jason. I didn’t see what happened, but somehow he ‘handled’ Eva without getting so much as a scratch. I thought his performance in the hot tub challenge was just a fluke, but now I’m not so sure. He might actually be dangerous.”

    She smirked, then, and leaned forward. “Buuuuut… so am I, and his temper’s almost as bad as Eva’s. I just need to find the right buttons to push and I’ll get rid of him. He won’t see it coming.


    I’m going to win this. Count on it!”



    End Chapter 3



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 4: DOOOOODGE!!1!
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Alright, the dodge ball challenge! … It ended up a bit silly, but to be fair, it’s pretty par for the course for Total Drama. Also maybe a bit repetitive during the actual dodgeball game. And yes, the chapter title is intentional.
    And yes, the chapter is early. Shhh… don’t bring attention to it or it might run away…



    Chapter 4: DOOOOODGE!!1!

    It was the wee hours of the morning… and I was contemplating murder.

    I had not slept much in the past few days… and now the oblivion I sought was being kept from me by a noise akin to a stuttering chainsaw.

    Harold’s snoring.

    I stood by the teenager’s bed, observing his sleeping face, peaceful in ignorance. It would be so easy. A pillow, a downward push, and then… silence. Sweet, merciful silence.

    Duncan stood next to me, no doubt entertaining similar thoughts. Our eyes met. An unspoken message passed back and forth. A slight nod. And then… action.

    Soon after, we had silence.



    “Duncan, Jason!”

    I turned my head sideways and forced one eye open to see Chris approaching. It took me a moment to remember I was not in bed, but sitting at the Bass’ table in the main lodge. I… vaguely remembered making my way there before instantly bending over and burying my face in my arms.

    I had slept for maybe an hour that night following Harold’s silencing before I woke up at the crack of dawn. I tried to go back to sleep, but ended up just lying in bed and occasionally dozing until it was time for breakfast. As a result I was stuck in the same perpetual half-sleep I’d been in for the past… however many days it had been.

    I wasn’t feeling my best.

    “You look like crap, dudes,” the host continued, his voice full of amusement.

    I would have gladly wiped the grin off his face… but I was too tired.

    “Harold snored all night,” Courtney said by way of explanation.

    Chris let out a laugh. “Wow! Four nights with no sleep? How much are you dudes hurting?”

    I grunted and was about to gather what few reserves of strength I had left to unleash a verbal tirade when Duncan beat me to it.

    Wanna find out?” he asked, his voice promising violence. He’d slept at least a couple hours longer than me, but on the other hand had been awake longer, so he was probably even worse off than I was. It was actually kind of surprising he even gave Chris a verbal warning instead of just throwing something at him.

    Chris raised his hands in a soothing gesture. “No, no. It’s cool. It’s cool.”

    As Chris retreated, the door to the lodge opened with a bang. I raised my head slightly to see what the commotion was about and was rewarded with the sight of Harold standing in the doorway, wearing his pajamas and looking thoroughly soaked.

    “Harold! What happened to you?” Chris asked.

    “I… I woke up on the dock,” the bespectacled boy gasped out. “I rolled over and fell in the lake. It was horrible!”

    Duncan and I exchanged a quiet fist bump.

    Chris held his stomach as he laughed. “Aw, man, that’s awesome!

    While people laughed at his misfortune, Harold made his way over to the table and sat down with a squelch. In the process, he dripped water all over Courtney, who openly voiced her dismay.

    Harold!

    “Sorry.”

    “Hey, everyone, it’s Gwen!” Chris called out suddenly, having made his way over to the doorway. He stepped aside and in walked the camp’s resident Goth girl, her head and arms drooping and huge bags under her eyes.

    Unsurprisingly, she was met with clapping and cheers by the Gophers. And who could blame them? She had won them the Awake-a-thon challenge the previous day, after all.

    She sat down and sighed. “I’m so tired… I can’t feel my face.” As if to illustrate her point, she let her face fall onto the table with a dull thud.

    That wasn’t a bad idea, actually. Sighing, I rested my own head on the table once more. Fuck the Awake-a-thon.

    I may or may not have managed to doze off, because next thing I knew I heard someone clapping for attention. Regretfully raising my head, I saw Chris standing in the middle of the lodge.

    “Okay, campers, listen up,” he said. “Your next challenge begins in ten minutes! And be prepared to bring it!

    I groaned.

    What now?



    The day’s challenge turned out to be a sports challenge: dodgeball. Ordinarily I wouldn’t have minded such a challenge at all, but I was too fucking tired to run around throwing balls at people.

    Mind you, the court was interesting: it was a fairly standard ball court, but was built on the beach with a tall, transparent glass enclosure surrounding it, presumably to stop balls from going all over the place during play. When they had found the time to actually build it I had no idea, but I didn’t remember seeing it before the Awake-a-thon.

    On one side of the court, but still inside the glass enclosure, was an umpire’s tower and on either side of it was a multi-level sports bench, and off to the side a big pile of red balls.

    Chef Hatchet was standing next to the balls and had dressed up in a black-and-white umpire’s uniform, presumably to act the part of umpire for the game.

    Chris directed the teams to one bench each, and I sat down heavily on the top level of the Bass’ bench and leaned forward with my elbows on my legs and my chin on my palms.

    There was no fucking way I was going on anytime soon if I had anything to say about it.

    Soon after that Duncan arrived, collapsing in a heap on the level below me. “Wake me up and it’ll be the last thing you do,” he said warningly to the others.

    I understood completely.

    I must have nodded off again, because the next thing I knew a shrill whistle pierced through the fog enveloping my mind, and I opened my eyes as Chef Hatchet – or should that be Umpire Hatchet? – walked past the other campers who had gathered at the edge of the court. I briefly considered walking over to join them, but decided against it; I could hear just fine from where I was.

    “Today is the classic game of dodgeball,” the Chris began, picking up one of the balls from the floor. “The first rule of dodgeball is-”

    “Do not talk about dodgeball?” Noah interrupted, earning himself scattered snickers from among the campers. I just rolled my eyes; I might have laughed if I was less tired, but no.

    “As I was saying,” Chris continued, unperturbed, “if you get hit with the ball-”

    Without any warning, he tossed the ball at Courtney. Not having expected it, she was hit in the chest and staggered back, only barely catching the ball before it bounced off her. “Ow!”

    “-you’re out.”

    “You can’t do that!” Courtney said, throwing the ball back at the host, who caught it easily and continued.

    “If you catch the ball, the thrower gets kicked out and the catcher gets to bring in another team member out on the court.”

    “Throwing balls, gee, another mentally challenging test,” Noah said sarcastically.

    “I know, right?” Lindsay said, completely seriously.

    I sighed. How had the Gophers won two challenges in a row with people like the ditzy blonde on the team? It made no sense!

    “Okay, now, Geoff? Try to hit me!” Chris called out, tossing the ball to the cowboy-hat-wearing teen, who caught it. At the same time, Umpire Hatchet passed another ball to Chris.

    “If you’re holding a ball, you can use it to deflect a ball,” the host explained. He then dropped the ball. “But, if it knocks the ball out of your hands, you’re out.”

    “So what do I do again when the ball comes at me?” Lindsay asked. In the same instant, Geoff tossed his ball at Chris, who picked up and used his own ball to deflect it…

    “You dodge!

    … right at Lindsay, who failed miserably at doing just that and instead got herself hit in the face and knocked flat on her ass.

    Chris winced. “Ohhh! You were supposed to dodge!”

    Slowly, Lindsay got back on her feet, rubbing a new bump on her forehead. “Ow. Right.”

    “You have one minute until game time. Gophers, you’ll have to sit one person out each game.”

    With that, Courtney turned to face the rest of us. “All right, listen up!” she said. “We’ve lost two challenges in a row. We can’t lose a third! Who’s first on the field with me?”

    “I am,” Eva said in a voice that brook no argument, only to immediately look hesitant. “Uh, if you’ll have me.”

    Courtney smiled and nodded. “Who else?”

    “I can try,” DJ said, holding up a hand.

    “Me too!” Tyler said confidently.

    Courtney looked at the two teens, nodding to DJ but then hesitating when looking at Tyler. Probably because he was so accident-prone. After a moment she sighed and nodded. “Okay, one more.”

    “Not me,” I said when I noticed her looking at me. “I’m barely awake.”

    Courtney sighed. “Fine. Anyone?”

    “I’ll do it,” Harold said.

    “Great, that’s five.” Courtney made her way onto the court, the other four following behind her, while on the other side of the field the Gophers went through the same selection process. In short order Heather, Lindsay, Leshawna, Owen and Cody lined up on the opposite end of the court, facing my teammates. The campers who hadn’t been picked for the first game sat down on the benches.

    “Bring it on, fishies,” Heather said, making a “come-hither” gesture with one hand. “Otherwise, winning three in a row just won’t be as satisfying.”

    “Hoh, you’re going down!” Tyler said cockily. “We’re gonna bring the dinner to the table, and then we’re gonna eat it!

    I groaned and mentally facepalmed. Maybe this was why the Gophers had won two challenges in a row: my team was composed of idiots.

    “Both teams ready!” Chris called out from his position at the foot of the umpire’s tower. “Best of five games win. Now, let’s dooodge some baaall!

    Up on the tower, Umpire Hatchet blew his whistle and the campers on the benches cheered as the game started. I belatedly gave a halfhearted cheer as well before focusing on the game… or at least trying to.

    I was really tired.

    Three balls had been laid out on either side of the court between the teams. Immediately, the campers made a mad dash for the balls and started throwing.

    Eva was first, throwing a ball that smacked Leshawna in the face and put her on the bench. The first point went to the Bass!

    … But things quickly went downhill from there.

    Cody threw a ball at Tyler, who deftly dodged and then spun around multiple times before tossing his own ball, which flew off the court and smacked me in the face.

    I blinked several times before slowly looking over at Tyler, who gulped and took a step back. We locked eyes.

    “Don’t do that again,” I said, my voice completely neutral.

    Tyler swallowed and mutely nodded.

    “And Tyler lives to see another day,” Chris commented from the sidelines.

    “Nice job,” Courtney said sarcastically, handing Tyler another ball, “now let’s see if you can hit someone on their team!”

    Before he could do so, however, Owen let out a roar and tossed a ball at the jock. Tyler tried to block using his own ball, but the impact knocked it from his hands and sent him slamming into the hardened glass wall lining the field.

    “Ow! Darn it!”

    Umpire Hatchet’s whistle announced the jock’s retirement from the court.

    I sighed. At least it was one-for-one so far, so we weren’t being completely-

    “It’s time to unleash my wicked skills,” Harold said then, interrupting my thoughts. Brandishing a ball, he struck a one-legged pose and then jumped and tossed the ball… straight down. It bounced several times before coming to a rest in front of Owen, who picked it up and threw it almost casually back at Harold, knocking him out.

    I mentally facepalmed again. They’re all useless! Every single one!

    “I ain’t going down like a chump!” Eva exclaimed suddenly, having picked up another ball. She threw it hard across the court, striking Heather in the arm and removing her from the game.

    “Ow! That hurt, violent gym girl!” the Asian girl snapped as she walked off the court, rubbing her arm where the ball had hit her.

    “That’s the idea!” Eva shot back. “If you can’t take the heat, get off the grill!”

    I nodded approvingly. That was how you did it, both the throwing and the smack talk.

    “My turn!” Owen shouted as he tossed another ball, aiming for Eva… who deftly caught it.

    “Get off the field,” she said coolly.

    Owen tsked. “Darn it!”

    Alright, looks like Eva might win this for us, I mused, giving her a thumbs-up, to which she gave me a meek nod in return. Hmm. She doesn’t think I’m mad at her ‘cause of the other day, does she?

    “Okay, we’re doing great!” Courtney said, picking up a ball as Owen seated himself on the bench. “It’s three-on-two, now! Watch this!”

    Letting out a wordless battle cry, Courtney threw the ball straight at Cody… who surprisingly managed to knock it away using the ball in his own hands, at once sending Courtney to the bench while bringing a very sleepy-looking Gwen onto the field, making it three-on-two again… but to the other team’s advantage.

    “Better luck next time,” I said to Courtney as she seated herself on the bench below me.

    The Hispanic girl turned her head and looked up at me, giving me a surprised look, then a smile. “Thanks.”

    She then turned back to the court and shouted, “Eva, you can do this!”

    “I’ve got this,” Eva returned confidently. She locked eyes with Cody, who gulped. “Gimme your best shot, little man!”

    Cody paused at that, then smiled. “Okay! Hey, Gwen, watch this!”

    The boy reared back with the ball and tossed it spinning it at Eva, who dodged… only for the ball to swerve around in midair and come after her to hit her in the back.

    “That is one tough ball to dodge!” Chris exclaimed while l blinked. How did he do that?

    Fucking cartoon physics, man…

    That left DJ on our side of the court, facing off against Cody, Lindsay and Gwen. Throwing his ball, he successfully knocked Lindsay out of the game… only to immediately be hit by balls from both Gwen and Cody.

    “Gophers win the first game!” Chris called out a moment later.

    With the first game lost, things were not looking good for us.



    In the time before the next game, the teams were allowed a strategy session, and naturally it was held around each respective team’s bench, allowing me to be a part without moving from my seat… or contributing, really.

    “We can do this! We just have to believe in ourselves!” Harold said resolutely.

    “Oh, I believe,” Courtney said, rounding on the boy. “I believe you suck!

    “Yeah!” Tyler agreed. “You throw like a girl!”

    “You should talk,” Courtney exclaimed while Geoff laughed, “you can’t even hit the right team!”

    “It was a warm-up throw!” Tyler countered. “Look, I can dominate this game. Just give all the balls to me!”

    I seriously doubt that. “Maybe you should-”

    At that point Umpire Hatchet blew his whistle, signaling the start of the second game.

    “Fine,” Courtney relented. “But aim for the other side, okay?”

    Courtney, Eva, Bridgette, Geoff, and Tyler walked onto the court, to face off against Lindsay, Beth, Owen, Trent and Izzy.

    Tyler, who’d been given all the balls on the Bass’ side of the court, began spinning around again much the same as during the previous game. And just like then, he failed miserably.

    The first ball hit Umpire Hatchet in the gut. The second almost hit Chris, who ducked under it with an angry, “Hey, watch the face, dude!”, the third almost hit the people sitting on the Gophers’ bench, and the fourth… the fourth actually struck Lindsay in the face, knocking her off her feet, making it the third ball she took to the face that day, so… yeah. One point for Tyler?

    Courtney threw her hands at the sky. “Finally!

    Tyler, for his part, let out a prolonged “Nooooo!” and ran to the downed blonde’s side. Then, while he was helping her to her feet, Trent casually walked over and tossed a ball at him, knocking him out of the game.

    Moments later, Lindsay and Tyler left the court… and the glass enclosure altogether. Maybe he was taking her to get patched up? She had an awful lot of bumps and bruises at this point.

    “Great Gatsby, that is it!” Owen cried out suddenly, grabbing a ball from Izzy and tossing it straight at Eva… who ducked, the ball sailing past above her. Unfortunately Courtney was standing right behind her.

    Ow!” she exclaimed after the ball hit her in the face. Sullenly, she walked off the field.

    “Next time…?” I half-said, half-asked as she sat down.

    Courtney just sighed and looked down at the ground, despondent.

    Yeah… getting knocked out twice without doing anything probably didn’t feel too good.

    Meanwhile, Owen continued his sudden blur of activity, grabbing balls from Beth and Trent to toss at Bridgette and Geoff, knocking both blondes out of the game.

    Ohhh, he dropped it like it was hot!” Leshawna called out from the Gophers’ bench.

    That left Eva facing off against four players all by her little lonesome. She ducked and dodged as best she could, but with four players all throwing their balls at her, it wasn’t long before she was graced by one and knocked out.

    That’s two losses in a row. Chris said best out of five, right? So one more means… Hmm.

    “Hey!” Heather called out from where she and the other Gophers were doing their between-match strategy meeting. It’s two-zero. How does it feel to suck so much?”

    Harold hung his head. “Not very good.”

    “It’s not over yet!” Courtney said brightly, then winced as she gingerly touched the bump on her forehead from where Owen’s ball had hit her earlier. “Ow.” She sighed. “It’s so over…”

    Aw, man, now I’m starting to feel bad… Maybe I should try playing?

    “Okay, this is really bad,” Courtney continued, “one more game and we lose the whole challenge. Again! We can’t let that happen, people. We need someone strong, someone mean, someone who’ll crush those stupid Gophers into the dirt!”

    I sighed. “I can try, but I can’t promise anything,” I said, earning surprised looks from pretty much everyone on my team who wasn’t unconscious.

    “You… mean it?” Courtney asked.

    “Yeah, I’ll try,” I confirmed, nodding. “But if I fall asleep out there, don’t say I didn’t warn you.”

    “Alright! Come on, Bass, we can still do this!”



    It was me, Eva, Bridgette, Geoff and DJ on the court, facing off against Leshawna, Owen, Beth, Izzy and… Justin.

    Pretty boy… You're going down.

    Umpire Hatchet blew his whistle and the game was on.

    Eva tossed first, narrowly missing Izzy. Then Owen and Leshawna tossed, one ball being easily dodged by Eva while the other almost hit Geoff. The back and forth continued for a while with nobody getting knocked out… until a ball came sailing straight for me.

    I… wasn’t really up to running around, so dodging likely wasn’t a good idea. Instead, I remained where I was and raised both hands, catching the ball between them. I managed a clumsy throw at Leshawna, but ended up missing entirely.

    Oh, well… At least Beth’s off the field, I mused, seeing the bespectacled girl walk off, having been the one to toss the ball at me.

    “Good job, Jason! You can do it!” I heard Courtney call from the bench. I looked over to see her giving me a smile and a thumbs-up.

    Out of the corner of my eye, I noticed movement. I raised my left hand, knocking the ball into the air before catching it with both hands on the way back down. Turning my attention fully back to the game, I saw Leshawna leaving the field.

    Alright, maybe I’m too tired to throw properly… but I can still catch pretty well.

    It was really too bad you weren’t allowed to have more than five players on the field; we would have had seven at this point if it was allowed, since I’d caught not one but two balls in a row without anyone getting knocked out.

    … Right as I was thinking this, Owen successfully knocked Bridgette out. Oh well.

    “Eva, catch!” I called out, gently tossing the ball to the gym girl, who caught it easily. She immediately lunged forward and threw the ball, hitting Izzy in the chin and knocking her out of the game.

    It was four-to-two, now, with only Owen and Justin remaining on the Gophers’ side of the court. I didn’t know about Justin, but Owen was probably their best player… which was weird considering just how much bulk he had; you’d think he’d have been easier to hit. I studied him while keeping an eye out for balls coming my way.

    He’s pretty good at seeing where the ball’s gonna go. His reaction time’s nothing to sneeze at, but it’s his ability to predict trajectories that’s his strength.

    I bent over and picked up a ball rolling by before my feet. I caught Eva’s attention and nodded toward Owen. She nodded, and I turned my attention to the Gophers.

    “Hey, Owen! Catch this if you can!” I weakly shouted, tossing a lazy high ball.

    “Oh, that’s easy! I’ll-”

    But before he could catch my ball, Eva came out of nowhere and clocked him in the side of the head with her ball, knocking him out of the game.

    I flicked my thumb into a thumbs-up.

    Only seconds later, Justin was hit by a ball from Geoff.

    Umpire Hatchet blew his whistle while Chris called out, “Bass win the game!”

    “I think we should do the same thing again,” Courtney said once we’d all gathered at the bench. “So, Harold, sit this one out, too.”

    “But I sat the last one out!”

    “So did I. It’s for the good of the team.”

    Harold hung his head.

    I gave him a pat on the shoulder. “Maybe next time, dude.”

    His only response was to sigh.



    A few minutes later, the fourth game started with me, Eva, Bridgette, Geoff and DJ facing Justin, Trent, Leshawna, Beth and Izzy.

    Using the exact same tactics as before – me catching balls and either throwing distractions or tossing them to my teammates while Eva led the offense – we were able to win in minutes.

    It was now two wins against two losses. The fifth and final round would decide the challenge.

    “Okay, this is it,” Chris said aloud as both teams gathered for their strategy sessions. “The final, tie-breaking game.”

    We all came together in a huddle.

    “Same tactics?” I asked, giving a wan smile.

    Courtney nodded. “Yup.”

    “Wait, I think it’s my turn,” Harold interjected.

    “No way,” Courtney protested. “We actually have a chance to win this!”

    Harold nodded and left the huddle, looking despondent.

    Sorry, dude, but we need a win, I thought as I watched his back.

    “Gophers, Bass,” Chris called out, signaling the end of our time strategizing. “Let’s send this sample to the lab… and see what you’re made of!

    While we kept to the same team, the Gophers this time went with Gwen, Cody, Heather, Owen and Leshawna.

    Gwen’s iffy… but the rest are all their best players. This might get tricky.

    It didn’t help that I was getting sleepier. Even moving around as little as I had had had an adverse effect on my waking state, and I was getting dark flashes around my vision every now and then. If I wasn’t careful I might just fall unconscious right then and there.

    Gotta win the game, first…

    Umpire Hatchet blew his whistle and the game was on.

    Heather tossed at DJ, who dodged. Shortly after, she herself was forced to dodge a ball from Eva, and then Owen responded with a throw at Bridgette, who ducked.

    This back and forth continued for a bit… until Owen caught a ball from Geoff, sending the blonde off the court. Soon after, Owen used that very same ball to knock DJ out of the game.

    It was down to myself, Eva and Bridgette, and the Gophers hadn’t lost a single player.

    Not good.

    It was when Heather tossed a ball at Bridgette that I realized what was going on; knowing that myself and Eva were the most likely to be able to catch a ball, they were concentrating their efforts on knocking out our other players. Before I could so much as give a warning, a pair of balls from Gwen and Heather knocked Bridgette out of the game.

    It was now down to Eva and myself… and my teammate soon got taken out when everyone on the Gopher’s team threw balls at her at the same time.

    It was only me, now.

    And I was barely staying awake.

    Fuck.

    The game slowed down. There were no balls anywhere near me, and for some reason the Gophers weren’t going on the offensive.

    “What are you waiting for?” I asked. I could try to make a dash for the closest ball, but…

    Instead of answering, they went into a half-huddle, keeping an opening toward me so they could see what I was doing. Smart.

    After whispering to each other for a bit, they scattered across their side of the court… with Cody taking up the middle spot closest to me. Our eyes met and he grinned.

    “Since you’re so good at catching balls… I’m gonna give you one you don’t want to catch.”

    I quirked an eyebrow at him as he started rubbing the ball on his shirt. The hell? Was he trying to build up a static charge or something?

    … He was, I saw a moment later as there were visible flashes of electricity running across the ball’s surface. And the flashes were getting brighter, to the point where they were starting to leave spots in my vision.

    Oh, fuck cartoon physics!

    Apparently satisfied with the quite literally glowing ball, Cody reared it back with one hand and threw it straight at me.

    Time slowed down as I took in the other Gophers on the field. They each had a ball, were spread out, and ready to toss. No doubt the plan was for Cody’s ball to force me to dodge and then them throwing their balls at me before I could recover from dodging it in my sleep-deprived state.

    Clever. But I could handle a little static electricity… right?

    “Catch that if you can!” I heard Cody yell.

    And I did. However, the moment my fingers touched the ball I felt electricity course through me, making my hair stand on end… and the cobwebs in my mind clear for the first time in days.

    I blinked, staring at the ball in my hands. I looked to the bench where my teammates sat, cheering me on, and then to the other side of the court, where my opponents stood.

    My eyes landed on Cody.

    “Thanks for waking me up,” I said cheerily. “Allow me to pay you back… with interest.”

    With those words I tossed the ball into the air and jumped as high as I could, which was a good deal higher than I could before in my own world, and I had already been a pretty good jumper.

    Cody immediately started panicking. “Whoa, wait! I’m already out, you don’t have to-”

    Meteor Smash!

    There was a sound like a thunderclap and the ball hurtled downward like a bolt of divine fury. It hit the ground right in front of Cody and bounced, hitting the boy in the chin with enough force to send him flying into the air. Spinning end-over-end, he traveled upward, passing above the hardened glass that surrounded the playing field to crash onto the sandy beach beyond.

    Gotta love cartoon physics!

    Slowly, his teammates turned to face me, fearful expressions on their faces.

    “Hi,” I said, giving them a toothy grin.

    They gulped.

    “That was just a lucky shot!” Owen exclaimed suddenly. “I’ll show you! Hai-yaaa!

    He threw his ball. Instead of moving, I simply thrust my arm out in a punch. The ball ricocheted off my fist and slammed into Owen like a rocket, striking him in the solar plexus.

    The heavyset boy let out a groan, his eyes rolling up into the back of his head right before he dropped to his knees, then doubled over.

    There were gasps all around.

    “That doesn’t count! You’re not allowed to punch the ball!” Heather said heatedly. She turned to Chris. “Right?!”

    Chris tapped his chin thoughtfully. “Well… You are allowed to touch the ball with your hands… and it’s not like he dropped it… I’m gonna count that as a catch-and-throw.”

    Heather gasped. “No way!

    “All we have to do is throw all our balls at the same time,” Leshawna said suddenly. “There’s way more of us than him!”

    “Famous last words,” I said. I adopted a high stance and made a “come-hither” motion with my hand. “Let’s see what you’ve got.”

    The three remaining Gophers on the field – Heather, Gwen and Leshawna – all threw their balls at the same time. Three balls…

    … Three punches.

    “Not the face, not the fa- Guh!” Gwen collapsed, clutching at her stomach. “Thank… you…”

    Heather tried to run, but got hit between her shoulder blades and tumbled forward onto her face.

    Leshawna ducked under the ball… then was immediately hit in the back of the head when the ball bounced on the glass. She staggered forward a couple steps before collapsing.

    There was complete and utter silence. And then…

    Wooohooo!” “Yeah! That’s stuff!” “You did it, Jason!

    I turned as my teammates rushed onto the field… and then I felt myself stumble as everything started going black.

    Apparently Cody’s “electro-juice” didn’t last very long.



    Okay, it’s official: Jason’s a threat. Maybe the biggest one on the Killer Bass.”

    Heather sat in the confessional, her arms crossed over her chest as she faced the camera.


    I suspected he was good at physical challenges, but I didn’t think he would be this good. Fortunately, that seems to be all he’s good for, so it shouldn’t be hard to manipulate him. I just need to find out what his weakness is… I may need to do some inter-team reconnaissance on this one.”

    She shrugged and smirked.


    At least losing the dodgeball challenge let us get rid of Noah… He was nothing but dead weight, anyway.”



    Okay, so, um… Today was weird.”

    Eva fidgeted nervously as she sat in the confessional, not really looking at the camera except for very brief intervals.


    I mean, I thought I had the challenge in the bag after they told us it was gonna be dodgeball. And I did! But… then things went haywire, and… and Jason had to step in.”

    She spent a moment nervously tapping her arm before leaning forward and focusing directly on the camera.


    Okay, look, I know I did well in the challenge. But Jason… did better. I can admit that. And he… kinda, sorta kicked my ass the other day. I mean, I was angry, and I wasn’t thinking straight, and I wasn’t fighting like I should’ve – I’m a kickboxer, for crying out loud! – but… I’m not sure I could beat him even if I did. He’s… different. Way different.

    And, uh… I really thought he was mad at me about it, but… he didn’t seem mad today. At all. During the game, I mean. Maybe… I think maybe he would accept my apology. Right? Yeah. Yeah, I’m gonna apologize. And… maybe ask him if he wants to spar sometime.”

    A small smile made its way onto Eva’s face.


    Yeah… That’d be fun.”



    End Chapter 4



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold




    Chapter Trivia: I was listening to Disturbed's "Warrior" on loop while writing the final game. Does it show?
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 5: I Really Don't Wanna Be Famous!
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Not sure if I gave Eva’s apology scene the right treatment here or not. Also, I might have jumped back and forth between POVs a bit much, here… You be the judge.



    Chapter 5: I Really Don’t Wanna Be Famous!

    I ended up sleeping close to eighteen hours straight after my collapse at the dodgeball game, waking up with the rising of the sun the following day. I didn’t feel quite 100%, but I was well-rested enough that I no longer felt like my brain was enveloped in fog. After doing my business in the communal bathroom and going for a couple hours’ walk – making sure to stick to routes I’d already used and memorized – I joined the rest of the campers at the main lodge for breakfast. To my dismay, they were rather vocal about my achievements during the final game, and DJ and Geoff even acted out a sort of instant-replay for me. It was embarrassing as hell.

    Ugh… “Meteor Smash”… why’d I have to yell that?! Urggggghhh…. Also… I looked up at Geoff, giving him a pleading look, my eyes begging for his words not to be true. “Seriously?”

    “Yeah, man! Your hair was standing up all poofy-like. You looked like a dandelion.”

    And it’s all going on TV… Fuck me… I groaned and buried my face in my hands. Why didn’t I trim my hair when I had the chance?! Fuck you, Cody, and your stupid electric ball!

    Still… it did kinda win us the game…

    I glanced over at the Gophers’ table, where our opponents were eating breakfast and chatting, much like we where. There was one person missing, though: Noah, the smartypants.

    Apparently the Gophers’ vote had been split between him and Cody, the latter for effectively costing them the game by inadvertently waking me up. In the end, though, Noah got voted off for being consistently useless over the course of every challenge thus far. Or that’s what my teammates told me, anyway.

    As for Cody… he had a black eye along with some minor bruises and abrasions, and his chin was covered in bandages. At the very least nothing seemed to be broken as he could speak normally, but I still wondered if maybe I’d overdone it a bit.

    And then I saw him trying vainly for sympathy points from Gwen, very obviously exaggerating his injuries and how much pain he was in, even saying something about a “manly sacrifice”. I rolled my eyes.

    Never mind, he’s fine.



    Later that afternoon, as I was returning from a walk in the woods, I found myself approached by Eva.

    “There you are!”

    “Here I am,” I said. “Did you want something?”

    “Yeah, I…” She looked around, and apparently satisfied that no one else was nearby, quietly said, “I… wanted to…”

    “Yes?”

    The gym girl swallowed several times. “I…”

    “Wait, is this a love confession?” I asked, noting the girl’s nervousness. I was joking, of course; there was no way such a thing would happen to me. Giving her a suspicious look, I added, “You’re not part of the Joketsuzoku, are you?”

    Eva, for her part, went bright red at my accusation. “Wha- No, of course not! I was just- Wait, who?

    “Never mind, just joking,” I said, idly noting that in her embarrassment she had stopped whispering. “So what did you want to say to me?”

    There was a moment of silence as Eva took a few breaths, probably to calm herself down. “I wanted to… apologize.”

    I cocked my head at her. “For what?”

    “For losing my temper,” she replied. “When I lost my mp3 player. I… I was out of control. I’m sorry.”

    I shrugged. “No worries.”

    She blinked. “Huh? That’s it?”

    “Sure. Apology accepted. Sorry for kicking your ass, by the way.”

    Eva opened and closed her mouth several times before speaking. “You… Are you sure?”

    “Yeah. Water under the bridge and all that,” I said, shrugging again. After a moment, I added, “You should probably close your mouth before something builds a nest in there.”

    She clamped her mouth shut.

    “Well, if that’s all, I’ll be on my way,” I said. Letting out a wistful sigh, I added, “There’s a book waiting for me, if you’ll excuse me.”

    I could feel Eva’s eyes on my back as I walked into the camp. She was probably confused by how readily I accepted her apology; on the rare occasion that someone apologized to me for their behavior, confusion almost invariably followed, as I wasn’t really the kind of guy for grudges. Well, as long as it wasn’t something really nasty, of course.

    And speaking of apologies...

    At that moment, I spotted Harold as he exited the communal bathroom.

    Eva had just apologized to me. Maybe I ought to pass it on? Getting Harold dunked in the lake had maybe been a little uncalled for, even if I was exhausted and annoyed at the time.

    I sighed and made my way over to Harold, greeting him with a “Yo.”

    “Yes?” he asked, giving me a weird searching look.

    I was about to just flat out tell him about the dock thing and apologize when I noticed two of the Gopher girls, Heather and Lindsay, walk by. Not wanting onlookers, and also thinking it might be best if the other team knew as little as possible about our team’s internal affairs, I wracked my brain for a different subject.

    “So, Harold,” I said aloud, making sure the girls could hear me, “I heard you had an ant farm. That true?”

    Red ant farm, thank you very much,” he replied matter-of-factly and crossed his arms. “And yes.”

    Out of the corner of my eye, I saw Heather roll her eyes and continue on, Lindsay following beside her, though they were still within earshot. “Cool. Myrmica or Solenopsis?”

    Harold’s eyes widened and his mouth dropped open as his arms fell limply to his sides. He stood there, shaking and staring at me for several uncomfortable moments before he got his jaw back in working order.

    You know about ants?!

    “Uh… a little?” I just made a huge mistake, didn’t I?

    Harold put his hands on my shoulders and started to draw back a long, wheezing breath.

    Yup, I definitely did.

    AntsaremazingandreallyinterestingandtheyhavesomanycoolthingstheydoandIhavealways-

    Fuck me.



    Hearing Jason and Harold launch into a conversation about ants – of all things – Heather had an idea; not only did Jason have his back toward the cabin, but by the sound of things Harold would keep him occupied for a long while… and the Bass’ cabin had no one in it, either, as Geoff and DJ had just exited it. It was the perfect opportunity to do some reconnaissance… if she could get in and out before anybody else showed up.

    “Hey, Lindsay,” Heather said, turning to her not-too-bright minion. “I need you to do something. Follow me.”

    “Do what?” Lindsay asked as they walked up to the Bass’ cabin.

    “Watch the door,” Heather said, opening the door to step inside. “And if you see Jason or anyone else coming, warn me.”

    Lindsay saluted. “Okay.”

    Heather closed the door behind her and looked around. Eight beds, six of them occupied… and they all had a bunch of junk strewn over them. All except one.

    What is he, a neat freak? Heather idly wondered as she beheld the lone backpack lying on one of the top bunks. She recognized it as Jason’s easily, as he’d been the only camper with a forest green, military-style backpack. She reached up and dragged the backpack off the bed and onto the floor with a thud, finding it heavier than she expected.

    After looking around at the windows once just to make sure no one had heard that, Heather started digging through the backpack, unzipping compartment after compartment and reaching inside to rummage around.

    Clothes, toilet paper, toilet bag, sleeping bag… Is that a tent? Huh. Oh, here we go.

    She pulled out a rather heavy plastic bag and unfolded it, revealing a number of books inside.

    The Art of War? Figures he’d be a military freak with that get-up. What else… The Prince? What is that, some kind of fairy tale? The Chao Te Ching? Principia Discordia? Zen Without Zen Masters? What is with these titles?

    Continuing to look through the books, eventually, Heather found what she was looking for.

    Jackpot!

    Aside from the strangely-titled books, there were two pocket notebooks. Opening one, what struck Heather first of all was the absolutely atrocious handwriting; the text was crabbed and far from uniform, though thankfully still readable for the most part. It contained what appeared to be quotes, or perhaps sayings; since there were no attributions, she couldn’t be sure, but that was the impression she got.

    Some were arguably profound:

    He who is wise does not blather, while he who blathers usually has something to hide.

    While others were just bizarre:

    Grasshopper always wrong in argument with chicken.

    Shaking her head, Heather replaced the notebook inside the backpack and instead picked up the other, which had the same crabbed handwriting within. Rifling through the pages, she found that there were several devoted to the different campers, though sadly the actual information was rather sparse, consisting of little more than names and brief notes:

    Gwen: Goth girl
    Courtney: Hispanic girl (seems nice)
    Heather: Tall Asian chick
    JeffGeoff: Cowboy guy (surfer?)
    DJ: Black guy (afraid of bugs) (Jamaica?)
    Duncan: Punk rocker (delinquent?)
    LindseyLindsay: “Insert blonde joke here” (likes Tyler)
    Bridgette: Surfer girl
    Trent: Guitar guy
    Tyler: Clumsy jock (likes Lindsay)
    Harold: Asthmatic Shaggy
    Eva: Gym girl (Eastern Europe?)
    Leshawna: Black girl (attitude?)
    Owen: Big guy (good thrower)
    Izzy: Redhead
    Justin: Damn pretty boy (enemy!)
    Katie: Cry-baby (X)
    Sadie: Other cry-baby (X)
    Cody: Short guy (likes Gwen?) (electro-ball) (definitely likes Gwen)
    Noah: Smartypants (likes books) (X)
    Beth: Short glasses girl


    Tall Asian chick”? Really? Heather thought, slightly annoyed, only for her annoyance to evaporate a moment later when she had to bite back a snort at the “Insert blonde joke here” line, and then again upon reading “Asthmatic Shaggy”. Funny, but nothing really useful… Although he does seem to have it out for Justin. Maybe I can exploit that somehow?

    Before she could take this line of thinking any further, Heather heard Lindsay loudly talking outside. Quickly replacing the notebook and the other books, she put the backpack back in place on the bed and hurried on over to listen by the door.

    It sounded like…



    Man… I’m glad I got out of that! I mean, ants are interesting, but come on, dude… Time and place. I couldn’t even get the apology in there… Gonna have to try again later.

    When I reached the Bass’ cabin, thinking maybe I could finally sit down and read for a bit, I found my way blocked by Lindsay, of all people.

    “Can I help you?” I asked when the blonde quite deliberately stepped in front of the door, halting my advance.

    “Uh, yes! Yes, Jason, you can!” she said loudly. “Um…”

    I rolled my eyes. This should be good. “What?”

    “You… Um…”

    I crossed my arms over my chest. “Out with it.”

    “I’m thinking!”

    “Well, think faster, then.”

    “Hey, that’s really hard to do, you know!”

    I groaned. Why was I even humoring this woman? “Do I have to move you myself?”

    In response, the blonde struck a very awkward martial arts pose and said, “You can try… but I have martial arts training!”



    Back inside the cabin…

    What is going on out there? What did Lindsay say?

    Heather shook her head.

    He’s really going at it! Damn it, Lindsay, get him out of here so I can leave!



    Hahahahahahahahahaha!” I drew back a breath. “Hahahahahahahahahahaha!

    “You know, that’s really starting to feel hurtful.”

    I fell to the ground, then, holding onto my sides for dear life as my laughter continued unabated. “Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha!

    “Like, words hurt, you know?”

    Hahahahahahaha!” I gasped for breath. “Hahahahahahahahahahaha!



    Screw it, I’m taking the window route, Heather decided. Opening up the window, she somewhat clumsily clambered through it to land in a bush outside. Spitting leaves, she rose up and pushed the window shut, then sneaked around toward the front. Peeking out from behind the corner, she saw Jason rolling around on the ground and laughing his head off.

    What on Earth did Lindsay say to him?

    Psst, Lindsay!” Heather hissed, waving to get the blonde’s attention.



    “Uh, well, I gotta go now,” Lindsay said suddenly. Evidently, she had tired of me laughing at her.

    Collecting myself as she walked off, I stood up and took a moment to dust myself off before walking into the cabin. I wasn’t sure what all that had been about, but it sure had been entertaining.

    Once inside, I went over to my backpack and pulled out the bag containing my books. I frowned as I opened it up.

    That’s weird… I thought I put them in a different order? Eh, whatever.

    I selected a book at random and sat down cross-legged on the floor.

    Ah, time for some sweet, relaxing Zen…



    The next day, I was on my way back from the communal bathroom when a sudden metallic squeal stopped me dead in my tracks. I looked around for a moment before realizing the noise was coming from the old and rusted PA speakers set up on poles around the camp.

    All right, campers, enough beauty sleep,” came Chris’ by now familiar voice over the PA system. I was honestly surprised it was even still functioning, much less being used for the show. “It’s time to show us what you’re made of!

    I sighed. What’ve you got for us this time, huh?

    Chris directed us to gather at a small stage and some benches that had been set up the previous day. The benches were divided into two sections, one for each team, and I sat down with my teammates to await the day’s probably idiotic challenge.

    After a minute or so, Chris walked onto the stage.

    “Welcome to our brand-new, state-of-the-art deluxe outdoor amphitheater!” he greeted us. “Okay, this week’s challenge is a summer camp favorite: a talent contest!”

    My eyes bugged out at that. What?!

    “Each team has eight hours to pick their three most talented campers,” Chris continued. “These three will represent them in the show tonight. Sing, dance, juggle – anything goes! As long as it’s legal.”

    Next to me, Duncan flicked his fingers at the last part.

    “You’ll be judged by our resident talent scout, former DJ, VJ and rap legend, Grand Master Chef! Who will show his approval via the Chef-mo-meter. The team that loses will send one camper home tonight. Good luck!”

    Wait, wait, wait. He said three campers, right? So I don’t have to do anything. Okay. Good. Breathe.

    Going up on stage… was not my favorite thing in the world. Especially if it was going to be broadcast on TV. But yeah, I just had to make sure our team had at least three talented campers and I was in the clear.

    I looked over at my teammates and felt a sinking feeling in the pit of my stomach.

    Don’t make me go on stage… Seriously.



    A while later we of the Killer Bass were all gathered behind our cabin to hold auditions for our most talented members. Which probably wasn’t saying much.

    Tyler was one of the first to volunteer, demonstrating his skills with a yo-yo… which turned out to be rather limited, as he soon managed to entangle himself to the point where he couldn’t even walk properly.

    Courtney, who had taken on the role of self-appointed talent judge, facepalmed.

    “Man, that is weak,” said Chris, who had picked that moment to walk by.

    “Next,” Courtney said simply.

    Eva came next, walking up in front of us holding what looked like a phone book.

    “My greatest talent is my strength,” she said by way of introduction, then held the phone book over her head and tore it in two with a wordless roar.

    I crossed my arms as I nodded. “Okay, that’s impressive, but I have a question: Was that the phone book from the main lodge?”

    She looked at me. “Yeah. What about it?”

    “Do you have another one?”

    Eva blinked and then threw the two halves to the ground. “Dammit!

    Courtney sighed. “Next.”

    Next came DJ… who surprised us all by showing up in a leotard, holding a ribbon tied to a stick. He demonstrated a short rhythmic gymnastics routine, ending with him doing a forward split, which really surprised me; I didn’t think the guy was that flexible. I clapped politely along with the other campers.

    “Fine, sign him up,” Courtney said. “That’s one down. Next.”

    “Me!” Bridgette exclaimed. “I can stand on my hands for twenty minutes.”

    I blinked and looked at her. “Really?”

    “Yeah! Watch this.”

    The surfer girl got up on her hands easily enough and started to slowly walk around, but was interrupted by Courtney.

    “Okay, that’d be cute if you were a monkey,” she said, clearly unimpressed. “I just don’t think it’s quite what we’re looking for. Next.”

    As Bridgette, wearing a sullen look, went back to join the throng Harold stepped forward to take her place. He drew back a wheezing breath, and-

    “Next.”

    -let it back out in a disappointed sigh.

    “Uh, shouldn’t you at least let him try, first?” I half-whispered, half-said to Courtney.

    “It’s Harold,” she deadpanned.

    “Well, yeah, but-”

    “Next.”

    Next was Geoff, who pulled out a small skateboard – the kind you used for tricking rather than traveling – and demonstrated a fairly impressive series of skateboard stunts. Nothing spectacular, but definitely enough for the “deluxe amphitheater” that Chris had built for the talent show.

    “Well, I guess it’s Geoff, DJ’s ribbon thing and your solo,” Bridgette said, turning to Courtney.

    “Solo? What solo?” I asked, looking at the Hispanic girl, who smiled.

    “I play the violin,” she said proudly.

    “Oh, really? Cool.”

    She gave me an inquiring look. “You don’t play an instrument?”

    “Nah. I tried learning the guitar years ago but I got bored.”

    “Maybe you just needed the right motivation.”

    “Heh, maybe.” I looked at DJ and Geoff, then back at Courtney. “Still, looks like we got all three talents for the show.” And I’m not one of ‘em! Huzzah!

    “Yeah! I’m gonna be on TV!” Geoff said, his voice brimming with excitement.

    “You’re… already on TV, Geoff,” Bridgette deadpanned.

    “Oh, yeah,” the cowboy/surfer/skater said, then ran up to the nearest camera and started waving. “Hello out there, dudes!”

    I shook my head. Some of my teammates were… well, let’s just call them “special”. Yeah, that was a good word for it.

    I’m just glad I don’t have to go on stage. Eugh, that would have been horrible.



    A while later, with our talent scouting over with, the Bass gathered on the stage to prepare and await the beginning of the talent contest.

    Geoff was sitting on the edge of the stage, idly playing around with his skateboard, Bridgette and Harold were watching as Duncan and DJ played cards on top of some crates, and to one side Courtney was warming up with her violin by playing a simple, repetitive tune. I didn’t know much about the violin, but I assumed it was some sort of standard warm-up tune.

    As for me, I was leaning against the back wall and relaxing with my arms crossed over my chest, listening to Courtney playing. Since I – thankfully – didn’t have anything particular to do, I decided to just take it easy. I closed my eyes and slowed my breathing, feeling my body relax-

    “So, can you really stand on your hands for twenty minutes?” Geoff asked suddenly, and I opened my eyes to see him looking up at Bridgette.

    “Wanna bet that I can’t?” she asked playfully, holding up a chocolate bar.

    “Oh, you’re on!” Geoff said, getting to his feet.

    “I’ll take a piece of that action,” Harold chimed in.

    “Yeah, that’s like virtually impossible,” DJ commented, looking up from his game with Duncan.

    “Ante up,” Bridgette said simply, smiling.

    As I watched, Duncan packed up the game, leaving the crates for the campers to put down their various wagers, which ranged from bars of chocolate or candy to money.

    “You in, Jason?” Bridgette asked, looking over at me.

    “Nah, I’m good,” I said with a shrug. I didn’t have anything to bet, anyhow. “I’ll just enjoy the show.”

    “Your loss,” she said cheerfully.

    “My, so confident,” I said, giving a slight smirk. I gestured toward the stage. “Stage is all yours.”

    Bridgette smiled again and turned to the rest of the Bass, and to Duncan in particular, as he had a watch on his wrist and was preparing to time her. “Okay, twenty minutes, starting… now!”

    With those words the surfer girl went feet up and hands down. She started walking around the stage, seemingly in complete control… up until the point she accidentally got her leg entangled in some rope hanging down the side of the stage. She changed directions and did her best to disentangle herself without dropping from her handstand, and eventually succeeded… but in doing so she somehow undid the rope, which in turn sent a spotlight falling down from above.

    When I realized said spotlight was going to fall on Courtney, who was obliviously playing the violin still, I fairly bounced off the wall and grabbed her shoulders, pulling her back. Unfortunately, while I reacted quickly enough to get Courtney out of the way, I didn’t manage to pull her back far enough to keep the spotlight from knocking the violin out of her hands before crushing it against the stage.

    This… was not good.



    I was not good at handling crying women. Or crying people in general, really. Not only did the wailing hurt my ears something fierce, but I had no idea what to do to comfort them without it getting weird. Sure, if it was someone I was close to and knew well that was one thing, but someone I’d only known for a week or two?

    Yeah… I was out of my element. Still, I did my best in comforting Courtney as I led her behind the stage, the Hispanic girl cradling her broken violin in her arms with tears streaming down her face.

    I knew violins were expensive, of course, but I rather doubted that was the only reason for her tears; in all likelihood she had practiced with the instrument for years and years. Hell, for all I knew it might have been a gift from some dead relative or something equally emotionally vested.

    As it was, I did what I could: I sat her down, kept what was hopefully a comforting hand on her back and did my best to keep my mouth shut so I didn’t make things worse as she let it all out.

    And then Bridgette walked around the corner. From the look on her face she felt bad about the whole thing and wanted to try and make amends, but the moment Courtney laid eyes on her…

    “You! You… killed my violin!”

    “I didn’t mean to! There must be something we can do!”

    And then she did something even I wasn’t stupid enough to do: she took the violin from Courtney’s hands and tried pushing the pieces together… which only resulted in the whole thing falling apart into even smaller pieces.

    Looking away in pain as a fresh wail from Courtney assaulted my ears, I caught sight of Heather and Lindsay hanging out by the Gophers’ cabin. I briefly felt envious of the pair not having to deal with all of… well, this. I internally sighed as I turned my attention back to the crying Courtney and gently stroked her back.

    This is going to be a long afternoon…



    “Welcome to the very first Camp Wawanakwa Talent Contest,” Chris greeted us later that evening as he stood on stage to present the talent contest. “Where six campers will showcase their mad skills and desperately try not to humiliate themselves.”

    And that’s why I’m not on stage, I mused.

    “First off from the Screaming Gophers is Justin!”

    Oh, come on. What kind of talent could he possibly have? Well, okay; I actually had no idea. I was just being annoyed by the guy’s mere existence, again.

    The Gophers not participating in the contest cheered from their section of the stands as Chris left the stage and Justin walked on in his stead. He turned his back toward the audience as a spotlight came on, illuminating his form.

    The hell is this supposed to-

    That’s when catchy, lighthearted music started streaming from the speakers and Justin began… posing. Like he was at a photo shoot. And judging by how natural it seemed to him, he had probably done quite a few of those.

    Urge to kill… rising.

    As part of his finale, he sat down on a chair and pulled on a rope… which emptied a bucket of water over him, just like in that one music video from the 90s. Was it Ricky Martin? Or the other guy… Enrique Iglesias? Well, either way, it was obviously an homage… and utterly infuriating. After the water finished pouring over him, Justin straightened, tossing water from his wet hair and delivering a dazzling smile at the audience, to widespread cheering.

    I had to physically hold onto my seat to keep myself from grabbing something and throwing it at his perfect, stupid face. I could feel the wood creak beneath my fingers.

    Chris joined Justin on the stage, putting a hand on the youth’s shoulder. “Okay, I don’t know what that was, but dang you’ve got some moves, dude!”

    Next to the stage, one of Chris’s interns listened to something in his headset, then held up a piece of white cardboard with the number 6 on it. Out of what, though? Chris didn’t mention what the max score was. Since it was Justin getting the score the max was probably closer to ten than a hundred, though.

    As Justin walked off the stage, Chris turned to the audience. “First off for the Killer Bass: make some noise for the big guy, DJ!”

    DJ’s rhythmic gymnastics routine started off well enough, but soon enough he managed to get his legs entangled in his ribbon and fell flat on his face.

    I groaned and facepalmed. Not only did Justin give the Gophers an early lead, but now my team was messing up their acts. This was going horribly. Not that there was much I could do about it, but it still stung.

    “Dainty, and yet masculine,” Chris said, once more taking the stage. “Let’s see what Grand Master Chef thinks!”

    The intern at the side of the stage listened to his headset, then held up a 2.

    “Not much,” Chris deadpanned. While DJ walked off the stage in disgrace, the host continued, “So, with two down and four acts to go, it’s the Screaming Gophers screaming ahead. Next on deck: Trent! Take it away, my bro!”

    Trent replaced Chris on stage, sitting himself down on a chair with his guitar in his arms. Unsurprisingly, the resident guitar guy was going to do a musical number.

    “This one goes out to someone special here at camp,” he said, then began gently strumming on his guitar and singing.

    They say that we’ve only got summer, and I say that’s really a bummer.

    But we’ll swim in the sun and have lots of fun. It’ll just be the two of us. Nothing to do but just hang…

    So let me say only this: stick around… for just one kiss.”

    I hummed thoughtfully as the strumming faded. That was… all right. Nothing special, but not bad. He probably wrote it just for the contest, so for a rush job it was pretty good. As for Grand Master Chef’s score…

    My eyes went to the intern, who held up a 5 while Chris strolled onto the stage. Seriously, he got a worse score than Justin?

    “Nice work! I’m liking your style, dude. And so does Grand Master Chef!” Chris said. Trent, for his part, grinned and waved at the audience… up until Chris pushed him off-stage. “Alright, quit hogging my light, buddy.” Turning to the audience, he said, “Three down and three to go, and the Killer Bass are totally losing so far. Let’s hear it for Bridgette!”

    I sighed. As much as I hated to admit it, Chris was right; DJ messed up, and with Bridgette’s handstand thing replacing Courtney’s violin solo our prospects didn’t look so good. Sure, Geoff’s skateboarding thing was pretty good, but I kinda doubted it could make up for the Gophers’ lead.

    By all appearances, we had already lost this. That would make three.

    Oh, well, at least it wasn’t three in a row…

    Bridgette walked onto stage, having already begun her handstand routine. Within moments, however, something absolutely horrible happened: for whatever reason, she… vomited. To make matters worse, she then projectile vomited, in a way that simply could not happen outside of a cartoon or a bad horror movie.

    “I’m hit!” I heard Owen cry out from the Gophers’ stand. “I’m hit!”

    Oh, fuck all of this, I decided and promptly scooted over and ducked behind the stands; if someone was projectile vomiting, there was no way I was staying out in the open. Once the… noise… died down I peeked out from behind cover, doing my best to ignore the smells wafting over me.

    “Clean-up in aisle three, four, five and six,” Chris said as he – very carefully – walked on-stage, holding his nose. “In the meantime we’ll take a short break to hose the joint down.”

    That was probably the best idea I’d ever heard coming out of the host’s mouth.



    “Welcome back!” Chris greeted maybe half an hour later, after the interns had cleaned up the stage. “Okay, in a strange turn of events, Bridgette’s chunk-blowing fest registered two thumbs up by Grand Master Chef.”

    Great, so that gives us… four points against the Gophers’ eleven? We are so sunk.

    “But, it’s not enough to pull ahead of the Screaming Gophers, who hold the lead with Trent’s love song. So, without further delay, here she is for the leaders: Heather!”

    With that, Heather walked onto the stage, dressed in a light pink tutu, though one I noted as far less frilly than the one worn by Chef Hatchet during the Awake-a-thon. Suppressing the memory with a shudder, I focused on the Asian girl; it was kinda weird seeing her like that, to be honest. Sure, she had the figure for it, but it still felt… odd.

    As music streamed out of the speakers – some tune I didn’t recognize – she danced. Rather well, too; I didn’t know much about ballet, but it was obvious she was well-practiced. Which, of course, was bad news for us.

    At the end, the intern held up a 5.

    Six, five and five. That makes sixteen. So Geoff needs to get twelve just to make the score even… Is that even possible?

    Alas, as it turned out, Geoff didn’t even compete, because he somehow managed to break his board while backstage. Sitting in the audience as I was I wasn’t privy to exactly what was going on back there, but Harold ended up going onstage instead of Geoff.

    And he did something I did not expect: beat-boxing. And he did it really fucking well, too, even earning cheers from the Gophers.

    And Grand Master Chef awarded him a whopping 9 points – the highest anyone had received in the contest… which unfortunately still wasn’t anywhere near enough to net us the win. The Gophers beat us, sixteen to thirteen.

    We lost. Again.

    Damn it.



    Heather sat in the confessional, still wearing her pink tutu.

    I was planning on doing a reading from Gwen’s diary instead of dancing,” she said matter-of-factly to the camera. “Why? Because she’s crushing on Trent, and by the look of things he’s crushing on her, too. Mutual crushes translate to alliances, and I can’t have that kind of threat lurking behind my back.

    However, with both Eva and Jason still in the competition, the Killer Bass are the bigger threat… for now. So even with our lead, I had to make sure we beat them. And a good thing, too; because of Harold’s weird beat-boxing thing, they would have beaten us if not for me!

    Unfortunately, it seems they voted off Bridgette instead of Eva or Jason… But it’s a start.”

    She then held up a black book with a lock on it and smirked at the camera. “And I’ve still got Gwen’s diary. If she gets uppity… I’ll use this to reveal her secrets and crush her.”




    I felt bad voting off Bridgette,” Jason said as he sat in the confessional, his elbows on his thighs and his chin hidden behind his fist, in turn clasped in his other hand.

    I mean, the vomit thing was bad, and she ruined Courtney’s violin, but… she didn’t mean it, you know? It was an accident. Still, there wasn’t really anyone else to vote for. Well, maybe Tyler…”

    He sighed and leaned back. “I’m still kinda mad at myself for not doing anything today, but I don’t have the kind of talent you show off on stage. And even if I did, I’m not… I’m not the stage kinda guy. I just hope the next challenge is something I can help out with.


    We’ve lost three times, and frankly, that’s three times too many. I know, I can be a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to these things, and I try not to get too emotionally involved, but… I just really hate losing, even if it ain’t my fault.

    I just gotta do something, you know?”



    End Chapter 5



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 6: Gone Camping
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Alright, another chapter done. I considered writing in some camping scenes from the Gopher side of things, but I realized that even with Justin present and Gwen’s diary missing I would still pretty much just be copying the canon scenes word for word or repeating dialogue from earlier scenes, so I decided to skip it. There is a brief scene from Heather’s perspective, though, along with the usual confessional scenes at the end, and a short scene from Duncan’s perspective. All in all this chapter is a bit shorter than most, chiefly because of the challenge being very straightforward for the Bass this time around. I did manage to get some additional interactions in there, though, so hopefully you’ll like those. Please let me know what you think of the changing perspectives and if I made the POV obvious enough or not.



    Chapter 6: Gone Camping

    A couple days after the disaster that was the talent contest it was time for another challenge. We had all gathered in front of the campfire pit – which was unlit – to listen to Chris explain the nature of our next endeavor.

    “Campers, today’s challenge will test your outdoor survival skills,” the host began his explanation, prompting me to internally cheer.

    Yes! Finally, something I’m good at!

    “I’m not gonna lie to you: some of you may not come back alive,” he continued, and then, when several of the campers gasped in alarm, immediately added, “Just joking! All you have to do is spend one night in the woods. Everything you need is at your team’s campsite in the forest. You just have to find it.”

    With those words, the host tossed a folded-up map and a compass to each team. Heather caught the ones for the Gophers and I gratefully caught the ones for the Bass.

    I may have had a terrible sense of direction, but I knew how to read a map, and with a compass things were going to be just dandy.

    “Oh, and watch out for bears. Lost a couple of interns in pre-production. First team back for breakfast wins invincibility.”

    While Chris talked, I was surprised to find Courtney grabbing the map out of my hands.

    “Hey, what gives?” I asked, surprised and a little bit annoyed.

    “I’m in charge of this team,” she said resolutely. “I read the map.”

    “But I’m-”

    “Give me the compass.”

    “But-”

    Now.”

    Without further ado, she took the compass from me as well.

    “Man, what crawled up her backside all of a sudden?” I asked no one in particular as the Hispanic girl walked away.

    “Maybe she’s still pissed about the violin?” Duncan suggested.

    I blinked. “Oh, yeah, that… Yeah, that makes sense. I guess. Wasn’t my fault, though. I even saved her from the spotlight, for crying out loud!”

    The punk rocker shook his head and shrugged. “Women.”

    At that point, there was aloud honking noise as Chris honked his air horn. “Well, off you go, campers!”

    I sighed. Oh, well; at least the challenge itself ought to be easy.



    As the Gophers made their way toward the campsite, Trent jogged up to Gwen.

    “Hey, Gwen, wait up! Can I… walk with you?”

    “No,” she said sullenly. “Leave me alone.”

    “Look, I get that you’re worried about your diary,” Trent said, nonetheless taking up a position walking alongside her, “but it’s not like anything’s happened, right? You probably just lost it somewhere.”

    “But I’ve looked everywhere!” Gwen shot back, her voice filled with despair. “Someone must’ve stolen it, I’m sure of it!”

    “But wouldn’t they have done something with it if that was the case?” Trent said. “I mean, it’s been missing for how long, now?”

    “Ever since the talent contest,” Gwen said morosely. “Three days.”

    “And nothing’s happened, so clearly nobody stole it. Look, when we get back to camp, how about if I help you look for it?” the boy suggested. “With two people searching, we gotta find it.”

    The Goth girl smiled shyly at that. “… You would do that? For me?”

    “Sure!”

    Heather, who had been listening in on the exchange, frowned.

    Those two are getting closer, huh? I might have to do something, after all…



    “So where are we going, exactly?” I asked aloud as I walked at the back of the group. I had swung by the cabin to pick up my backpack, but even with the extra weight I felt we were going painfully slow. We were on a wide trail, so there was no reason to go slow unless there was some confusion about our destination.

    “We’re going where I say we go!” I heard Courtney call back from the front of the column.

    I tsked. Dammit, if I had the map we’d be going way faster! I let out a sigh. Wait, no, I didn’t.

    It was Geoff. The normally chipper cowboy skateboarder looked positively depressed, his head hung low and his lips down-turned.

    Oh, that’s right; he had a thing for Bridgette, didn’t he?

    I hadn’t known about it at the time of the campfire ceremony, but the following couple days had made it very clear that Geoff had been crushing pretty bad on the surfer girl. In retrospect, it wasn’t exactly surprising; they were both easygoing, friendly people, they had common interests, and out of all the girls on the team she was the one Geoff spent the most time with. And they were both teenagers, too; it was almost inevitable that one or the other would develop a crush sooner or later.

    “Hey, Geoff, you alright?” asked DJ before I could. He put a hand on the blonde’s shoulder, giving it a concerned squeeze.

    “Yeah, you okay?” I chimed in, walking up to join them. I knew I wasn’t the best at being the emotionally supportive guy, but there was no point in not trying. And not just to be friendly, either; if our team started falling apart emotionally it would affect the competition, too.

    Oh, wow; way to go on the empathy there, dude, I quietly chided myself.

    Fortunately, Geoff wasn’t privy to my thoughts. He looked at DJ and me in turn and then let out another sigh. “I just… I just miss her, you know?”

    “We understand,” DJ said with a nod. He gave me a sidelong glance. “Right?”

    “Oh, yeah,” I said in agreement. “I know what it feels like. But you know, it’s not over; you’re still gonna see her as soon as you get voted off.”

    Judging by the alarmed look DJ shot me, that was a bit too on the nose. Damn it.

    It did seem to do the trick, however, as the cowboy instantly perked up. “Hey, yeah, you’re right! We’re gonna see each other again as soon as the competish is over!”

    “Right!” I agreed quickly, glad that he didn’t think I was saying he would get voted off next. Or soon. Or at all. “Heck, she’s probably watching you right now.”

    “Oh, gee, you think?” Geoff immediately started preening himself and then turned to the nearest camera. “Hey, Bridge! I, uh, I don’t know what you heard, but, uh… I’ll talk to you later, okay? It’s a promise!”

    “Wow, that was lucky,” I muttered as Geoff hurried on ahead, now much more chipper than before.

    “And how, I thought for sure he was gonna take that the wrong way,” DJ said quietly. “The way you said it-”

    “Yeah, I realized it as soon as I said it,” I said and shook my head. “I don’t always listen to myself before I speak. Or, uh, thinks things through, I mean.”

    “Hey, that just means you’re honest,” DJ said supportively. “That’s a good thing.”

    “Speaking of honesty, Mr. Team Cheerleader,” I said slyly, “are you always this supportive?”

    “Hey, it was how I was raised,” DJ said, just a hint defensively. “My Momma always said that-”

    I laughed and waved it off. “I wasn’t ribbing you, man. You’re fine. Moral support’s a good thing.”

    We continued talking as we walked; though we didn’t know it, it was still a long way to camp.



    When we reached the campsite, hours later, it was already pretty late in the day. The sun was still up, but it was nearing the horizon. In other words, there wasn’t much time before nightfall. Fortunately, the camping gear was all there in a big, blue backpack, as promised; there were pots and pans, utensils, a tarp to make a tent, and even one of those long grill lighters. No food or firewood, though.

    Thinking I should probably hurry things up, I put down my own backpack and sat on a rock. I lifted my right leg slightly and-

    “What are you doing?” Courtney asked, looking at me. Behind her, several of the other campers were watching me with curiosity in their eyes.

    “Eh, I’m just fixin’ my knee,” I said with a shrug. I continued with my exercise, slowly bending and stretching my leg.

    The Hispanic girl blinked. “What do you mean by-”

    Just then, there was a loud crack and I sighed contentedly.

    Courtney was somewhat less content. “What did you do?!

    “Like I said, I fixed my knee,” I said as I lowered my leg. “I had some surgery a few years ago and ever since I gotta realign the bones a couple times a day. The longer I wait the bigger the realignment, which means a louder noise.”

    “W-wait, you… you realigned your bones?

    “Yeah. In the beginning I had to use my hands and arms for it, but eventually I learned to do it just by tensing and untensing my leg muscles in a certain way. It stings a bit, but it’s no big.”

    As several of the campers looked queasy, Courtney included, Duncan looked at my leg.

    “Oh, that is so metal,” he said.

    I chuckled. “What, that? That’s nothing. Watch this.”

    I stood up and stretched out my right arm to the side. I took a deep breath, then moved my shoulder with a pop.

    Did you just dislocate your shoulder?!” Courtney exclaimed in alarm while, behind her, DJ fainted.

    “Not completely. I just moved the bone out of the socket a bit,” I said, trying not to laugh at the sight of DJ collapsing. “I can do it with my other arm, too. Watch.”

    “No, wait, you don’t have-”

    There was another pop.

    “Oh, man, you are awesome!” Duncan said, thoroughly enthused.

    “Oh, you know, a little,” I said modestly, then popped my shoulders back in. DJ, who had been getting back on his feet, fainted again. I chuckled.

    “Well, that was fun, but we really need to get going on the camping thing,” I said aloud. “Hey, DJ, Eva, go get some firewood. Make sure you get some kindling and dry mosses, too.”

    “On it,” Eva said simply, then grabbed DJ by the arm and dragged him off into the woods. “Come on, wimp.”

    “Hey, I’m in charge here,” Courtney said as she turned to me. “I was a CIT!”

    “And I have the most camping experience,” I said dismissively with a shrug. “Let’s all play to our strengths, yeah? Come on, let’s get the tent set up.”

    Courtney looked like she was about to debate the point, but relented. Together with Geoff, we constructed a simple tent using the tarp and some long pieces of wood we found by the edge of the campsite, presumably put there by Chris’s interns for just such a purpose.

    While we were setting up the tent DJ and Eva returned, carrying armfuls of firewood and kindling. Duncan quickly set up a fire and lit it, showing surprising familiarity with it; I was pleasantly surprised to see he didn’t need any input from me whatsoever.

    After finishing with the tent, I got my knife out of my backpack and went to work on a long stick I’d picked up along the way to camp. I made a wide, rough tip, then cleaned and replaced my knife before moving over to the fire. As I worked, I found myself observed by my fellow campers.

    “What?” I asked.

    “What are you doing?” Eva asked, bemused.

    “Making a spear,” I replied, plunging the tip into the flames while routinely turning the stick over. I withdrew it and started to work it against a rock, making the tip thinner and sharper.

    “What for?” Harold asked, staring in rapt fascination.

    “To fish,” I said simply. “I saw some fish in that stream we passed earlier and we need food.”

    “Oh, that’s a fishing spear?” Harold asked.

    “Yep. Well, a multi-pronged spear would be better for it, but that takes way longer to make, and it’s already pretty late in the day,” I said conversationally as I turned the spear over in the flames. “This’ll do.”

    “Why are you putting it in the fire like that?” Eva asked.

    “To harden the tip and make it easier to sharpen,” I answered as I withdrew the spear. I picked up the rock and once more worked it against the tip. “You could just do it with a knife or something, but you risk making it too thin and breakable that way. Fire and rock works better. There we go.”

    I rose and inspected the tip in the waning sunlight. Finding it good enough, I looked around to find the trail we’d taken to get here, then nodded at my fellow campers. “Be back in a bit. Make sure to keep the fire going.”

    With that, I left the camp.



    Not long after leaving the camp, I found the stream. It wasn’t very wide – barely five meters at the widest that I could see – nor overly deep, making it perfect for spearfishing. However, to my surprise, I wasn’t alone.

    “Owen? Is that you?” I asked. I was surprised to see the boy, though in truth the question was unnecessary; it would have been difficult to mistake the boy’s bulk.

    “Oh, hey, Jason,” he greeted me. He was hunched over a narrower part of the stream with plenty of rocks jutting out of the water. He was busily putting sticks into the water in a familiar pattern.

    “Are you making a fish trap?” I asked, nonplussed. I had thought about doing so myself, but judged it to be a bit late to get started on it; Owen, however, had almost finished it, and must have arrived much earlier than I did.

    “Uh-huh! I’m gonna fish!”

    “Me, too!”

    “Wait, really?”

    “Yeah!” I said, my voice still filled with puzzlement. “Hey, you don’t have a spear, do you? How about if you let me use your fish trap and I’ll catch enough for both of us?”

    “Oh, sweet! I was just gonna use my hands, but that’s way better!”

    I blinked at that. “You… were gonna use your hands?”

    “Yeah, like a bear! Just like my grandpa taught me!”

    I slowly blinked again. I wanted to inquire further, but thought better of it; there wasn’t much time left before dark, and spearfishing required a fair bit of focus. Then I remembered something.

    “Oh, hey, sorry about hitting you in the gut with the ball the other day,” I said apologetically.

    “That’s okay. I was trying to hit you in the head.”

    We shared a laugh and I felt relief flow through me. No hard feelings, huh? Good.

    As I took up position on the rocks in the stream I began scanning the water. Here, fishie, fishie…

    “Oh, hang on,” I said, suddenly thinking of something as I felt the knife in my pocket push against my leg. I pulled it out and turned to Owen, who waited patiently at the edge of the stream. I held up the knife, still sheathed. “You know how to fillet a fish?”

    The boy perked up. “Do I ever!”

    “Alright then. I’ll gut ‘em, you fillet ‘em.”

    “Consider them filleted!”



    Back at Bass camp, Duncan threw another piece of wood onto the fire, then turned to Courtney who, for the umpteenth time, inspected the tent for flaws. Just why she was so adamant about it he had no idea.

    “Hey, woman, what’s for dinner?” he asked playfully. “I’m starving!”

    “I hope you don’t expect me to dignify that with a response,” Courtney shot back tersely.

    “Hey, guys,” DJ called out suddenly, prompting them both to turn and see the Jamaican boy carrying a coughing rabbit. “Look what I found!”

    Duncan was joined by Courtney as well as Harold as he walked up to DJ. “Well, I never had rabbit stew before, but what the heck, I’m game!”

    “This is my new pet!” DJ protested, patting the rabbit on the head. “I’m callin’ him ‘Bunny’!”

    “You couldn’t find any food?” Courtney asked, clearly exasperated. “And Jason’s not back, either. It looks like we’re eating berries and grubs for dinner.”

    “Yeah, has anyone seen Bone Boy recently?” Duncan asked, looking around.

    “I have,” a voice said. “He’s a handsome devil, ain’t he?”

    There, from the direction of the trail, came Jason, his spear on his shoulder and a bag in his hand.

    “Oh, hey, you didn’t get eaten,” Duncan said slyly. His eyes went to the bag. “Did you find a supermarket in the woods?”

    “Oh, ha ha,” Jason said, rolling his eyes. He held up the bag in the light of the fire, showing it was old and quite worn. “I caught fish. Anyone hungry?”

    The answer was a chorus of cheers.



    “Well, I gotta go take a shit,” I said after dinner. I rose and dusted myself off, taking extra care to dust off my jacket that I’d pulled out of my backpack as the air got colder. “See you guys in half an hour.”

    “That is so incredibly gross,” Courtney said.

    “It’s completely natural,” I said as I walked into the shadows.

    That doesn’t make it less gross!

    “You know, this reminds me of the this really gross, scary story I heard once,” I heard Duncan say.

    “Awesome!” Geoff exclaimed. “Tell it, man!”

    “Are you sure? Because the story I’m thinking of is pretty hardcore.”

    “Oooh, we’re so scared,” Courtney said, her voice dripping with sarcasm.

    “Alright, but don’t say I didn’t warn you,” Duncan said. Then he smirked. “One night, a lot like this one…”

    Duncan proceeded to tell his story, and as the night wore on, the campers became more and more tense and agitated.

    “… so suddenly, they heard this tap-tap-tapping on the side of the car. The girl started to freak out, and by this time even the guy was getting a bit scared, so he turned the car on and stepped on it.

    “When they got back to the girl’s house, she opened the door and screamed, because there, hanging from the door handle… was the bloody hook.

    “They say that this killer is still alive, wandering these very woods. He could be just about anywhere, really… Maybe even right there!

    That was my cue. I burst out of the bushes, letting out a bloodcurdling roar. I had pulled up the hood on my jacket to hide my face, and pulled my right sleeve over my hand so only the hook protruded from it. I dashed into the middle of camp, waving the hook around at the campers threateningly, even going so far as to make grabbing lunges as they stumbled out of the way.

    DJ fainted dead away, while the rest let out screams of terror. Even Eva looked terrified… but there was one who didn’t scream: Duncan. Instead, his riotous laughter provided a weird background to the screams.

    Soon enough, I couldn’t hold it in, either. I laughed as I pulled the hood from my face. “Oh, man, your faces! Hahahahahaha!

    J-Jason?!” Courtney exclaimed. She looked from me to Duncan, her expression turning from fear to anger. “You planned this?!”

    “No, duh, Princess,” Duncan said. “Where do you think he got the hook?”

    I grinned toothily as I waved said hook around, the campers letting out sounds of relief all around. Courtney, for her part, let out a disgusted noise. “Ugh! Well… I wasn’t even scared, so there!”

    “Oh, yeah? You’re holding onto me pretty hard there for someone who’s not scared,” Duncan pointed out slyly.

    Indeed, the Hispanic girl had rushed around the campfire to grab onto the punk rocker the moment I’d burst from the shadows. And from the look of things, it was something of a death grip.

    Of course, having it pointed out, she immediately disentangled herself. “I did not! Get off me!”

    She pushed Duncan away, but he only laughed.

    “Ah, that was great,” he said.

    “Here’s your hook, back, man,” I said as I handed the hook over to him.

    Courtney harrumphed. “You guys are both so vile.”

    “Sure we are,” I said cheerfully. “Now, who’s ready to go to sleep? We gotta get up early if we wanna beat the Gophers, yeah?”

    The campers looked around. In the distance, a wolf howled.

    “I’m good with staying up,” Harold said. “Someone needs to watch the fire, right?”

    “Yeah, me too,” DJ chimed in, having recovered from his fainting spell. His new pet bunny was in his arms, lightly tapping the guy’s cheek in a calming fashion.

    “Are you sure? You’re gonna be awfully visible, sticking around in the open…” I trailed off, grinning.

    Harold and DJ exchanged horrified looks.

    “Uh, on second thought, I am feeling a little sleepy…”

    “Yeah! Yeah, uh, Bunny needs his beauty sleep. Yeah.”

    I chuckled.



    I awoke with the sun, as per usual. Rather less per usual, it took me a moment to remember I was not in my bed but rather in an improvised tent with the rest of the Killer Bass. Carefully crawling my way past the other campers, I exited the tent and stretched, taking in my surroundings as I did so.

    It was a beautiful morning, the sun just beginning to shine down between the trees, birds singing, and a light chill and damp in the air.

    Oh, right. We need to get back to camp.

    “Alright, people, time to get up,” I said, clapping my hands to get everyone’s attention. “Rise and shine!”

    I popped my head into the tent to make sure everyone was indeed roused from sleep. “Yo! Wake up!

    The campers began stirring. A couple in particular drew my eye, and I watched as Courtney, lying with her head on Duncan’s chest, slowly opened one eye.

    “Morning, sunshine,” Duncan, who had already awoken, said.

    “Oh, my gosh! Eww!” Getting up and stumbling out of the tent, the Hispanic girl pointed accusingly at the punk rocker. “You were cuddling me!”

    “I was calmly lying on my back and trying to catch a few zees,” he returned. “You were snuggling up to me.”

    “You are such an ogre.”

    “Eh, I’ve been called worse.”

    Ugh!

    “Okay, Courtney’s up,” I said to no one in particular as she angrily trudged past me. “Now for the rest of you: either you get up in the next five seconds or I’m gonna dig up last night’s leftovers and toss ‘em into the tent.”

    Needless to say, I didn’t have to do any digging.



    When we returned to Camp Wawanakwa a few hours later, having kept a much quicker pace than the day before, we found Chris hard at work setting up the fire pit in preparation for the bonfire ceremony that would take place later that night. This time, however, the Killer Bass wouldn’t be involved.

    “We’re the first ones back!” Courtney exclaimed happily.

    “Told you it was a good idea to get up early,” I said cheerfully.

    We all sat down and took a breather. A good thirty minutes later, the Gophers arrived, with Heather at the head.

    “Oh, no! They beat us here!” the Asian girl exclaimed. She angrily turned to Owen and with a single shove pushed the boy onto his back. “This is all your fault!”

    Now, while seeing such a skinny girl shove over the mighty bulk of Owen was indeed impressive, I found my sight drawn more to another member of the Gophers.

    Why is Izzy wearing a… Is that a bear costume? Why does she have a bear costume? And where’s the head?

    I shook my head in bemusement. Something very strange must have gone down at the Gopher camp last night, that much was certain.

    With the Gophers present and accounted for, Chris wasted no time in announcing the winners. “Okay, Screaming Gophers, one of your fuzzy butts is going home! Bass, you’re going on an all-expenses paid trip to… the tuck shop!

    As the Bass cheered, there was only one question on my mind. I turned to my fellow campers.

    “What’s a tuck shop?”



    I blame today entirely on Owen and Izzy,” Heather said as she sat in the confessional. “If those two hadn’t attracted a real bear with their antics we would have won for sure!”

    Sitting back, the Asian girl looked at the ceiling thoughtfully.


    Oh, well, at least we’re rid of Izzy… That’s one less headache to worry about. And Gwen’s going crazy looking for her diary. At this rate, I might not even need to use it to get rid of her, I can just keep it hidden.”

    She smirked, then.


    Of course, I’ve hidden it in the perfect place, so if she does end up finding it… it’s still a win for me.”



    I can’t find my diary.”

    Gwen sat in the confessional, her eyes wide open, her body rocking back and forth and her entire demeanor exuding tension.


    I’ve looked everywhere, but I can’t find it anywhere. Someone must’ve stolen it. But who?”

    The Goth girl took several quick breaths, her fingers digging into the wood of her seat.


    It can’t be Trent. No, no, it can’t be. He wouldn’t do that. It must be somebody else… Heather? Cody? Or someone on the Bass? Who?!

    I gotta find my diary, man! I’m going crazy! What if somebody reads it? What if...”



    Tuck shops are awesome!”

    Jason sat in the confessional, facing the camera and happily munching away on a bag of chips.


    They had extra spicy chips! Several kinds, even!”

    The boy took another handful of chips and ate them before continuing.


    It was like, a tiny little kiosk with nothing but snacks! They even had wasabi nuts and chips with ghost pepper on ‘em! I hope we get to go back there again.”



    End Chapter 6



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Chapter 7: The Oldest and Strongest Emotion
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: I feel very iffy on how I rendered the song. I tried several different ways before begrudgingly settling on what you see in the chapter. Does it work at all? Not sure I did Eva’s scene justice, either. Oh, and the chapter as a whole turned out differently than I expected before writing it, especially the confessional scenes at the end. Things are ramping up…



    Chapter 7: The Oldest and Strongest Emotion

    After we returned from the tuck shop to Camp Wawanakwa, we collectively decided to show some pity on the Gophers by bringing them a few snacks.

    … And by “collectively decided” I mean Courtney thought it would be a nice PR stunt and badgered the rest of us into agreeing. As for the snacks we brought? Well, after stuffing our collective faces, there wasn’t much left (not counting some stuff I surreptitiously squirreled away in my backpack): a couple half-eaten bags of chips, some chocolate bars, and a green jelly thing that for some reason had a gummy worm in it.

    I think Geoff picked that one out, thinking we could all share it, but by the time we got around to it nobody wanted to eat anymore, so… yeah. That’s about the time Courtney had her PR stunt idea.

    We found the Gophers sitting around the campfire, looking despondent. Looking around I saw that Izzy, the redhead, was missing, so presumably they had their campfire ceremony while we were gone and voted her off.

    Too bad. She seemed like a funny girl.

    “What, did you come to gloat?” Heather asked testily when we approached.

    “Not at all,” Courtney said amicably. “We got some extra dessert left over after our tuck shop party. You guys want some?”

    To emphasize the point, DJ raised up plastic bags filled with leftovers, while Geoff held up the green jelly thing on a platter.

    “Oh, you’re just being nice?” Heather asked, her voice dripping with icy sweetness. “I’ll believe that. Scram, fishies.”

    “Alright, I’ll level with ya,” I said before Courtney could protest. “We stuffed our faces and we don’t want the leftovers to go to waste. Happy?”

    Heather shot me a suspicious look, but eventually relented. “Fine. What have you got?”

    “Chips, cheese doodles, chocolate and candy bars,” DJ said.

    “And jelly!” Geoff chimed in, stepping forward. In doing so, he brought the jelly up close to Courtney, who immediately took a few steps away while looking queasy.

    “Wait, what’s wrong with the jelly?” Heather asked and put her hands on her hips to stare Courtney down.

    “N-nothing!” Courtney insisted. “I just… I just had too much to eat and even the thought of eating another bite… Well…”

    The way Heather’s eyes narrowed told me she didn’t believe a word of it.

    I groaned. “Look, you guys can eat the leftovers or we can throw ‘em in the trash. Your choice.”

    Well, personally I thought throwing perfectly edible snacks in the trash was a waste, but Chris had made it abundantly clear that we weren’t allowed to keep anything after that night.

    … Which probably meant my squirreled-away supplies qualified as contraband, but I didn’t really care. What was he gonna do, take them from me?

    “I don’t trust you,” Heather said simply after giving me a stare-down. She walked over and pointed at the jelly. “I think you guys did something to the jelly. Let me guess: laxatives?”

    “Oh, come on, you’re being ridiculous!” Courtney said, her voice rising.

    “Really, now? Alright, then it’s no problem if… you eat it,” she said, taking the plate of jelly from Geoff and shoving it toward DJ.

    Surprisingly, the Jamaican boy let out a scream of “SNAKE!” and threw his arms out as if to ward off the jelly. In doing so, the bags he carried slammed against the bottom of the plate and knocked it out of Heather’s hands and onto the ground.

    “Dude, it’s just a gummy worm!” Geoff interjected. “Chill out, man.”

    “Sorry for tripping. I… I just really… hate snakes,” DJ said awkwardly. “Sorry.”

    “Hey, I feel ya,” Tyler said suddenly as he stepped forward and gave DJ a sympathetic pat on the back. “Chickens creep me out, man.”

    Gwen shot the jock a disbelieving look. “You’re afraid of chickens?

    Duncan snorted. “Wow, that’s… that’s really lame, man.”

    And with that, despite Heather’s continued statements of suspicion, we all sat down around the campfire and shared stories of our worst fears while the Gophers ate the leftovers that hadn’t suffered an impromptu meeting with the ground.

    “My worst fear? I guess being buried alive,” Gwen admitted. “Like, being stuck underground with no way out and just waiting for the end? Just the thought freaks me out.”

    “I’m afraid of ninja,” Harold said curtly.

    Lindsay waved her hand in the air. “Ohhh, I’m afraid of walking across a minefield… in heels.”

    I blinked. “Why heels?”

    “Because then I can’t feel the mines until I step on them.”

    “But how would you- Ugh, never mind.” It’s probably something stupid…

    “I’m afraid of being, like, covered in bugs,” Beth spoke up.

    “Oh, I hear that,” Leshawna chimed in. “Bugs are bad, but for me? Spiders. All those little legs…”

    “Speaking of legs,” I said jovially, looking over at Heather, who probably had the longest legs of anyone at camp. “What about you?”

    The Asian girl gave me a dirty look before visibly deflating. A worried look crossed her face as she looked away. “Sumo wrestlers.”

    That’s… oddly specific. “Why sumo wrestlers?”

    “None of your business, freak.”

    “Wow, okay,” I said, rolling my eyes at the girl’s hostility. “What about you, Owen?”

    “Flying, man,” he said curtly, his eyes wide in fear. “That’s some crazy stuff…”

    “I’m scared of hail,” Geoff said. “Small but deadly, dude.”

    Several sets of eyes alighted on Eva, who sat next to the cowboy. She met them with an angry look, but soon sighed. “Being weak. Like, I sometimes have this nightmare where I’m at a powerlifting meet and I can’t do the deadlift.”

    “Having to defuse a time bomb under pressure,” Cody volunteered.

    “I’m not really afraid of anything,” Courtney said smugly.

    Duncan, who sat on the stump next to her, made a show of coughing “Baloney!” into his fist.

    “Oh, really?” Courtney asked, her smugness disappearing. “Well, what exactly is your phobia, Mister Know-it-all?”

    The punk rocker looked around, and seeing everyone’s gazes on him, stuttered out, “C-C-Céline Dion music store standees.”

    I bit back a laugh at that. Barely. I only snorted a little, honest. “You’re afraid of Céline Dion?

    No!” Duncan protested. “Just… just her standee.”

    Ohhh, I love Céline Dion!” Lindsay supplied oh-so-helpfully. Then she frowned. “What’s a standee?”

    “You know, that cardboard cutout thing that stands in the music store,” Trent supplied, far more helpfully.

    “Don’t say it, dude!” Duncan hissed.

    “Kinda like a life-size but flat Céline,” Trent continued.

    “So if we had a cardboard standee right now…” Courtney trailed off, wearing a sly grin as she gave Duncan sidelong glance.

    “Shut up!” he snapped back at her. He then looked over at the Gophers. “What about you guys?”

    “Well, okay,” Trent said. “I hate mimes. Like, a lot.”

    “I’m afraid of waking up one day and looking like a normal person,” Justin said. “Like, really ugly. Can you imagine?”

    That can be arranged, I very nearly said out loud. As it was, it took every bit of willpower I had not to pick up my stump and throw it at the guy. Fortunately, Trent soon supplied a distraction.

    “Come on, Courtney,” he said. “There has to be something you’re afraid of. Spit it out.”

    “Nope,” Courtney returned with a smug grin. “Nothing.”

    Duncan snorted. “That’s not what she said last night.”

    Her grin faded. “Duncan, did you ever consider that maybe I was just humoring you and your stupid story?”

    “I dunno,” I said, forcing myself to stop glaring at Justin to look over at the Hispanic girl, “that scream of yours sounded pretty real to me.”

    Shut up!

    “What about you, Jason?” Heather asked suddenly, looking at me. She smirked. “What are you afraid of? Clowns? Heights? Sharp objects?”

    “Definitely not sharp objects,” Owen cut in before I could speak. “When we went fishing last night, he used a spear. And a knife to gut the fish.”

    Heather fairly whirled around at that. “You what?” she exclaimed. “Owen, explain yourself this instant!”

    “What’s to explain?” Owen asked, puzzled. “We went fishing together. I made a fish trap and he caught the fish with his spear, and then we gutted and filleted them.”

    Ah, he didn’t mention that last night, huh? Then again, neither did I. “Yeah, that’s right. I went to fish and when I got to the stream Owen was already there. We pooled our resources to save time.”

    “Right!” Owen agreed. “It was fun fishing together!”

    Heather, for her part, shot me a suspicious glare, but said nothing.

    “Hey, let’s not get sidetracked,” Trent interjected. “Jason, what’s your fear?”

    “I… don’t really have one,” I said thoughtfully. “Can’t say I’m really afraid of anything.”

    “What about spiders?” Leshawna asked.

    “Eh, I’m neutral on spiders.”

    “How about snakes?” DJ suggested with a shudder.

    “Oh, I like snakes,” I replied, perking up. “Snakes are cool.”

    What followed after that was a good ten minutes of people suggesting specific fears and me refuting them all one by one. Though I did attract some doubting looks, eventually they just gave up and the conversation veered to other topics.

    All in all, it was a pretty decent night for most of us. Except Heather, who kept glaring at me, and Gwen who looked… I dunno, constipated? She barely ate anything, and she kept rocking back and forth and looking concerned for whatever reason.

    Eh, it’s probably nothing.



    During breakfast the next day, I was surprised to find Chris walking into the main lodge, wearing an anticipative grin. It was the sort of grin he wore whenever he was about to present a new challenge for us, but by my count we weren’t due another challenge for another two days. Understandably, then, I was immediately alarmed.

    “Campers! Your next challenge is a little game I like to call… Phobia Factor! Prepare to face your worst fear!”

    Dammit.

    “Worse than this?” Leshawna asked, gesturing to the food.

    “We’re in trouble,” Gwen said flatly.

    “Aren’t we supposed to get a couple days off?” I asked.

    “Now, for our first victims,” Chris continued, ignoring me. At this point, I was starting to get used to it. The host pulled a card from his pocket and read, “Heather! Meet us all in the theater. It’s… sumo time!

    Heather spat out her tea… all over Trent’s face. I snorted at the sight, which earned me a glare from the girl.

    Chris looked over at Gwen. “Gwen. You, me, the beach, a few tons of sand…”

    The Goth girl gasped.

    “Wait, how did they know those were your worst fears?” Lindsay asked.

    Gwen facepalmed. “Because we told them.”

    “At the campfire, last night,” Trent clarified.

    Lindsay rose to her feet in alarm. “Wait, they were listening to us?”

    “Uh, it’s a reality show,” I said. “There are cameras and mics everywhere.”

    The blonde turned to me. “But that’s, like, eavesdropping!”

    I groaned and looked at the rest of the Gophers. “How is she still on your team?”

    “Chef Hatchet,” Chris spoke up before anyone could answer, “didn’t you have a special order for Tyler here, today?”

    Over in the kitchen, clearly visible through the giant hole in the wall, Chef Hatchet gave an evil grin and a nod. He pulled something out of the deep-fryer and walked over to our table and presented it to Tyler.

    It was… deep-fried batter in the shape of a chicken. Tyler took it – apparently it wasn’t all that hot – and hesitantly bit off the head. A moment later, an actual live chicken popped its head out of the new hole in the deep-fried batter.

    Tyler screamed.

    How the hell did Chef get the chicken in there without killing it?



    Ten minutes later, we were all gathered around an inflatable pool. Apparently, Chris wanted us all to witness each other’s horror. Man, what a sick, sadistic fuck.

    We are definitely related, somehow. I just know it. Also, weren’t we supposed to do Heather’s fear, first?

    Anyway, the pool wasn’t filled with water, oh, no; it was filled with bugs. Beetles, centipedes, pill bugs, you name it. Worms, too, for some reason.

    It was Beth’s biggest fear, or so she had claimed the night before. To her credit, the girl just shrugged her shoulders and climbed in, then immediately dove beneath the roiling, crawling surface. She emerged a moment later, wearing a big-ass grin and not a single sign of fear.

    She didn’t lie about being afraid, did she? Seems kinda suspicious to me…

    “And Beth sets the bar way up there,” Chris said simply. “Next: Lindsay!”



    To everyone’s surprise, it appeared that Chris had in fact set up a minefield of sorts on the outskirts of camp. The ground had been dug up – not just a few holes here and there, but completely dug up like a farmer’s field just before seeding – and presumably, there were mines hidden beneath.

    “Um, do I really have to?” Lindsay asked, concern evident in her voice. She glanced between Chris and the minefield with a worried frown on her face.

    “To win the challenge, you have to cross to the other side,” Chris explained cheerfully. “And since you’re already in heels, you might as well get started.”

    Lindsay let out a whine, but turned toward the minefield. She audibly gulped, then began to slowly walk across it.

    She barely got half a meter before there was an explosion of dirt… and color. Her high-heeled boots, her legs and a good portion of her skirt ended up covered in bright pink paint.

    Evidently, the mines were of the paintball variety.

    Lindsay, for her part, grasped at her head with her hands and screamed, “MY SKIRT!

    Chris chuckled. “Giving up?”

    “My… my boots!” Lindsay continued, seemingly not hearing him. “Pink doesn’t go with this top at all!

    “Yo, Lindsay,” Chris said flatly. He tapped his watch. “Time’s a-wastin’. You gonna continue?”

    “I… I…”

    In her indecision, Lindsay took a half-step to the side… and inadvertently triggered an explosion of yellow.

    The blonde stared down at her discolored clothes, tears brimming in her eyes. After a moment she let out a despairing wail and ran back toward camp, on a beeline for the communal bathroom.

    “And Lindsay fails,” Chris said with a snicker. “You’re one for two, Gophers.”



    Next was Owen, whose fear was flying.

    “That does not look safe,” I deadpanned as I stood next to the bulky youth, staring at what was a plane mostly by technicality. While we were on different teams, I felt he was friendly enough that he deserved some moral support. Or friendly survival advice, in this case. “Like, not even a little.”

    The plane was a small, single-engine craft, once bright yellow but now faded, with large spots of rust and discoloration all over. The wings had clearly been welded back together after some catastrophic failure on their part, there was tape patching up holes and tears here and there, one of the landing wheels had been replaced with a ski of all things, and overall it looked like it would fall apart if you tapped it too hard.

    Now, I had not actually flown myself until I was in my thirties. Not because of any particular avoidance of it but because I had grown up poor and it had taken that long for me to have both the money and inclination to go flying. I had been told a whole lot of horror stories beforehand, but figured they were mostly exaggerated; when it came down to it, I found that flying presented no difficulty at all save the incessant crying of children onboard who couldn’t handle the air pressure changes.

    However, my first flight – and indeed, all my flights since – had been on professionally maintained commercial aircraft. This? This was not professionally maintained, certainly not commercial, and indeed I was uncertain if it even qualified as an aircraft anymore.

    “I am going to die,” Owen said. He already had the colloquial thousand-yard-stare going on, and he hadn’t even gotten on the plane, yet. “I am going to freakin’ die.”

    The door to the plane opened then, revealing Chef Hatchet… wearing a flight stewardess uniform and a blond wig. The sight was nearly as horrifying as the plane itself. The chef-turned-stewardess made a come-hither gesture.

    Owen promptly turned his back on the plane and walked away. “No, thank you. I choose to live.”

    I nodded. “Good choice.”

    “Gophers: One for three,” Chris said then, making a note on a pad. “Next is… Harold. Where is he?”

    “I think he went to the bathroom,” Geoff volunteered.

    “Ah. Well, that should be interesting,” Chris said, chuckling ominously.

    I frowned. What was Harold’s fear, again?



    Harold’s fear was ninja. Once we all made our way to the communal bathroom we found Harold unconscious on the floor, holding onto some nun-chucks. According to one of the cameramen who had followed him inside, the youth had encountered a trio of ninja inside and immediately pulled out the nun-chucks… only to then accidentally knock himself unconscious with them.

    By declaration of Chris, Harold failed the challenge, putting the Killer Bass at zero for one.



    Back outside the bathrooms, we were approached by Chef Hatchet, who had changed out of his stewardess uniform and wig into a very unconvincing spider costume. It was Leshawna’s turn.

    I shot the man a deadpan look. “Seriously? How is that supposed to scare any-”

    AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!

    “… Never mind,” I said as the black girl inexplicably ran away screaming.

    The Gophers were one for four.



    Next was Heather, at the stage where we’d held the talent contest. The Asian girl went up on the stage while the rest of us sat down in the audience seats. As we watched, what appeared to be a genuine Japanese sumo wrestler walked onto the stage

    How the hell did Chris get a sumo wrestler flown in overnight?

    As Heather stood there, trembling with fear, the sumo wrestler let out a roar and charged. The girl let out a fearful yell and crouched, cowering with her arms held protectively over her head… and somehow, through some grand trick of fate, the sumo wrestler stumbled on her quivering form and fell off the stage… then inexplicably bounced on the ground, again and again, until finally he disappeared out of sight.

    Fucking cartoon physics, man, I thought and shook my head at the sight.

    “And Heather steps up to the plate, scoring the Gophers their second point on the board,” Chris declared. “The Gophers are now two for five. Jason, it’s your turn. Get up here.”

    I blinked and turned to the host. “What?”

    “It’s your turn, brah. Get onstage.”

    I blinked again. “I’m sorry?”

    Courtney raised a hand into the air. “Um, Chris? I don’t think Jason revealed any fears last night.”

    “Yeah, what she said,” I said, flicking a thumb in the girl’s direction.

    “True, you didn’t reveal anything on camera,” Chris said as his lips split into a grin, “so we called your family. Your uncle Rob was very forthcoming.”

    I felt the blood drain from my face.

    ROB, you traitorous bastard! “Uncle Rob” my ass!



    A few minutes later, I was alone on the stage… save for a microphone, some speakers, and a karaoke machine.

    You see, I didn’t have any phobias in the traditional sense. I did, however, suffer from a… tiny bit of social anxiety. Long story short, I disliked receiving too much attention. Particularly as it pertained to making a fool of myself in front of others. For instance, by being forced to sing a song on stage in front of a live audience… and a TV audience. It was the reason I didn’t want to do the stupid reality show thing in the first pla- Wait.

    My eyes widened in horrible realization, then. I turned to Chris, who stood to the side of the stage, wearing his trademark smirk with his hands clasped behind his back. “This is going to be on national TV, isn’t it?”

    “International, actually,” the host informed me with a chuckle. “The producers got a lot of offers before we even started production. Total Drama Island’s gonna be on in North America, South America, Europe, Australia, and parts of Asia. I think they’re still negotiating for the African market and China.”

    “No. No way. Fuck all of you, I’m out.” I turned to leave, but stopped when Chris spoke again, his voice dripping with smugness.

    “You sure? The Gophers are leading two to nothing, brah.”

    I paused. Muttering curses, I turned back to the karaoke machine, my vision blurry. Great, I was already feeling faint and I hadn’t even looked at the song selection. I had to blink and then rub my eyes before I could even read the list on the screen. Doing so, I frowned.

    “Wait… There’s only, like, ten songs on here.”

    “It’s all we could get the rights to on short notice,” Chris said with a shrug and a chuckle. “Legal had to work through the night.”

    Grunting, I read through the list fully, and then again to make sure, in the process making a horrible discovery. “It’s all love songs!

    “Oh, I gotta hear this,” Heather said from the audience seats.

    Naturally, I flipped her off, which only earned me a disdainful “Ha!” in return. Fuck her. What was her problem, anyway?

    “You can do it, Jason!” I heard a voice call out, and looking over I saw Courtney giving me a smile and a fist-pump.

    “Uh, yeah, you can do it!” Duncan added after Courtney elbowed him in the side. There were random calls of encouragement from the rest of the Bass, but in truth I was already zoning out again.

    “Clock’s ticking, Jason,” Chris interrupted, pointing meaningfully at his watch. “You in or you out?”

    I grit my teeth, then sighed. “Fine. Gimme a minute.” Okay, I can do this. Maybe. What’s least horrible here…?

    I looked through the list… and paused when I spotted something I hadn’t before: a song I not only knew the lyrics to, but could actually sing pretty damn well. Did “Uncle Rob” suddenly decide to toss me a bone?

    “Alright, I’ve decided,” I said and made the selection and grabbed the microphone. Singing by myself was one thing, singing in front of other people something else entirely… but with this song I might just be able to do it without making too big of a fool of myself. Maybe. Possibly.

    … Probably not.

    I looked out from the stage. Everyone, Gophers and Bass, watched me expectantly from their seats. There were more cameras trained on me than before, too. I resisted the urge to run away and pressed start on the karaoke machine. Immediately, music began streaming from the speakers as the first lyrics appeared on the screen before me. Fortunately, this song didn’t have a very long intro, so there wasn’t too much time spent standing around and looking like an idiot before the singing portion started. I swallowed and forced myself not to hyperventilate, then began to sing.



    Frozen in silence,
    facin’ it alone…


    Gotta keep my cool,
    make ‘em think I’m made of stone!


    It’s a game of wills we’re playin’;
    our nerves are made of steel!


    Balanced on the edges
    of e~everything we feel!


    It's gonna take all we've got,
    just to make it through this night!


    Gotta feel it right through my skin,
    and it's cuttin’ like a knife!

    “Get ready to break the ice;
    feels like time is standing still!

    “Aiming right for your heart,
    ready to take another spill!

    “Only you can make it ri~ight!
    You can break the ice inside of meeeeeeeee-!!”

    I paused and breathed. My vision swam; between that and the blinding light from the spotlights I could barely make out the people in the audience. Nonetheless, I brought the mic back up.

    “A single-minded passion;
    a solitary stand.

    “I thought I was alone,
    left out in the co~old again!

    “So I'm givin’ you all I've got;
    I'm gonna make it through this night!

    “And even though I could fall,
    I'm prepared to lose the fight!

    “Get ready to break the ice;
    feels like time is standing still!

    “Aiming right for your heart,
    ready to take another spill!

    “Only you can make it ri~ight!
    You can break the iii~iii~iiice-!!”


    My lungs desperately inhaled air, and with it, precious, precious oxygen. And yet, I felt my consciousness growing fainter and fainter. I could no longer make out the individual members of the audience. I no longer felt as if I was in my own body as I sang the outro.

    “Get ready to break the ice;
    feels like time is standing still!

    “Aiming right for your heart,
    ready to take another spill!

    “Get ready to break the ice;
    feels like time is standing still!

    “Aiming right for your heart,
    ready to take another spill!

    “Get ready to break the ice;
    feels like time is standing still!


    Aiming right for your heart…”

    The music died away. My lips felt parched, my throat burned… and there was naught but blurry shadows and lights in front of my eyes, my head thump-thump-thumping with the beating of my racing heart.

    My legs folded and I sank to my knees, dropping the mic as my strength left me. I could hear incoherent noises, but they were dim and distant, as though drowned out and scattered by a thick fog.

    Slowly, my senses returned to normal, and the noise dissolved into clapping and cheers. I raised my gaze and looked out across the audience to see both teams giving me a standing ovation.

    Oh, crap, what have I done?



    Shortly after his performance – and successful completion of his challenge – Jason… disappeared. That is to say, he surreptitiously ran off as soon as he wasn’t the center of attention and didn’t come back.

    Eva understood, somewhat. She wouldn’t have wanted people to see her shame on display either, even if she did succeed in conquering it.

    And speaking of which…

    “Eva, it’s your turn,” Chris announced, prompting the gym girl to focus her attention on the host. “We’ve prepared for you to do a deadlift. If you’ll follow me.”

    Eva snorted. A deadlift? If it was a weight she could handle, there was nothing to it, and if it was a weight she couldn’t, well… there was no dishonor in that. A big part of bodybuilding was knowing your limits and slowly working to overcome them. Taking on too much and hurting yourself was a rookie’s mistake.

    “Oh, this isn’t a normal deadlift,” Chris said, probably seeing the look on Eva’s face. “You see, Chef Hatchet made sure to put some muscle relaxant in your food this morning.”

    Muscle relax- Oh, no. Eva’s eyes slowly widened as realization crept in. That was why she’d felt strange and wobbly ever since breakfast. He couldn’t possibly mean-

    “You’re gonna deadlift the bar… with no weights on it. If you can, that is.”

    Oh. Oh, no. If she couldn’t deadlift something as simple as just the bar, and in front of everyone… Oh, no. Oh, no, no, no, no. This was just like Eva’s nightmares.

    … Which was kind of the point, wasn’t it?

    “Well, what are you waiting for, Eva?” Chris asked smoothly, stepping aside. In doing so, he gestured toward a bar lying on the ground, plain and unadorned by any additional weights.

    Being asked to do the deadlift with just the bar would be downright insulting to her normally, but if they’d given her muscle relaxants, then…

    Eva’s fingers curled into fists… and to her dismay she felt hardly any pressure on her palms whatsoever; she felt so weak.

    “Come on, Eva, you can do it!” Courtney exclaimed. Eva shot her a sidelong glance, but didn’t immediately reply… until the Hispanic girl added, “Come on, Jason faced his fear!”

    Eva grit her teeth. That’s right, Jason faced his fear… even if he did run away afterward. Surely she could do the same?

    “Fine, I’ll do it,” she said bitingly. She went up to the bar and took a few breaths before beginning an exercise she had done a thousand times before. Grasping the bar in her hands, she lifted it, and… immediately dropped it, the metal sliding out of her grip. Wow, she had no gripping strength at all, did she?

    Eva grit her teeth as scenes from her nightmares began playing out on repeat in her mind, a feeling of despair starting to build within her. How could she, a veteran of countless powerlifting meets and bodybuilding competitions, not do something as ridiculously simple as deadlifting a bar?!

    Everyone was watching, too, seeing her shame. Her weakness. Her failure.

    Eva felt like running away. Was that how Jason felt when he- Jason.

    Jason didn’t run from a challenge. During the Awake-a-thon, he stubbornly refused to give up until sleep claimed him, and after he’d beaten Eva with almost casual ease during her… rampage. And despite being sleep-deprived, he joined in and ultimately won the dodgeball challenge. And he procured food for the team when no one else could, during the camping challenge. And today… today he faced his fear and overcame it, for the sake of his team.

    … Even if he did run away immediately afterward.

    Jason did not shrink from a challenge… so how could Eva?

    Eva gripped the bar again. And this time… she focused all her rage on keeping it in her grip.

    The gym girl let out a roar as she struggled to lift the bar over her head. Eventually, after many agonizing seconds, she succeeded.

    Chris clapped. “And that’s another point for the Bass. The teams are now even at two points each! Will Gwen be able to regain the Gophers’ lead? Let’s go to the beach and find out!”



    Gwen was not a happy camper. Not only because of her missing diary – which was a problem all its own – but because she was about to be buried alive in a transparent plastic coffin on the beach.

    “There’s enough air for an hour,” Trent said as he leaned over her plastic tomb. “You only need to do five minutes. You’ll be fine.”

    “As long as we decide to dig you out,” Chris said conversationally as he emptied another shovelful of sand onto the coffin.

    The remark did nothing to assuage Gwen’s nerves. “Not funny, Chris!”

    “Sheesh. Take a pill.”

    “I’ll be listening the whole time,” Trent continued, holding up one half of the pair of walke-talkies they’d been given by Chris. He handed it to Gwen, who took it gratefully. “Just yell for me if you panic and I’ll dig you right out.”

    Gwen nodded and gave the boy a smile. When he reached over to close the small hatch on the top of the coffin, she said, “Goodbye, cruel world!”

    And then there was no sound save her own breathing and the impact of shovelfuls of sand reverberating as they hit the top of the coffin. Within moments, she could see nothing but darkness.

    Gwen was alone.

    With a flick, she turned on the walkie-talkie in her hand, the dim red light of the “on” lamp dimly lighting up her world of darkness. “Trent? Are you there?”

    I’m here,” came the boy’s slightly distorted voice over the walkie-talkie.

    Gwen sighed in relief and clasped the device to her chest. “I’m scared,” she said earnestly. “Swear you won’t leave, okay?”

    I promise. Nothing’s gonna make me leave. No matter what.

    The boy’s reassuring words did a lot to ease the fear gripping Gwen’s heart. Truly, if not for his comforting presence over the past few days, she would likely have gone completely crazy over her missing diary. It was no exaggeration to say the boy kept her sane; he had been her rock in the storm.

    … If only she had the courage to tell him how she felt!

    “Trent? I need some kind of distraction. Tell me a story. Um… Why do you hate mimes so much?”

    Oh, man, where do I begin? I guess it all started when my Mom took me to this carnival once, when I was four so I could see the elephants. I was stoked.

    “Yeah?”

    I was so busy watching them that I lost her for a minute. I called out, but when I turned around all I could see was this horrible, white face with black lips pretending to be me. I screamed and tried to run, but every time I turned around he was there, doing this creepy, fake run-and-scream routine and-

    There was a pause.

    “… Trent? Are you still the-”

    AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!

    “Trent? What’s happening? Trent!

    There was no reply. She tried again.

    “Trent?”

    Nothing.

    Gwen trembled, her grip tightening on the walkie-talkie.

    “Trent? Answer me. Please. You’re there, right? Trent?”

    Despite her pleas, there was no answer.

    She was alone.

    “No. No, no, no, no, no, no! NO! TRENT! Someone! Anyone! HELP!



    I blinked and looked up when I heard a sudden scream. Looking out from my hiding place in the bushes, I saw Trent run across the camp, a mime close on his heels. I watched, dumbfounded, until the pair disappeared from sight.

    Guess I’m not the only one having trouble, huh? I mused. Sure, I had done the stupid song… but then I ran away and hid. I felt so fucking ashamed, not just for making a fool of myself in front of everyone, but for running away, too. Crap, I’m pathetic…

    Sure, given my… upbringing… it wasn’t exactly strange that I had some, er, “minor” social anxiety issues, but it was still fucking embarrassing. I did not look forward to facing my fellow campers again.

    And yet… I would have to. Well, unless I disappeared into the wilderness, of course. Given the local climate, flora and fauna, I ought to be able to survive easily enough. Unless the winters were really, really rough. Canadian winters were a lot like Swedish winters, weren’t they? Or did that depend on where in Canada you were?

    … Where the hell in Canada was I, anyway?

    I shook myself. No, doing the disappearing act wouldn’t solve anything. Besides, ROB might just decide to teleport me back to the camp, anyhow.

    Fucking ROB. This is all your fault, you asshole!

    I sighed. As far as I knew there was nothing I could do to get out of my present reality show predicament, ROB or no ROB. Complaining about it or running away wouldn’t solve anything; I just had to see the stupid competition through to the end and then ROB would send me home. Hopefully. In the meantime, I really should just try to focus and make the best of things. And speaking of which, I really ought to check on my teammates.

    I started to rise, only for the memory of the standing ovations I’d received to flash unbidden through my mind, along with a fresh wave of embarrassment. Moaning pitifully, I sank back into a crouching position.

    Fuck you, ROB! I don’t wanna be famous, dammit…

    A few pitiful minutes later, I heard what sounded like an explosion somewhere in the distance.

    What the hell is going on out there…?



    He abandoned me. Trent abandoned me! He left me to die, buried alive!”

    Gwen rocked back and forth as she sat in the confessional, arms around her knees, her thighs pressing against her chest. Her eyes were wide and bloodshot, and the expression on her face was one that could perhaps best be described as shell-shocked.


    He promised he wouldn’t leave me. But he did. I thought I could trust him… but I was wrong. I can’t trust anyone…”

    Gwen clutched at her hair, stray locks sticking out between her fingers.


    And I still can’t find my diary! Where is it?! Who took it?!”



    Okay, so, a lot of stuff happened today,” Jason said as he sat in the confessional, looking at the floor. He looked rather embarrassed, and kept drumming his fingers against his knee. “We won, which is good. I think Cody got voted off?”

    The boy took a deep breath and clenched and unclenched his fingers several times before leaning back. In doing so he raised his gaze to look at the camera.


    I heard DJ and Duncan both faced their fears without too much trouble. And Geoff apparently did too – he kept going on about how he ‘did it for Bridge’. The guy’s got it bad.

    Eva faced her fear, too, though I’m not too clear on the details. I mean, how do you face a fear of being weak when you’re strong? Chris probably thought up something weird.”

    A big grin made its way onto Jason’s face, then, in stark contrast to his previous nervous expression.


    But you know what I’m really sad about missing? Justin’s challenge. The guys told me about it: apparently one of the interns put make-up on him to make him look ugly, and the guy just up and screamed and fainted when he saw his reflection. I would have paid good money to see that. Serves him right.”

    He sighed, then, and leaned forward, putting his elbows on his knees as his expression turned more serious.


    I really made a fool of myself today. Not just by singing onstage, but by running away after, too. I don’t have stage fright; it’s more like a general social anxiety thing. Going onstage and performing is just one of the more… clear-cut situations I don’t handle well.”

    Jason laughed bitterly and looked at the ceiling.


    Isn’t it weird? I’ve faced down armed gangs, wild animals, all sorts of physical dangers. I’ve been in mortal danger more times than I can remember, and I’ve always faced it head-on without a second thought. But being the center of attention and making a fool of myself? That fucking scares me. It’s ridiculous, I know, but…”

    He looked at his feet.


    “… I just can’t help it…”



    We lost. Again! I can’t believe it. My team is so utterly useless!”

    Heather did not look happy as she sat in the confessional with her arms crossed over her chest. No, scratch that; she looked outright furious.


    Not only did Lindsay screw up her challenge, but Justin did, too. And Owen! I’m sure Jason convinced him to throw the challenge. I saw them talking; they can’t fool me!”

    The Asian girl angrily tapped her fingers on her arm as she looked away.


    Jason is good. Really good. I’m willing to admit when I was wrong about someone. Oh, and the whole ‘running away in embarrassment’ act? I don’t buy it for a second. He’s just trying to get people to lower their guards around him, that’s all.”

    Heather looked back to the camera and smirked.


    But you can’t fool me, Jason; I see right through your little innocent act. I don’t care how good you are, I am taking you down! You’re not the only one who can turn people against their own team…”



    End Chapter 7



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Chapter 8: The Secret of Boney Island
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: So, for added mystery (or whatever) I had most of the Boney Island events seen only from Heather’s POV rather than Jason’s. Did I do a good job getting the events across despite the limited POV or did I royally screw it up? You be the judge! Also lots of introspection in this chapter.



    Chapter 8: The Secret of Boney Island

    The day after the Phobia Factor challenge Jason absconded into the woods shortly after breakfast. Heather, seeing this, wasted no time.

    Following Jason’s manipulation of Owen effectively winning the Killer Bass the last challenge, Heather had become convinced once and for all that Jason was the biggest threat she would face on Total Drama Island. And now that he had started to openly manipulate her teammates, it was time to strike back. And what better time than when Jason wasn’t even in the camp?

    “So, Lindsay,” Heather said smoothly as she sat in the girls’ side of the Gophers’ cabin, alone but for her fellow alliance member, “do you understand what I need you to do?”

    “Um, I think so,” the blonde said uncertainly. “You want me to talk to Tyler and ask him everything he knows about Jason.”

    “That’s right.”

    Buuut…. I thought I wasn’t supposed to talk to Tyler?”

    “Oh, right. That.” Heather cleared her throat, then said, “The situation has… changed.”

    Lindsay shot her a puzzled look. “What do you mean?”

    “I will allow you to talk to Tyler from now on.”

    That got the blonde’s attention. “Really?!

    “Under one condition: you have to do everything I tell you to.”

    “Okay!”

    “Good. Now, for starters, I need you to find out everything Tyler knows about Jason. Once you do that, come find me. Then I need you to-”

    “I will! Bye!

    Lindsay! I wasn’t do- Ugh, whatever.”

    Indeed, the blonde had rushed out the door before Heather could even finish her sentence.

    Now, for the next step… Time to find Owen.

    She found the overweight boy just as he exited the main lodge, no doubt having stayed behind after breakfast to beg Chef Hatchet for scraps.

    Shaking her head at the boy’s seemingly insatiable appetite, Heather made a beeline toward him.

    “Hey. Owen.”

    “Oh, hey, Heather,” Owen said, turning to her. To her disgust, she saw a piece of… something… still stuck to his cheek. “What’s up?”

    Burying the urge to rant at the boy for his atrocious table manners, she instead gave him a stiff smile. “Hi. I was wondering about something.”

    “About what?”

    “Come with me.”

    “Um, okay. Where are we going?”

    Somewhere people can’t see me alone with you. “Somewhere we can talk in private.”

    “Oh, okay.”

    Heather led Owen around behind the main lodge. It wasn’t exactly a hidden-away place, but it faced away from the rest of the camp and nobody was currently using the beach on that side, so with a bit of luck nobody would see them… or worse, overhear them.

    “Now, then,” Heather said, stopping abruptly and turning to face the boy. “I want to know everything Jason has said to you. Ever.”

    Owen blinked.



    I spent my time in the woods, just wandering aimlessly to and fro at random. Well, not exactly; although I did not have any particular destination in mind, I wasn’t just wandering back and forth. Rather, I started along the main path away from the camp, then after a while wandered onto a nice-looking animal trail, which I followed until I once again reached a human-made path, which I followed until I saw another nice animal trail… Well, you get the idea.

    Look, it wasn’t technically random, so there.

    I had brought my backpack, of course, with all my things inside. If I ended up getting lost, I could just make camp in a nice spot and spend the night. Chris had assured me there wouldn’t be another challenge until the day after tomorrow, so I had plenty of time. Besides, the island couldn’t be that big; even if I got totally lost, as long as I didn’t cross the lake, I should get back to camp just by random chance within a day or two. Plus I could always just follow the coastline.

    Now, as for why I was out here in the first place…

    I felt embarrassed. Horribly, terribly embarrassed. Going up on stage and singing had been bad enough, but everyone liked it and wouldn’t shut up about it. Trent had even asked me if I wanted to jam with him. How the hell was I supposed to jam? I could sing a bit, but I didn’t play an instrument and I sucked at improv. A rapper, I was not. Hell, I couldn’t even read a music sheet; I had no formal training whatsoever.

    Setting that particular problem aside…

    It was going to be on TV. Sure, it wasn’t in “my” world, but at least for the time being I was stuck in this one… and just thinking about millions of people watching me onstage, hearing me sing… it made me shudder and want to punch and punch and punch until there was nothing left to punch.

    Seriously, what the hell was wrong with all those people who wanted fame above all? Fucking brain-damaged morons, the lot of them.

    … Well, figuratively speaking, anyway. I was just giving voice- er, thought, to my frustrations. And speaking of frustrations…

    I punched a tree. Not as hard as I could have, but hard enough, and it shuddered under the impact, a few leaves and even a couple acorns raining down around me.

    Then, because it was a cartoon, a squirrel fell out of the tree while letting out the tiniest little horrified scream. On reflex I reached out and caught the tiny woodland creature before it could hit the ground. The squirrel stood up on my palm, wiped imaginary sweat from its forehead while it let out a sigh of relief. It then looked up at me and gave a grateful salute before jumping off me and back onto the tree, which it quickly climbed until it disappeared from sight in the canopy above.

    Okay, then.

    As light as it was, I doubted the squirrel would have been hurt even if it had hit the ground instead of my hand. Shaking my head, I took a moment to adjust my backpack and continued on.

    Though I might have saved some time by continuing to punch trees, my frustrations were slowly draining away just by being alone in the woods. Plus I didn’t want to cause any more unintentional accidents involving cute woodland creatures.

    Right at the moment, though, just thinking about going back and facing my fellow campers filled me with dread tinged by embarrassment. Ever since coming to this island, I had found my emotions, always strong, strangely… amplified.

    It was little more than a suspicion on my part, but I found one explanation to be likelier than any other: along with a teenage body, I had been “gifted” with teenage hormones. Hence why my emotions ran rampant within me even more than usual, and I yearned so for the calming influence of the forest.

    This is gonna be a long walk…



    It was. I spent two nights in the woods, each time making camp in a nice, isolated spot before continuing on. I fished a bit, but most of my diet consisted of berries and the contraband snacks I had stowed away in my backpack. Not the healthiest diet, I’ll admit, but I needed to get rid of them one way or another anyhow.

    When I returned to camp, I found Chris standing by his lonesome next to a map propped up on an easel while the campers were all busy on the beach behind him. Including Beth, who I noticed had a long section of toilet paper stuck to her shoe.

    “Yo! I’m here!” I called out as I approached. “What did I miss?”

    Chris turned to me. “Oh, you’re still alive? We were taking bets you got eaten by a bear.”

    “Oh, ha ha,” I deadpanned. “What’s the challenge?”

    Chris flicked a thumb over his shoulder toward the beach.

    “Canoes,” he answered simply. “Better hurry if you wanna pick a paddle partner.”

    “Oh, cool. I like canoeing.” Hurrying past the host, I jogged toward the beach. “Yo! Guys! Don’t start without me!”

    “Jason? You’re alive?!” Duncan asked in a surprised but elated voice, while behind him several of the other campers echoed the sentiment.

    “Yeah, Chris already did that one,” I said, rolling my eyes at them. In the background, I heard Heather curse loudly. Maybe she dropped something? “So who’s paddling with who, here? Is anyone free?”

    “I don’t have a partner,” Harold said.

    “How about you, Duncan?” I asked quickly. “You free?”

    “Uh, I guess so?” he said uncertainly, glancing to the side. Following his gaze, I saw Courtney pairing up with Eva.

    Oh, right. Duncan had a thing for Courtney, didn’t he? It wasn’t as flat-out obvious as Geoff’s crush on Bridgette, but there had been some signs here and there. Still, if Courtney was pairing up with Eva…

    “Guess you are,” I said simply. “Come on, let’s rock this canoeing thing.”

    “Alright, fine,” Duncan said with a sigh.

    “Hey, you snooze, you lose,” I said, giving the boy a shrug as we both glanced over at the two girls. “Maybe you can catch her on the ride home?”

    That perked him up. “Yeah, maybe…”

    “So where are we going, anyway?”

    “I dunno. Some place called Boney Island.”

    “Oh, that sounds awesome!”



    A few minutes later we were all in the water and waiting for Chris to give the signal to start. The host stood on the beach, holding a small revolver.

    “On your marks. Get set… Paddle!

    A gunshot echoed across the lake, and we were off.

    I was plenty used to paddling, and while Duncan wasn’t, he was in good shape and learned quickly. It wasn’t long before we shot comfortably ahead of everyone else.

    “Hey, where were you, anyway?” Duncan asked suddenly.

    “For the past two days?” I returned. “In the woods, camping.”

    “Why?”

    “I feel calmer in the woods. It helps with my mood,” I answered earnestly. “Plus I may or may not have gotten lost for part of it.”

    “Okay, here’s something I don’t get: How can someone be so used to camping and hiking and have such a terrible sense of direction as you do?”

    “How do you think I got used to camping and hiking?” I replied jokingly. “But, nah, I can follow a map just fine, but I don’t really have a sense for direction at all. Plus I get lost in thought and before I know it I’m several kilometers away.”

    “That’s messed up, dude.”

    “Eh, you get used to it. Or I did, anyway. Speaking of, did Chris give you a map of Boney Island?”

    “Nah. He just said to get to Boney Island, then make a two-hour hike to the other side with the canoes, then build a rescue fire. Then we’re supposed to paddle home.”

    I gave Duncan an inquisitive look. “That’s it? Sounds simple enough… Too simple, knowing Chris.”

    The punk rocker shrugged. “Yeah, he said the island was cursed.”

    “What, really?”

    “Oh, come on. You don’t really believe that, do you?”

    “I dunno, I’ve seen some weird things in my life. Curse or no curse, though, Chris probably put down traps or made sure we’d cross treacherous terrain or something along those lines.”

    “Yeah, that sounds like him, alright.”

    I cleared my throat. “Oh, and, uh, once we get to the island you’d better do the navigatin’. Just sayin’.”

    Duncan smirked. “Already counting on it.”



    The first sign we got of Boney Island was the thick fog surrounding it. We could only see a couple tens of meters ahead, and the sun had disappeared behind a growing cloud cover, making it even harder to make out much of anything. The island itself slowly faded into sight behind the fog, revealing not only high cliffs but also jagged rocks surrounding the island itself, making navigation perilous. Once we neared shore the fog cleared up enough that we could see the island proper… and the huge cliff in the middle that was vaguely in the shape of a human skull.

    “Holy crap, look at that! That’d be perfect for a villain’s lair!” I exclaimed, pointing at the cliff.

    Duncan looked at the cliff, then me. “A what?

    “Uh, I mean, uh, nice rock formation. Yeah.”

    “… You’re weird, dude,” he said. Then he smirked. “That’s cool, though. I like skulls, too.”

    “Uh, yeah. Cool.”

    We reached the beach at speed, driving the canoe into the sand. We jumped out and dragged the canoe inland before turning it over and picking it up to carry it above our heads; Chris hadn’t deigned to provide us with a canoe carriage, so we would have to carry it across the island. It would likely slow us down, but then, depending on the terrain we might not have had much use for it, anyway.

    Just as we were getting ready to set off, a ghost-like howl echoed out from further inland. It was probably just the wind blowing through the jagged cliffs, but it certainly set the mood.

    “I like this island,” I said, smiling in appreciation.

    “You are one weird dude.”

    “You said that already.”

    “I think it bears repeating.”

    I shrugged. “Fair enough.”

    And then we were off.



    To ensure Jason didn’t try anything else with the boy, Heather had – reluctantly – paired up with Owen for the duration of the challenge. As a result, the trip to Boney Island had been annoying, to say the least, but they still got there at roughly the same time as everybody else.

    Everybody except Jason and Duncan, who had pulled way ahead early on. Heather didn’t know what Jason was planning by doing so, but it couldn’t be good, and she resolved herself to look out for traps.

    As for Boney Island itself, it was… somewhat imposing. The giant cliff in the shape of a skull had obviously been altered for the show, and Chris’s talk of a curse was of course nonsense, but…

    Well, Heather would never admit it out loud, but the place gave her the creeps from the moment she stepped onto the beach.

    And it only got worse as they – meaning the Gophers – ventured inland; there were sticks poking out of the ground with animal skulls stuck on top all along the path, as though to warn that intruders were not welcome. Clearly, Chris had gone above and beyond to make the place creepy.

    Or maybe this is all Jason’s doing? I wouldn’t put it past him to try and rile us up… Tyler did say Jason and Duncan concocted that ridiculous ghost story to scare everyone on the Bass…

    Yes, using Lindsay to gather information from Tyler while Jason was away had borne fruit; Heather had received a detailed – if somewhat incoherent – account of everything Jason had done since coming onto the island. There were a lot of blank spaces, of course, either because Tyler hadn’t been present or because he’d been too dumb to understand what had really been going on. Connecting the dots, Heather realized that Jason had been callously manipulating the people around him from day one. She wasn’t judging him, of course, as she had done much the same… but she had been surprised at the sheer scope of the boy’s manipulative ability; with a few choice words here and there he changed people’s minds or distracted them from what they were doing so he could exploit them. And very subtly, too; it took someone like Heather to spot what was really going on.

    And if that wasn’t bad enough, his physical capabilities were among the highest of all the campers. Yes, Jason was indeed a foe on a different level from anyone else on Total Drama Island… but already, Heather was laying the groundwork for a plan to-

    Monster beavers?!

    Heather blinked, then, snapped out of her thoughts by the sudden exclamation from one of her teammates. She turned to look where everyone else already was, and indeed there appeared to be a number of bear-sized beavers with tusks lying scattered around the path in front of a felled tree.

    “Oh, come on,” she said, rolling her eyes. “They’re not moving at all. Obviously, Chris just made some kind of stuffed animals to scare us. It’s all props.”

    “I dunno, I think they’re breathing,” Trent interjected.

    “Yes, and I don’t want to risk it even if they are props,” Justin, who had paddle-partnered with the singer, agreed. “What if one of those tusks cuts my face? I have a modeling career to think about, you know.”

    Heather internally groaned. Justin was a fine specimen of a man… physically. Mentally, he was more like a child. A dim-witted child obsessed with its own looks, at that. The only reason she’d acted to keep him around was because Jason found him annoying for some reason.

    … Come to think of it, she could kind of see why. Listening to him talk was almost as bad as listening to Lindsay.

    “Hey, does it look to anyone else like they were. I dunno, beaten up?” Owen ventured uncertainly. “I mean, a lot of them have bumps on their heads… and that one has a broken tusk. And that one over there is missing a lot of fur.”

    “What could possibly beat up a bunch of monster beavers, though?” Trent asked thoughtfully.

    “Maybe they beat each other up?” Lindsay suggested, earning her a nod from her partner, Beth. “Ohhh, or maybe they were playing catch and they-”

    “Shut up, Lindsay,” Heather said flatly before the blonde could devolve into another idiotic rant.

    “Hey, uh, I think that one’s waking up,” Leshawna said suddenly. She adjusted her grip on her and Gwen’s canoe slightly as they two girls stepped back, away from the beavers.

    Indeed, one of the beavers was starting to stir. As the campers watched, their eyes wide, the creature rose up from its prone position on the ground. Its gaze swept over its downed kin before landing on the campers. The instant it did so, the beaver let out a scared whine, turned tail and ran off into the bushes.

    The Gophers blinked.

    “What just happened?” Gwen asked.

    “Maybe it saw your face and got scared,” Heather volunteered with a smirk.

    Shut up, Heather,” Gwen shot back irritably.

    You shut up, Weird Goth Girl,” Heather retorted, her voice equally as irritated, even as inwardly she smiled; Gwen was getting testier by the day, and it was only a matter of time until she would do something that would rob the last bit of respect she had from the rest of the team.

    “Hey, back off, Heather,” Trent spoke up, then. “Give Gwen a break.”

    “I don’t need you to fight my battles for me, Trent,” Gwen snapped angrily, prompting the boy to take a step back in surprise.

    He lowered his head in shame. “I’m sorry…”

    Heather smirked. Ever since Trent had accidentally left Gwen buried on the beach during the Phobia Factor challenge, relations between the two had been frosty, to say the least. Perfect.

    “Gwen, c’mon,” Leshawna said pleadingly.

    What, Leshawna?” Gwen asked heatedly, only to quickly deflate when she saw the black girl’s sad frown. “Sorry… I, I guess I went a little far…”

    Heather internally frowned. Leshawna was being a calming influence on Gwen, slowing down the latter’s spiral into mental chaos. Perhaps it was time to get the black girl voted off…?

    “Uh, guys? I don’t mean to alarm anyone, but I think the rest of the beavers are waking up,” Beth spoke up.

    “Alright, let’s go back and pick another path,” Heather said quickly. Not that she was afraid, mind you; it was simply the more expedient option.

    There was a chorus of agreements. The decision made, the Gophers went back to a fork in the road they’d passed earlier and picked another path.

    Now, where was I? Oh, yes.

    Unbeknownst to Jason, Heather had already begun laying the groundwork for a plan to not only counter his machinations, but to get him kicked off the island entirely. Manipulating Tyler through Lindsay was only the first step; the next was-

    Holy moley!

    Now what? Heather wondered irritably. She looked up ahead and blinked.

    Their new path lead through a big puddle, and on either side of the puddle were what looked like large bird nests. While this would have been somewhat alarming in and of itself, as Heather knew birds could be quite protective of their nests, what was far more alarming in this case was the frankly ridiculous number of feathers strewn all over the place. Something had happened here, and it obviously involved the birds who built the nests. Strangely, however, the birds themselves were nowhere to be seen. Had they fought and then chased after some sort of intruder?

    “Something tells me we should hurry up,” Trent said, to widespread agreement.

    “Yes, that’s… probably not a bad idea,” Heather had to agree. If the nest size was any indication, the birds were big, and it would probably be best not to be there when they returned.

    So the Gophers hurried on. It was mere minutes later that they ran into trouble yet again.

    “Guys, uh, don’t wanna panic here, but I’m shrinking!” Trent called out. In truth, however, he wasn’t shrinking so much as sinking.

    “Is that quicksand?” Owen asked, indicating the slightly different hue of sand that Trent had stepped onto right before he began to sink into the ground.

    “Uh, a little help, here?” Trent asked. He had already sunk down to his chest.

    “Quick! Does anyone have any rope?!” Owen asked, looking around wildly.

    Heather rolled her eyes. “Just hold the canoe over the quicksand, you dolt,” she said, giving the canoe a smack for emphasis.

    “Oh, yeah!” Owen exclaimed and, with a grace belying his size, he swung the canoe around over his head and put one end above the quicksand. Trent, who was down to his neck at that point, reached out and grabbed one of the bars inside the canoe with both hands. Owen then backed up and with a mighty heave pulled him out.

    “Thanks, man,” the singer said earnestly as he got back on his feet. “You’re a lifesaver.”

    Owen giggled, abashed. “It was Heather’s idea.”

    “Oh, yeah,” Trent said. He turned to Heather, scratching at the back of his neck. “Uh, thanks, Heather.”

    Heather blinked and looked around. Seeing the impressed and even grateful expressions on her teammates’ faces, she found herself momentarily taken aback. “Oh. Um, no problem.” After a moment, she added, “Well, what are you waiting for? The beach should be just up ahead.”

    She hurried onward, idly wondering at the strange feeling evoked by her teammates’ gratitude.

    It felt… strange. Unfamiliar, but… not in a bad way.

    Weird.



    The Gophers ended up reaching the beach minutes before the Bass did, under the watchful eye of Chris looking down on them from his personal helicopter hovering above the beach. Under Heather’s guidance, the Gophers immediately set to start a fire… which was easier said than done, as no one on their team had much experience with such things. Still, Heather, together with Leshawna, did her best, and eventually got a small fire going… mere minutes ahead of the Bass. Who, Heather noted, were still missing a few people.

    “Hey, fishies,” Heather called out. “Aren’t you missing a few fish?”

    Just then, there came a series of crashes from inside the woods, and soon after Duncan and Jason fairly rushed onto the beach, much to Heather’s chagrin. Their canoe looked considerably more beat-up than when they had set off from Wawanakwa, for some reason, but still looked to be whole.

    I love this island!” Jason exclaimed as the boys put the canoe down. Jason had a few scratches and abrasions here and there, but overall looked to be just fine.

    I hate this island!” Duncan, on the other hand, looked like he’d been through hell; his hair was disheveled, his clothes were torn, he had a black eye, and he had bruises, cuts and abrasions everywhere. After dropping the canoe he went down on one knee, seemingly exhausted. “Oh… Oh, God… the things I’ve seen! The beavers… The birds!

    “Birds?” Courtney asked as she rushed to the boy’s side to help him stand. “What’s so bad about birds?”

    “They had teeth!

    “I’m sorry, what?

    “So, I see you guys got started without us, huh?” Jason asked, strolling along to the Bass’ fire. “Nice going, guys.”

    As Heather watched, the boy engaged in conversation with his fellow Bass. Soon after he went back into the woods only to return a few minutes later, carrying an armful of fresh fir branches. He unceremoniously started putting them onto the Bass’ fire, in the process causing a billowing pillar of thick smoke to rise into the sky. A gust of wind blew smoke in her direction, and Heather coughed and waved her hand in front of her face as she trudged angrily over to the Bass’ fire.

    “Hey, what do you think you are doing?” she asked testily between coughs.

    “It’s daytime,” Jason said simply, as if that explained everything. When Heather quirked an unamused eyebrow at him, he continued, “Smoke is more visible than light in daytime. Since this is a signal fire, lots of smoke is way better. Look at that pillar: it’s gonna be visible from way, way off.”

    “Oh, that’s awesome,” Harold commented while the rest of the Bass cheered. Heather looked up and blanched, then, realizing that Jason was right.

    At that moment, Chris’s voice rang out via loudspeaker from his helicopter, above. “Jason has a point, and so do the Killer Bass! The Bass win the fire-building challenge! It’s time to get your butts back to Wawanakwa, campers!

    DAMN IT!” Heather cursed loudly. In mere minutes after arriving, Jason had not only closed the Gophers’ lead, but passed them by completely! She turned to the Gophers. “Everyone get in the canoes! We’re not losing another challenge! Move, move, move!



    “Yo, Courtney,” I called out, turning to where she was tending to Duncan. “How about you go with Duncan on the way back? I think he’s still a bit winded from the hike.”

    Courtney looked up. “Huh? Oh, I can do that. But what about-”

    “I’ll go with Eva,” I said, flicking my thumb over at the gym girl. I looked over at her. “That okay with you?”

    “Uh, um, sure. Yeah, that’s okay with me,” she stuttered out in surprise.

    “Hey, make sure to win this thing,” Duncan said to me, then.

    I gave the guy a thumbs-up. “No worries, we’ve got this. Come on, Eva, let’s take my canoe.”

    Both teams hurried and got into their canoes. For winning the fire-building challenge, Chris let the Bass – us, that was – get a five-minute head start… which really wasn’t much under the circumstances. Like, given the distance we had to paddle it probably wouldn’t make any discernible difference whatsoever.

    Oh, well.

    At the least, Eva was a better paddler than Duncan, and so the trip back to Wawanakwa went even quicker than the one to Boney Island. For us, anyway; while the others soon disappeared from view behind the other islands dotting the lake, before then I could look back and see the Gophers were quick to catch up to the slower paddlers on our team.

    Still, the challenge was to make it back first to Wawanakwa, so with the lead that Eva and I had we were guaranteed to succeed. Indeed, once we reached the island – long before anyone else – we dragged the canoe ashore and high-fived to celebrate our victory. As we did Chris walked up to us, having taken his helicopter back to the island ahead of us.

    “You guys know you haven’t won yet, right?” he asked with a chuckle.

    His words made me freeze mid-high-five. I turned my head to look at the host. “Excuse me?”

    “Yeah, we got here first,” Eva agreed, crossing her arms over her chest. “We won, fair and square. It’s not our fault everyone else is a slowpoke.”

    Nooo, the condition for winning was to be the first team back, not the first team members,” Chris explained. “You need your whole team, brah.”

    “Oh, you’re funny now?” Eva asked sarcastically. She lightly punched her fist into her palm. “I can be funny, too.”

    “Yeah, purely out of academic interest, you do have good health insurance, right, Chris?” I chimed in darkly as I cracked my knuckles.

    The host took a few steps back as we advanced on him, holding his hands up in a soothing gesture. “Whoa, whoa, easy there, campers,” he said quickly. “Your team had a five-minute head start, remember? You can still win!”

    We both growled.

    Yeahhh, I’m gonna go wait in my helicopter. Toodles!

    The host ran. Eva and I watched him go then turned to one another.

    “This sucks,” she deadpanned.

    “Uh-huh. Still, there’s nothing to do but wait, so…” I shrugged.

    Eva sighed.



    About half an hour later, the other campers began arriving. First was Geoff and DJ, followed in order by Gwen and Leshawna, Trent and Justin, Owen and Heather, Courtney and Duncan, and finally Beth and Lindsay.

    Tyler and Harold, however, were nowhere to be seen. Chris declared the Gophers the winners, leaving the rest of us to wait around on the beach.

    “Where the hell are Tyler and Harold?” Eva asked angrily.

    “I’d like to know, too,” I agreed, feeling my eye twitch slightly with the irritation I’d built up waiting for everyone else. “Why did they cost us the challenge and where are they so I can make them wish they were never born?”

    “They had an… accident,” Courtney began by way of explanation.

    “Yeah, when they switched paddling sides Tyler’s paddle slipped out of his grip and knocked Harold out cold,” Duncan filled in.

    “They fell behind after that,” Courtney continued. “Last we saw of them Tyler was trying to fix a hole he made in the bottom of the canoe while trying to resuscitate Harold.”

    I closed my eyes and began to massage my temples. “I see. Excuse me, I need to go hit something.”

    I should’ve stayed on Boney Island…



    I’ll be honest: Tyler had it a long time coming,” Jason said as he sat on the confessional, facing the camera. “Basically robbing us of the challenge today was simply the last straw for many of us, or at least for me. I know the guy means well, but he’s just so clumsy, you know?”

    He leaned back, crossing his arms.


    No, if we’re gonna have any chance at all of winning this, then Tyler had to go. Sorry, man, but there was no way around it.”



    I don’t know how, but it’s obvious Jason found out about Tyler spying on him and had him voted off,” Heather said as she sat in the confessional, one leg crossed over the other as she regarded the camera. “I’m impressed; he saw a threat and moved immediately to eliminate it in the most efficient way possible. He’s not like the other sheep on the island, oh no, he’s definitely a wolf.”

    She smirked, then.


    But so am I. And Tyler wasn’t my only stooge…”



    Aww, I’ll never forget our time together, Taylor,” Lindsay said, smiling at the camera as she sat in the confessional. “Uh, Tyler.”

    She blew a kiss toward the camera and waved.


    Bye~!”



    You know, I really like this souvenir I picked up on Boney Island,” Beth said happily as she sat in the confessional. On her lap was a tiny, wooden idol, sort of like a miniature tiki statue. She picked it up, then, holding it up in front of the camera.

    Isn’t it just the coolest?! I bet it’s good luck, since we won today’s challenge!”

    Ominous music began playing as the view centered on the idol and faded out.




    End Chapter 8



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 9: What's Up, Doc?
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Time for the paintball deer hunt! I’m happy with most of it, but I kinda feel like the Gwen scene was a bit stilted and halfhearted. What do you think? Does it feel stilted and kinda out-of-nowhere, or does it flow reasonably well, given the characters’ personalities?



    Chapter 9: What’s Up, Doc?

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Last time, on Total Drama Island… both teams set out on a canoe trip to deadly Boney Island.”

    Footage from the previous episode starts rolling as the host speaks, putting image to his words.


    Jason and Duncan paddled ahead and explored the island before anyone else… and got massively lost doing it. Jason beat up the local wildlife while Duncan just got beat… But on the way home, Jason played matchmaker, setting up Duncan with Courtney for the return trip. Who knew the monstrous monster masher had a heart?

    There were winners and there were losers, also known as: the Bass. The last marshmallow was set to go to either Harold or Tyler… much to Heather’s chagrin. With her spy having flown the coop, what will be her next move?

    Meanwhile, one Gopher may have secretly done something seriously crazy when she brought home a creepy stick-statue voodoo-thing from the deadly haunted island. Will Beth live to regret her souvenir? And can my teeth possibly get any whiter? Find out here, on Total. Drama. Island!”



    Crap!

    It was two days after the last challenge, and a number of us campers were frolicking on the beach or in the water, and I had just made a horrible, horrible realization as I waded onto land.

    “What’s wrong?” Geoff asked from the water.

    “I just realized, with both Noah and Cody gone, now I’m the shortest guy on the island! Fuck!” I paused, thinking. “Except for Chris. We’re about the same height, I think.”

    “Hey, don’t harsh my mellow, dude,” the host commented lightly. He was lounging on a beach chair not far away, with one of those sun reflectors in his hands to help focus the sun’s rays on his face.

    “What do you even do all day when there aren’t any challenges?” I asked, turning to him. “Like, is there anything but mellow for you?”

    “Oh, you know, stuff,” Chris answered conversationally. “Working on the ol’ tan takes a bit of time. Oh, and I’ve got a prank war going on with some of the camera crew.”

    I immediately knelt next to the host. “Tell me more.”

    “Oh, dude, don’t get involved,” Geoff said as he, too, waded onto the beach. “I’ve seen some of that. It’s not pretty, man.”

    Without turning around, I gave the skateboarder a dismissive wave. “Go on, tell me.”

    Chris chuckled and lowered his sunglasses. “Well, let’s see…”

    The host proceeded to tell me about the prank war between himself and “Camera Two Guy” – the guy in charge of, you guessed it, Camera Two. The prank war had started innocently enough, only to escalate as the weeks went by. By the time Chris finished his re-telling of the events, I only had one thing to say.

    “I want in.”



    Heather watched warily as Jason engaged Chris in conversation on the beach, not far from where she and Lindsay were themselves taking advantage of the nice weather by doing some sunbathing.

    The Asian girl’s wariness turned to outright suspicion as Jason fairly bolted away from the beach toward the main lodge. Dinner wasn’t due for several hours, yet, so what business could he possibly have there? Obviously, it involved Chris somehow, as the host was slowly gathering his things together and getting up from his beach chair.

    Oddly enough, the host didn’t head to main lodge as Heather had suspected he would, but instead left the camp entirely. What on Earth was going on?

    She waited for several more minutes, but neither Chris nor Jason returned, and from what she could see the latter did not exit the main lodge, either. Clearly, he was up to something.

    “Hey, where are you going?” Lindsay asked, propping herself up on her elbows as Heather rose.

    “I have some business to take care of,” Heather replied.

    “Oh, you’re going to the bathroom?” Lindsay surmised and lay back down. “’kay.”

    “That’s not- Ugh, yes, I’m going to the bathroom,” Heather said, shaking her head. Turning her back on the blonde, she made her way to the gavel of the main lodge. Stealthily following along the wall, she rounded the corner and sneaked up to the front door. Looking around once to make sure no one was watching, she opened the door and slipped inside…

    … only to find herself instantly coated from head to toe in something wet and sticky, but thankfully not cold.

    Aha, gotcha! Chris sends his regar- Wait, you’re not Camera Two Guy.”

    Jason’s outstretched hands held a bowl, empty save for a thin coating of the same sticky, mostly brown fluid that now covered Heather’s own form.

    “You think?!” Heather snapped angrily, causing Jason to wince. She looked down at herself and raised one hand up to inspect the sticky fluid slowly dripping from her fingers. “What is this? It’s so sticky…”

    Jason scratched the back of his neck, not looking directly at her. “Uh… It’s water, flour, sugar, maple syrup, honey and raspberry juice concentrate, all mixed together and heated to make it extra sticky.”

    Why?!

    “Uh, well… You know the wasp nest outside? Above the door?”

    “Of course I know the-” Heather’s eyes widened in horrid realization as a loud buzzing filled her ears, coming from the still-open door behind her.

    She screamed.



    I followed after Heather as the girl ran screaming outside, closely followed by a swarm of wasps attracted by all the sugary sweetness dripping from her form.

    Don’t run, it’ll only make ‘em angry! Just walk calmly into the lake!” I called after her. If she heard me she paid my words no heed, however, as she instead began running around the camp in a panic.

    “Oh, man, epic prank, bruh!” I heard a voice exclaim, and I turned to see Chris walking toward me with a huge grin on his face, accompanied by one of the many cameramen on the island.

    See, after Chris explained the whole prank war to me, I came up with a prank idea of my own and asked Chris to find Camera Two Guy and lure him to the main lodge, where I would be waiting. Unfortunately, for reasons unknown to me, Heather had walked through the door instead of Camera Two Guy.

    “Uh, yeah,” I said lamely, my eyes drifting back to Heather, who was still running around while screaming and being chased by the swarm of wasps. As I watched, she ran onto the dock, tripped, and fell into the water. Seeing that she was out of immediate danger. I turned back to Chris and the man I presumed was Camera Two Guy. “Epic prank.”

    The cameraman blinked, then, and pointed toward where Heather had disappeared beneath the waves. “Wait, that was meant for me?”

    Chris and I looked at the cameraman, then each other, and finally anything but. ““No…””

    “Oh, you jerks!



    Heather looked up when she heard a knock coming from the door. She was sitting on a stool inside the girls’ side of the Gophers’ cabin, covered in angry-red swellings from where the wasps had stung her during the high-speed chase around the camp. Beth and Lindsay were tending to her, dabbing the swellings with rolled-up toilet paper dipped in cold water from a bucket on the floor.

    Needless to say, Heather was not in a good mood.

    “Hey, can I come in?” Jason asked from the doorway.

    Heather scowled upon seeing the cause of her suffering standing before her. “What do you want, you ass?

    “Yeah, I probably deserved that.”

    Probably?!

    Jason looked away and coughed before stepping into the cabin. As he did so he raised his right hand, revealing a small jar. “I brought you something. It’s not much of an apology, but, you know, it’s something.”

    “You brought a present?” Lindsay asked excitedly. “What is it?”

    “Yeah, I wanna know, too,” Beth chimed in.

    Jason blinked. “Uh, it’s not a present, it’s-”

    “What is it?” Heather asked tersely. She wasn’t in the mood for the other girls’ idiocy at all.

    “It’s a poultice. You can put it on the stings and it’ll make ‘em, uh, sting less. Also heal faster.”

    The boy handed the jar to Lindsay, who looked inside. “Ohh, is this like aloe vera?”

    “Uh, kinda,” Jason said. “I made it from plantain, so-”

    “Wait, you made it?” Heather asked, her eyes narrowing. “Let me guess: the moment I put it on I’m gonna be attacked by wasps, again? Or maybe locusts, this time?”

    “Of course not,” he replied, rolling his eyes. “It’s really a poultice. And that whole thing at the main lodge, uh… You weren’t the intended target.”

    “Really,” Heather deadpanned.

    “Really. Look, Chris told me about this prank war between him and Camera Two Guy, and… you don’t believe a word I’m saying, do you?”

    “Whatever gave you that idea?”

    “Sarcasm. Okay. I’m just gonna go,” Jason said, flicking a thumb at the door. “But the poultice really works, I guarantee it. So, you know, use it. Bye.”

    The boy made a hasty exit, leaving the three girls alone once more.

    As it turned out, the poultice actually did make it sting a lot less. Not that Heather would ever admit it to Jason’s face.

    “Asshole,” she muttered.

    What was up with him, anyway? First he assaults her with wasps, then tries to bribe her with a poultice? Was this some weird, one-man good cop/bad cop routine?

    What’s your game…?



    It was early in the morning the day after my misdirected contribution to Chris’s prank war, and I was on my way back from my morning walk when the unmistakable noise of a rotor made me look up. A helicopter passed overhead – the same one Chris had flown during the previous challenge on Boney Island. It made a beeline in the direction of the camp, prompting me to hurry my steps; if Chris was arriving by helicopter, it was pretty damn obvious it was time for another challenge.

    When I reached camp the helicopter was nowhere to be seen or heard, but Chris’s presence was made known over the camp’s PA system.

    I hope you’re ready for your most challenging challenge yet. Breakfast in three minutes at the campfire pit.

    I shrugged and made my way to the campfire pit along with all the other campers. Once everyone had gathered, the host began his speech.

    “Are you ready for today’s extreme, max impact challenge?!

    Owen immediately threw his fists into the air. “We are ready!

    “Incoming!” Chris called out then, and tossed a can at Gwen… who caught it expertly with her forehead.

    Ow!” she exclaimed, rubbing her forehead. “Goddammit!

    Chris winced. “Ohh, sorry, Gwen!” he said, then cleared his throat. “This is breakfast.”

    “No, breakfast is crepes, croissants, even Chef’s crappy burnt eggs,” Heather interjected, cutting him off.

    Nearby, Owen had a far more positive outlook. “Beans, beans, they’re good for your heart, the more you eat, the more you-

    The obese boy was promptly silenced with a can to the head, courtesy of Chris.

    “Today’s challenge is about survival,” the host said, launching into his challenge explanation voice. He pulled out a plastic rifle from behind his back. “We’re going hunting.”

    “Now that’s more like it,” Duncan said with a smirk.

    Harold approached the host, looking at the rifle. “Isn’t that a paintball gun?”

    “Why yes, Harold, it is,” Chris replied… and promptly shot the camper in the chest, knocking him over with the impact.

    “This is the first ever Paintball Deer Hunt!” Chris said happily. “I’ll announce the teams once we get into the woods. So, finish brekkie.”

    A loud burp followed the host’s words. We all turned to see Owen sitting on the ground, surrounded by a good dozen empty cans. He sloppily wiped his chin and said, “Got any more?”

    I simply rolled my eyes at the sky.



    “And now for the team breakdowns,” Chris began once we had all ventured into the woods a ways from camp and gathered in front of a wooden wall on which were hung a number of plastic paintball rifles – four red and three green. “The Killer Bass hunters are… Harold, Geoff, and Eva, locked and loaded with bass blue paint.”

    The host tossed each of the three a green rifle, then did the same with the red, tossing them to the Gophers. “And using orange paint, are the Gopher hunters, Leshawna, Beth, Owen, Lindsay.”

    Owen let out a cheer. “This is awesome, man!”

    “You also get these stylin’ glasses and wicked camo caps,” Chris continued, showing off his own orange plastic protective glasses and camo cap. “The rest of you are now deer.”

    Dead silence followed his proclamation. Seeing as no one was saying anything, I raised my hand.

    “Yeah, I’d rather be a hunter, actually.”

    “Yeah, no,” Chris said. “The producers saw the footage from Boney Island. They’re not trusting you with a rifle. Not even a paintball one.”

    I hung my head in disappointment. “Aww…

    “Serves you right, jerk,” Heather said, prompting me to let out an annoyed grunt. She clearly wasn’t over the whole wasp thing. I said I was sorry!

    “Wait, what happened on Boney Island?” Beth asked then, puzzled.

    “Yeah, I want to know that, too,” Eva chimed in.

    “What happens on Boney Island stays on Boney Island,” Duncan interjected. The haunted look on his face probably raised more questions than anything, but at least it dissuaded people from continuing their inquiries. For now.

    “Here are your antlers, noses, and little white tails,” Chris continued, holding up – you guessed it – a pair of antlers stuck to a bandanna, a little red nose and even wiggling his ass to show off the deer-like tail fastened with a belt around his waist.

    “Yeah, right,” Heather said then, crossing her arms over her chest. “I am not wearing that.”

    “There is no way I’m a deer,” Duncan protested.

    In response, Chris promptly put the antlers, nose and a pair of protective glasses on the punk rocker. “Take these off and your team is toast,” he said, right before adding the final touch in the form of the deer tail, much to Duncan’s discomfort.

    “What are you lookin’ at?” he asked, glaring at a chuckling Owen.

    “Oh, nothing… Bambi.”

    “You better be a good shot, tubby,” Duncan said warningly.

    For my part, I simply sighed as I looked at the antlers Chris handed to me. Man, I am so not up for thi- Wait.

    My eyes widened as realization washed over me. “Uh, Chris?”

    “I’m not giving you a rifle, dude,” the host deadpanned.

    “No, not that,” I said, shaking my head. “We’re supposed to do this challenge in the woods behind camp, right?”

    “Yeah…?”

    I grinned, then. “The same woods I’ve spent the past three weeks exploring and memorizing…?”



    No way! Did he anticipate this?! Heather wondered then, her own eyes growing wide in alarm. There’s no way… is there? No, no there isn’t. He must have explored the woods as a precautionary measure… But that’s impressive foresight, nonetheless.

    Heather shook her head, feeling a bit awed despite herself. Jason had spent weeks exploring the woods around camp, anticipating that, sooner or later, there would be challenges taking place within. It was an impressive amount of effort and planning, and now it was paying off.

    She looked over at her team’s hunters, then Jason, who was openly grinning as he put on the rest of his deer outfit.

    There’s no way those morons are gonna be able to catch him… not if he knows the terrain. Still, not getting hit should be the only thing he can do this time around, so we can still win. If he’d been a hunter instead of a deer…

    Heather shook her head again. That would have a been a catastrophe.

    She looked at the antlers in her hands. Oh, well… Time to get started.



    “This sucks, man,” Duncan said as he and the rest of the Bass deer walked through the woods. Chris had sent the two groups of deer off early while keeping the hunters at the starting point. To make it sporting, of course.

    “At least we get a head start,” Courtney interjected.

    “I dunno ‘bout y’all, but I’m outta here,” DJ said. He got down on all fours and made a surprisingly convincing impression of a deer as he ran off between the trees.

    “Uh, did any of you know he could do that?” Duncan asked, pointing after the boy.

    Courtney shook her head. “Not me.”

    “What about you, Jason?” Duncan turned, only to blink upon finding the boy gone. “Jason?”

    They looked around, but there was no trace of their fellow deer.

    “Dude… I didn’t even notice him leave.”



    I had a plan. A wonderful, terrific, amazing plan.

    I was a deer… and soon, a hunted deer, at that. But I had listened to the rules. Oh, yes, I had listened… and there was nothing in there saying the deer couldn’t fight back.

    Of course, fighting back directly wouldn’t have been very sporting, plus I had to make sure I didn’t accidentally drop any part of my deer costume, so just taking things to melee range wasn’t really the best option. Besides, the challenge was all about bagging as many deer as possible with paintball guns, which I wasn’t allowed to use, so it wasn’t like I could earn points for my team.

    However, I knew the terrain around here very well, and there were other, less direct ways to “fight”… especially if you got creative.

    And I was feeling very creative. I snickered to myself.

    I’m coming for you, Gophers~



    Heather sat alone on a stump in the woods not far from camp, waiting for Lindsay and Beth to arrive so they could protect her over the course of the challenge. Once the pair finally arrived, they both looked tired already, and the challenge had barely started!

    They are so useless, she thought. “What took you guys so long?”

    “Were we supposed to come find you?” Beth asked, puzzled.

    “Hello, alliance, anyone?” Heather reminded them.

    Ohh! Ohh! Me! Can I be in one?”

    Heather groaned. “You already are, Lindsay that’s the point.” She pointed in a random direction. “Now, go find me some berries. I’m starving.”

    Lindsay let out a cheer and ran off.

    “Shouldn’t we be… you know… hunting?” Beth asked.

    “She is hunting,” Heather said smoothly. “For me. But actually, berries won’t be enough… Go get me some chips.”

    “In the forest?”

    “In the dining hall. Now.” Heather watched as Beth listlessly began walking back toward camp. “And not barbecue!”

    Okay, now I just have to sit here and wait until the challenge is over, the Asian girl mused, idly looking around. I am so glad Jason’s a deer and not a hunter…



    To my mild disappointment, the first Gopher I ran into wasn’t a hunter, but a deer: it was Gwen, walking listlessly through the woods, all on her own. And repeatedly sighing to herself. I considered just leaving her be, but my conscience got the better of me.

    “Yo, what’s up?” I asked as I fell into step beside her. The Goth girl jumped slightly in surprise.

    Jason?! You startled me,” she said with wide eyes.

    “Sorry,” I said with a shrug. “Why so glum? You still pissed about the can to face?”

    Gwen scowled and touched her forehead. “It still smarts,” she said. “But, no, that’s not it…”

    I cocked my head at her. “Then what is it?”

    She gave me a sidelong look. “Why do you care?”

    “I don’t,” I said frankly. “I just saw you looking glum and wondered what was up.”

    Gwen gave me an odd look, then. “You’re weird. Has anyone ever told you that?”

    “Oh, yeah, constantly,” I replied. “It’s basically my middle name, at this point.”

    That birthed a slight snicker. We walked quietly for a bit before she spoke again. “My diary’s missing.”

    “Okay?” I half-said, half-asked. “Did you drop it?”

    “I don’t think so. I think someone stole it.”

    “Oh. That sucks.”

    “Yeah, it does.”

    “Any ideas on who?”

    Gwen sighed and came to a stop in front of a stump. She plopped herself down on it and looked down at the ground. “None. I… I have no idea where to look anymore.”

    I leaned against a tree. “I could help you, if you want.”

    She looked up at me, then. “You… you would do that?”

    I shrugged. “Sure. Well, not right now, obviously, but… y’know.”

    “I… Thank you.”

    “You don’t have to sound so surprised,” I said with a lopsided grin. “It’s no problem.”

    Gwen smiled slightly and looked down. “Still… thanks.”

    “No worries.”



    “The hunter is a finely-tuned machine, his senses heightened by the thrill of the chase,” Owen narrated his own escapades through the woods. He went from tree to tree, always looking around, always on the alert.

    “Suddenly, our hunter spots a magnificent buck in a clearing,” he said as he saw the human deer that was DJ, bent over on all fours and… eating grass? Guess I’m not the only one getting into character…

    Owen slowly raised his rifle. “If he’s to succeed, the hunter has to demonstrate-”

    “Ehh, what’s up, doc?”

    Great big blobs of greasy, grimy gopher guts!” Owen exclaimed in shock at hearing someone speak right next to his ear. He whirled around, rifle at the ready… only to find said rifle quickly wrested out of his hands and tossed away into some nearby bushes. “What the-?!

    Standing there before him was another deer… a deer by the name of Jason. The man-deer smiled brightly and bopped Owen on the nose.

    Meep, meep!

    With that, Jason was off like a shot, leaving Owen to stare after him, dumbfounded.

    “What the…?” he murmured and turned… only to find his original target, DJ, missing. Owen suppressed a curse and dug his rifle out of the bushes before striking a pose.

    It’s on, Jason!



    I spent the better part of the next hour leading Owen on a merry chase through the woods, taking advantage of my internal map of the area – and my vastly superior running speed – to keep from getting hit. The boy was obviously getting tired and frustrated, if his increasingly frequent stops to catch his breath were anything to go by.

    It was during one particularly long such break that I went up to the top of a hill and spotted something interesting: a trio of Gopher girls – Heather, Lindsay and Beth. The latter two were hunters, and prime targets for some fun.

    I looked back and, as I expected, Owen was still lying flat on his back and wheezing with the exertion of chasing after me. I had plenty of time.

    Chuckling quietly to myself, I made my way down the hill toward the three girls. As I neared, I realized they were arguing.

    “-take it back, you can rejoin our alliance,” I heard Heather say.

    “Take back what?” Beth asked.

    “The ‘N’ word,” Heather said. “No.”

    “I don’t wanna take it back,” Beth replied.

    “You are nothing without me,” Heather snapped, then, and I decided it was time for me to make my presence known.

    “Wow,” I said as I leaned against a tree. “Big words from someone who couldn’t even treat her own wasp stings.”

    Hey, I may have been the inadvertent cause of said stings, but she’d been a bitch about it even after I apologized, so I think I was entitled to give her some lip.

    Heather whirled on me. “You!” she gasped out. Then she looked at her companions. “Well, what are you waiting for? Shoot him!”

    “Oh, oh, right!” Lindsay exclaimed and began fiddling with her rifle. By the time both she and Beth had their rifles trained in my direction, I had already gone behind cover, and I heard several rounds slam into the ground and trees around me.

    Nice shootin’, Tex!” I called out sarcastically from behind a tree. “Maybe I should impersonate a barn, give you two a chance, eh?”

    The cries of feminine outrage – not to mention the hail of ineffective paintball rounds that followed – told me my words had the desired effect. I bolted out from behind the tree and ran up the hill.

    Catch me if you can!



    “Ugh, it figures that jerk would find some way to make my life miserable even as a deer,” Heather muttered as Lindsay and Beth chased after Jason.

    It wasn’t until all three had crested the hill and disappeared from sight that Heather realized what the boy’s plan was.

    Crap!” she cursed.

    Jason had popped out of the bushes, no doubt after listening in on their conversation… and by stepping in when he had, he had not only stopped her from getting Beth back into the alliance, but by luring her and Lindsay away, he had also robbed Heather of her protection against the Bass’ hunters!

    I can’t believe I underestimated him again…!



    Beth and Lindsay chased Jason over multiple hills, the boy aggravating them every chance he got by slowing down and waiting for them to catch up whenever they fell behind, often adding a few choice words for effect. Beth, already upset from finally losing her temper with Heather, felt downright furious.

    It was when they crested their third – or maybe fourth – hill that they reached a meadow. Jason dashed across it, making large strides and short jumps as he crossed before stopping at the far edge and beckoning for them to follow.

    “Hunters! Am I going too fast for you? D’you want me to stop and give you a-”

    Shut up!” Beth snapped. She fired, but her shots fell far short. Grumbling, she moved into the meadow...only to find herself stepping through the grass and moss and into water. “What is this?!”

    “Eww, is this a swamp?” Lindsay asked as she, too, stepped forward and sank into the ground with every step.

    “It’s really more of a bog!” Jason called from the other side.

    “I don’t care what it’s called, it’s in my boots!” the blonde whined. She pulled hard on one leg, releasing herself from the ground… but unfortunately losing her boot in the process. She balanced precariously on one foot, her now boot-free leg dangling in the air. “Oh, no, come back, boot!”

    “I got it,” Beth said and grabbed Lindsay’s boot before it could sink further into the ground. She pulled it out with some effort, only to pause when she heard a watery plop behind her. “Oh, no, I dropped my lucky charm!”

    Jason’s uproarious laughter did nothing to help the two girls’ mood. Once Lindsay and Beth retrieved their boot and lucky charm, respectively, they both trained their rifles on their quarry and fired… and missed, yet again, when he ducked behind a tree. He bolted away, then, only to stop on top of the next hill.

    And then he bent over and shook his ass at them.

    “Kiss my fluffy tail, losers! Bwahahahahaha!

    And then he disappeared into the woods.

    “Ohhh, this is not over!” Beth swore.



    “Two hours of sneaking around in the woods, and I haven’t shot a darn thing,” Leshawna complained as she walked through the woods. “What kind of messed up person actually does this for fun?

    Understandably, the black girl was not happy. Unbeknownst to her, however, she was about to become a whole lot less happy.

    “Nice day for it.”

    Leshawna blinked. “Huh? Nice day for wha- You!

    It was Jason. He stood leaning his hand casually against a tree, looking for all the world like there wasn’t a hunt going on.

    “’Sup?”

    Leshawna raised her rifle. “Finally, I’m gonna bag me one! Stand sti-”

    Before she could finish her sentence, Jason moved his hand away from the tree but didn’t adjust his position at all. Gravity took hold and he fell sideways, Leshawna’s shot passing harmlessly through where he’d been an instant before.

    Not a moment later, she saw the human deer running away between the trees.

    Nice shot, LeBron!

    Ohhh, you’re not getting away! Mama’s baggin’ herself a deer tonight!”

    The chase was on.



    I snickered to myself as I led Leshawna on a merry chase through the woods, much like I already had the others. I couldn’t help it; messing with them was just so much fun!

    … Although, it seemed I’d been having a little too much fun… I had lost Leshawna. I was fairly certain of her rough position relative to my own, but I had passed out of direct line of sight.

    Of course, I wasn’t just running around at random. I had moved in a huge semi-circle, and was now almost back where I’d left Owen. He should still be around here somewhere… There!

    The hunter was making his way stealthily through the underbrush… or as stealthily as someone with his bulk could, anyhow. I quietly approached, making sure to keep myself in his blind spot and stepping into cover whenever he looked around. When I came near enough, I accelerated.

    One way, Elmer Fudd!” I yelled in the boy’s ear and shoved him to the ground as I ran past, laughing. I continued on for a bit before stopping at a safe distance and looking back… to see Owen chasing after me with a comically furious expression on his face.

    I snickered again.

    This was so much fun!



    Ohh, that Jason! He makes me so mad!” Leshawna muttered to herself as she hurried on through the woods. She had lost sight of her quarry several times during their chase – her poor vision didn’t help – but always found him waiting for her, as if daring her to try and catch him. And going by the seemingly constant grin on his face, he was enjoying it, too.

    It would feel so good to finally bag him...

    Leshawna thought she heard a noise, then, and slowed to a stop behind some bushes. Peering out from amidst the foliage, she saw a blurry figure a ways in front of her. She couldn’t see who it was, but she did see a pair of antlers.

    Gotcha now, Jay!

    She took aim and fired.



    Heather stumbled and nearly fell when something hit her in the back. Suppressing a curse, she angrily turned.

    Who was that?!” she demanded.

    To Heather’s shock, the figure stepping out of the bushes turned out to be Leshawna.

    “Oh, I knew I should have gone to the optometrist before coming out here,” the black girl said sheepishly. “Sorry about that.”

    Heather couldn’t believe her ears. Did she seriously expect her to fall for that?! “You… You… You traitor!

    “Traitor? What are you on about?” Leshawna asked, frowning as she put her hands on her sizable hips.

    “Jason put you up to this, didn’t he?” Heather asked, even though she already knew the answer. “What did he promise you? To take you to the final five? A cut of the prize money? How did he bribe you?!

    “Girl, ain’t nobody bribed me. I’m-”

    Don’t lie to me, you traitor!

    I’m not a traitor!

    Liar!

    Skinny-ass bitch!

    Bloated Ghetto girl!

    What’d you call me?!

    You heard me!

    Things only went downhill from there.



    I spiraled my way through the woods, eventually picking up Beth and Lindsay again, who joined Owen in trying to chase me down. A good fifteen minutes after that, we passed Leshawna, too, who also joined in the chase, looking even more furious than she had before.

    The chase continued on and on; it was a good thing they were all lousy shots and even lousier runners, or I might actually have had some trouble. As it was, I kept myself easily from getting hit for the most part, and I led them deeper and deeper into the woods until, at long last, I started cresting a particular slope.

    The slope leading up the huge cliff overlooking the island – the one we had jumped off of as our first challenge. I stopped at the edge overlooking the lake below and turned to face my pursuers.

    They were ragged, dirty, beat-up and more than a bit frustrated. Which was understandable, as I’d led the lot of them on a chase for several hours, now, and provided in-chase entertainment in the form of puns and jabs and quips.

    The four hunters all trained their rifles on me.

    “End of the line, bub,” Leshawna said menacingly.

    “Yeah, you’re going down,” Beth agreed.

    “Yeah, like, way down,” Lindsay chimed in.

    “Any last words?” Owen asked.

    “Yes, actually,” I said somberly. Then I grinned and stepped backward, my foot finding nothing but empty air. I fell, then, going spread-eagle as I looked up. When I saw the four hunters’ heads peek over the cliff’s edge, I yelled, “Good luck getting back in time to bag any deer, losers! BWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!



    After I fell into the lake, I made my way ashore and dried myself off passably before heading back to camp. About halfway back I heard Chris’s voice over the extended PA system that had been set up around the woods surrounding the camp, declaring the challenge ended and calling us all back to tally the score.

    The sight that greeted me once everyone had returned was… pleasing.

    Not a single Bass had so much as a drop of paint on them, while each and every Gopher deer was positively covered in blue paint – courtesy of Eva, I learned – except for Heather, who was covered in blue and orange paint, for whatever reason.

    So, yeah: it was a clear victory for the Killer Bass.

    I felt torn, however; I couldn’t decide whether it was the sight of Justin covered in paint or the sight of the Gopher hunters glaring at me that filled me with greater joy.

    In the end, I decided to just bask in it.

    “That. Was. Awesome!” Chris exclaimed as he looked us all over. “Jason, leading all the Gopher hunters on a chase through the woods? And then when you jumped off the cliff? Wicked TV, my man! You made Bugs Bunny proud today!”

    I fist-pumped in victory. “Damn straight!

    “Hey,” Harold said suddenly. “Where are Duncan and Courtney?”

    As if on cue, the two Bass deer appeared… with their horns stuck together, forcing them to walk at a very awkward angle.

    “Oh, this is too much,” Gwen said, amused.

    Owen snickered. “Duncan, you sly dog, you!”

    Duncan smirked. “What can I say? The girl can’t keep her antlers off me.” For his troubles, he received a kick to the groin from Courtney. Wincing, he murmured, “Can’t even bend over…

    As Geoff and Eva helped the pair disentangle themselves from each other, Chris looked us all over once more before nodding to himself.

    “Well, since three members of the Gophers are dripping in paint… and the Bass don’t have a drop on ‘em… I think we have our winners!” he exclaimed. “The Killer Bass are off to a hunting camp shindig! Gophers, I’ll see you at the campfire ceremony.”



    Heather, still covered in paint, smirked as she sat in the confessional. She had her arms crossed over her chest as she faced the camera.

    While I couldn’t count on Beth’s vote, I did still have Lindsay on my side, Justin was easy to convince, and Owen? Piece of cake. It was all I needed to kick Leshawna off. I only wish I could’ve kicked Beth off, too.”

    Heather’s smirk vanished, then.


    As for Jason… Ohhh, he really did it, today! Not only did he keep us from scoring any points, but he got Leshawna to turn on us, too!

    And he’s got that stupid, happy-go-lucky attitude. It’s so fake. At least today some of the others finally saw the real him: a cynical, cold-blooded manipulator who thrives on the pain of others.”

    She gave a slightly surprised smile as she leaned forward, touching one hand to her chest.


    I have to say, I kinda respect him for it… Still, I won’t let him beat me. He’s going down!”

    Heather’s smile vanished as she scowled.


    And don’t think I’ve forgotten about the wasps, either! He’s gonna pay for that!”



    You know, Jason’s a good guy,” Gwen said as she sat in the confessional. “He didn’t have to cheer me up, but he did anyway. A hunter could have shown up and shot him at any time, but he still stayed and talked.”

    Gwen looked up at the ceiling thoughtfully.


    Jason cares about others. Even his enemies! He’s not like that jerk, Trent, at all…”

    She let out a long, forlorn sigh.


    You know what? Even with my diary still missing, and now Leshawna gone… I think I’m gonna be okay.”

    Gwen looked straight at the camera, giving a wan smile.


    Leshawna? Thanks for everything. You’re a real friend. I’m gonna do my best. I think… I think I can do that, now. I’m sorry I wasn’t a better friend while you were here. I’ll see you at the end of this, okay?”



    End Chapter 9



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 10: Cooking Up Trouble
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: I’m not 100% happy with the kitchen scenes, but they should at least be reasonably coherent in regards to the overall storyline. I had a hard time making them flow properly without getting bogged down in details of the cooking procedure, so I ended up kinda half-assing them… Hopefully I didn’t do a worse job of it than the canon episode did!



    Chapter 10: Cooking Up Trouble

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Last time, on Total Drama Island…”

    Clips began rolling, showing scenes from the previous episode.


    Our competitors became hunters and the hunted. Owen’s game was way off, like a real-life Elmer Fudd, while Jason channeled the spirit of Bugs Bunny and made the Gopher hunters’ lives miserable.

    In a weird and strangely watchable twist, Beth finally stood up to Heather who, in a possibly misunderstood set of circumstances, ended up trading insults with Leshawna all the way to the bonfire.

    In the end, it was sassy girl Leshawna who got sassed last, leaving Wawanakwa on the Boat of Losers.

    Is the Gophers’ sudden string of bad luck the result of Beth’s ‘lucky charm’ from Boney Island? Or is Jason really the villainous mastermind Heather thinks he is? Find out tonight, on Total. Drama. Island!”



    “So where have have you looked already?”

    It was the day after the deer hunting challenge, and I was with Gwen in the main lodge, the pair of us having stayed behind after breakfast to discuss things.

    “Well… I’ve searched all the buildings,” Gwen answered.

    “Including both cabins and everyone’s stuff?”

    The Goth girl’s face flushed slightly. “Um, yes.”

    I nodded and crossed my arms as I pondered the situation. “Can’t say I’ve seen anything in the woods… but then, I haven’t exactly been looking. The thief could have put it in a watertight box and buried it somewhere…”

    “You think so? How are we supposed to find it, then?!”

    I rubbed my chin. “Although…”

    “What?”

    “I can see myself burying something like that in the woods and camouflaging it, but most people here are city folk; they would likely stay away from the woods and instead hide it in a building… or beneath one. Did you check the crawlspace under the cabins?”

    Gwen nodded. “Yeah, I did.”

    “Hmm.”

    “Should we check the woods, then?”

    “Now, hang on. I’m thinking.” I spent another moment mulling things over before I had an epiphany. “Did you search the buildings multiple times?”

    “Well, at first, but…”

    “But not recently?”

    Gwen mutely shook her head no.

    “I see. That’s probably it, then.”

    “What is?”

    “If it were me, and I wanted to hide the book in one of the buildings, I would watch your movements and then move it around. I mean, I would put it somewhere you’d already searched so you’d be less likely to find it. Where was the first place you looked?”

    Gwen’s eyes widened in realization. “The Gophers’ cabin.”

    I nodded. “Then that’s where we’ll start.”



    Crap, crap, crap, crap, crap!

    Heather had been listening in on Jason’s conversation with Gwen, and she was not happy. She had noticed the two campers lingering behind after breakfast and double-backed after leaving the main lodge to spy on them through the open window. And a good thing, too, as otherwise her plans for Gwen’s diary would have been shot to hell.

    After abandoning her original plan to humiliate Gwen in public at the talent show, Heather had hidden the diary under Trent’s mattress in the hopes that Gwen would find it there, get the wrong idea, and ruin her budding relationship with the musician. However, following the couple’s fallout after the Phobia Factor challenge, and the events on Boney Island, Heather had instead moved the diary to underneath Leshawna’s mattress, in the hopes that its discovery would create a rift between her and Gwen.

    Unfortunately, Gwen hadn’t searched the Gophers’ cabin again, and as a result hadn’t found the diary in either hiding place. But now, with Jason’s help, it looked like she was about to do so. The problem? Leshawna was no longer on the island, and Gwen finding the diary under the black girl’s mattress would do nothing to help Heather. Obviously, then, she had to move it yet again… before the pair searched the girls’ side of the Gophers’ cabin.

    Heather dashed across the camp and fairly slammed open the door to the girls’ side of the Gophers’ cabin. The inside was empty save for Lindsay, who was busy brushing her hair.

    The blonde looked up in surprise when Heather entered. “Oh, hi, Heather! What are you-”

    “I need you to distract Jason and Gwen,” Heather interrupted her.

    Lindsay blinked. “Huh?”

    Heather stalked over to the girl. “Go outside and distract Jason and Gwen,” she repeated, talking slowly to make sure she was understood. “You must keep them from coming in here as long as possible.”

    “Oh, okay. But why-”

    Now!” Heather barked as she grabbed the blonde and shoved her toward the open door.

    “Okay, okay! You don’t have to push me, you know!”

    Go!” With that final word, Heather pushed Lindsay outside and closed the door.

    Quickly retrieving Gwen’s diary from underneath what used to be Leshawna’s mattress, the Asian girl turned toward the door, intent on leaving the cabin before-

    Heather froze mid-step when she heard voices outside the door. The voices of Lindsay, Gwen and Jason, engaged in conversation. They were right outside… which meant there was no way Heather could get out that way without them seeing the diary.

    The window…!

    She hurried to the far window and opened it, but right as she was about to climb out she heard the click of the door handle behind her. In a panic, she tossed the diary outside, closed the window and turned around just as the door opened, admitting Gwen into the cabin, closely followed by Jason and a uselessly protesting Lindsay.

    “Gwen, hi!” Heather greeted sweetly. “And… Jason,” she added, barely keeping herself from grinding her teeth.

    “Yeah, hi, Heather,” Gwen returned, giving her a slightly puzzled look.

    Damn it, I lay it on too thick, huh? “So, what brings you two here?” Heather asked innocently before her voice turned sly. “Another hookup, Gwen?”

    The Goth girl’s puzzled expression turned flat, as did her voice. “Oh, yeah, that’s it.”

    “We’re looking for something,” Jason interjected, walking past Gwen to enter the cabin proper. He looked around, his gaze sweeping across the interior.

    “You know, this isn’t your cabin,” Heather said, shooting the boy a pointed look, “Bass.

    “Oh, look at me care,” he replied, rolling his eyes, “Gopher.

    Heather almost shot back with an insult, but caught herself; right then, it was far more important to get out of the cabin and pick up the diary than trade insults with her enemies.

    “Fine, whatever,” she said tersely. “I’m leaving. Come on, Lindsay.”

    She left the cabin, her minion in tow. After making sure nobody else was watching, she walked around to the back of the cabin to pick up the diary… only to find it gone.

    Crap!



    A few minutes earlier, outside the back of the cabin…

    “Stupid Heather, always bossing me around,” Beth muttered angrily as she sat with her back to the Gophers’ cabin. “Well, not anymore!

    She was polishing her lucky charm – the wooden idol she’d picked up on Boney Island – with a piece of cloth she’d taken from the main lodge.

    “And Jason, ohhh, I never thought a boy could be so annoying!

    Unconsciously, she increased the force with which she polished the idol. The wood began to creak.

    “At least I still have you, lucky charm!” she said then, pausing in her polishing to hold up the idol and admire it.

    Right then, she heard the window above her open up, right before something fell down and knocked the lucky charm out of her hands. It bounced and rolled along the ground and into the crawlspace underneath the cabin.

    “Oh, no, come back!” she exclaimed, crawling in after it. After a moment she reemerged, idol in hand. When she came back out, her eyes landed on the object that had knocked the idol out of her hands.

    It was a book. The cover was black, and there was a lock on it, but no title.

    “Is this someone’s diary?” she murmured, puzzled, as she picked up the book for a closer look. There was no name or other identifying characteristics that she could see, but the lock definitely made it look like a diary.

    She shrugged. “Oh, well. Guess I’ll keep it.”

    With that, Beth left the area.



    We ended up searching both cabins, the main lodge and even the communal bathroom, but with no luck; whoever stole Gwen’s diary did a damn good job of hiding it… or had removed it before we began our search. Or perhaps my supposition had been wrong from the get-go and the book was hidden in the woods, after all.

    Whatever the cause, the result was the same: no diary to be found.

    “I’m gonna start searching the woods tomorrow,” I said as we left the communal bathroom. “If it was buried near camp, I should be able to find traces of it. Might take a while, though.”

    Gwen smiled wanly. “Thanks, Jason. Really.”

    I gave her a reassuring smile and a nod in turn. “No worries.”

    I turned to leave, but stopped when I heard the Goth girl speak up. “Hey, uh…”

    “Yeah?”

    “Why did you offer to help me?”

    I tilted my head questioningly as I regarded her. “Whaddya mean?”

    “We’re on different teams,” Gwen said. “We’ve barely even spoken before the deer hunt.”

    I shrugged. “So what? You needed help, you never did anything to annoy me, and I’ve got lots of time to kill.”

    She simply stared at me for several seconds, blinking in puzzlement. Then she smiled and shook her head. “You are so weird.”

    “I choose to take that as a compliment,” I said simply. “Being normal is boring, anyway.”

    She snorted a laugh. “I hear that.”

    I winked. “Talk to ya later.”

    “Yeah. Later.”



    Where the hell is Gwen’s diary?!” Heather asked aloud, throwing her arms up as she sat in the confessional.

    I know it should have landed right outside the window, but when I went to look, it wasn’t there anymore! And yes, I looked underneath the cabin, too.”

    The Asian girl huffed as she crossed her arms over her chest.


    Someone must have picked it up before I got there. But who? And why?”



    You know, I’m pretty sure this book is a diary,” Beth said as she sat in the confessional, holding a black book in her hands while her lucky charm sat on the seat next to her. “But I don’t know who it belongs to. I’ve tried, but I can’t get it open. I don’t wanna break it, so…”

    She shrugged helplessly… then smiled. “Oh, but it looks great with my lucky charm!”

    With those words, Beth picked up her lucky charm and put the book down in its place, then placed the wooden idol on top.


    See? It makes a great pedestal!”



    I spent much of the next day idly searching the woods in immediate proximity to camp, but despite my best, half-assed efforts I found no sign of anything having been buried anywhere. If the diary had been buried in the woods, it had either been somewhere further from camp or expertly covered up after the fact… or I just missed it. I resolved to continue my search, but it would have to wait, because the next day after that was when Chris had scheduled our next challenge.

    And so, after breakfast on the day after I began my search of the woods, Chris gathered us all on the beach to brief us on the day’s challenge.

    “Today’s challenge will test your minds, your teamwork, and your skills in the kitchen,” he began. “You will be cooking a three-course meal and serving it to me for tasting. The winners get a reward, the losers will send somebody home.

    “Each team will appoint a head chef to create the theme of the meal and oversee the cooking. To cook you need ingredients.

    “Every morning a truck brings us food. Today’s task starts there.”

    As the host explained the challenge, a small cargo truck backed up onto the beach… from underneath the waters of the lake. A dolphin in a chauffeur’s outfit poked its head out from the driver’s window and saluted us.

    For a long moment, I simply stared at the bizarre sight. Then I shook my head and sighed. Fucking cartoon physics, man.

    After Chris gave us the go-ahead, myself, DJ, Geoff and Duncan were the first to open up the truck’s cargo box and inspect the contents. The variety of foodstuffs was… surprisingly impressive. Clearly, they wanted us to be creative in the challenge.

    I found my eyes quickly drawn to a few ingredients in particular simply because of the unexpected letters on the boxes – letters that were not normally used in the English alphabet. Swedish letters.

    At first, I figured ROB had something to do with it… but then I realized that it could just as well have been Chris, wanting to see what I could come up with.

    “I know exactly what to make,” I said aloud to my teammates.

    “Well, hello, head chef,” Duncan said simply.

    I grinned.



    “Alright, people, the courses I have in mind have way different prep times,” I said as we entered the kitchen with the ingredients I instructed my fellow Bass to bring from the truck. “The main course will take the longest, followed by the dessert, and finally the appetizers, so that’s the order we’ll start ‘em off in.”

    “So what do we do?” Courtney asked.

    “Yeah, I’m not really good at cooking,” Eva interjected.

    “That’s alright, you can just come over here and beat my meat for me.”

    “Oh, oka- WHAT?!

    “Beat my meat for me,” I repeated as I gestured to the rather sizable steak we’d brought in. “We’re making meatballs from scratch, so we’re gonna tenderize the meat, cut it into slices then grind it down. Grab a meat hammer and get started.”

    O-o-oh, r-right,” Eva stammered, her face flushed for some reason. Maybe she had a fever coming on? Hopefully it wasn’t anything serious.

    I turned to every Bass in turn as I continued giving out instructions. “DJ, you’re in charge of slicing and grinding. Geoff, start washing the potatoes. Courtney and Duncan, you can get started on mixing the batter for the dessert.”

    “Wait, why am I with Duncan?” Courtney asked, her tone betraying her displeasure.

    “Come on, Princess, don’t complain so much,” the punk rocker said, smirking even as he sent a wink my way. I surreptitiously returned the gesture as the Hispanic girl whirled on him.

    I am not a princess!

    “What about me?” Harold asked as the rest of the team – including a complaining Courtney – moved to their tasks.

    “Oh, yeah, Harold,” I said slowly as I turned to the last of my teammates. I didn’t want to say out loud that I didn’t quite trust the rather undisciplined teen not to make a mess of things, and so I found myself hesitating. “You, uh… can get started on the appetizers.”

    Yeah, those should be pretty hard to mess up… I hope.

    “The appetizers? But you said those are the quickest!”

    “Which is why you can make them all on your own,” I said smoothly. “Also, you can make extra for everyone to eat. Come on, I’ll show you how to make ‘em.”



    Heather watched with displeasure as Jason ordered about the Bass. She had been mildly surprised to find the boy take charge of cooking, of all things, but with the way he moved about the kitchen, instructing his compatriots in how to perform their assigned tasks, it was quickly made clear that he knew what he was doing.

    Is there nothing he can’t do?!

    Heather’s own team was… uncoordinated, to say the least. Simply bringing in the ingredients had proven too much for Owen, who ruined an entire sack of oranges by dropping and then tripping and landing on them, necessitating her to send him back out to the truck to get more. Lindsay and Gwen, whom Heather had assigned to the dessert, were proving rather lackluster in the culinary skills department. Likewise for Justin and Beth, though at the least they were in charge of the rather simplistic appetizers. As for Trent… he hadn’t actually screwed up, yet, so that was something, though with Owen ruining the oranges the two boys were lagging behind a bit with the main course.

    Really, compared to the apparently tight ship Jason ran over on the other side of the kitchen, Heather’s was just barely staying afloat.

    Ugh, if only the rest of my team wasn’t so incompetent…! How did Jason get his team to cooperate, anyway?



    “Oh, by the way, I heard about y’all wanting to teach Harold a lesson,” I said as I looked at all the male Bass one by one. “While I agree he needs to clean up his act, there will be no unauthorized bullying in my kitchen. Is that clear?”

    To emphasize my point, I crossed my arms and stared everyone down in turn.

    There were gulps all around, followed by nervous nodding. I smiled.

    “Good. Now, back to what you were doing, everyone.”

    “Wow, thanks,” Harold said as I returned to where he was waiting to prepare the appetizers.

    “Don’t think you’re off the hook,” I said sternly to him. “Either shape up or ship out. I don’t wanna find any more dirty underwear in the cabin or anywhere else. You get me?”

    The lanky teen gulped. “Uh, yeah. Of course.”

    “Good. Now, watch how I cut the meat – you wanna make sure to slice it thinly.”

    With those words, I started slicing the meat with the rather large meat knife I’d been carrying for the past few minutes.

    I’d barely begun when a voice spoke up.

    “Hang on, what exactly is the theme here?”

    I put the meat aside and turned to see Courtney had abandoned the batter bowl to approach me. Duncan was beside her, looking between us with a mixture of puzzlement and concern on his face.

    “The theme is Swedish husmanskost, or… common household food? Something like that,” I answered her. “It’s all dishes that’re typical to Sweden… and to some extent Norway and Finland and maybe even Denmark, but let’s not get bogged down in details.”

    Courtney blinked at that. “Wait, so… We’re making Swedish food?”

    I nodded. “Yes.”

    “And you’re the head chef?”

    “That’s right.”

    “And you’re Swedish?”

    “Also right. What about it?”

    Courtney was grinning, now. “So would that make you a… Swedish Chef?

    Gasps filled the room, followed by silence as everyone stared at either myself or Courtney. Duncan put one arm protectively in front of the Hispanic girl, his eyes grown wide in alarm. For a long moment nobody moved, spoke or even breathed.

    Then I did all three, taking a deep breath and then waving my arms around as I said, “Börk börk börk börk börk. Kom nu så gör vi lite köttbullar, för fan.”

    Courtney put her hands over her mouth and giggled while everyone else let out sighs of relief. I didn’t know what they were all so concerned about; I was well-known for my sense of humor.

    The conversation over, I resumed slicing the meat.



    Heather turned her attention back to her own team right as the backdoor to the kitchen slammed open to admit Owen.

    “It’s okay, everyone! I’m back!” Owen announced. For some reason his arms and face were covered in what appeared to be wasp stings, and he carried a crate of oranges in his hands which he immediately tossed over toward his partner. “Trent! Head’s up!

    Unfortunately, said partner wasn’t prepared in the least, and ended up getting hit in the head by the crate and knocked out cold.

    “Oops,” Owen said, wincing.

    Heather groaned.



    Things are going perfectly,” Heather said in the confessional. “Except for Owen’s wasp stings, and Trent’s concussion which means he’s out of today’s challenge. But still, this challenge is totally ours!”

    She closed her eyes and facepalmed, evidently unable to make even herself believe her own words.




    “Oh, man, Owen, what happened to you?” I asked as I beheld the boy, who was positively covered in swellings.

    “Bees,” the boy said. “So many bees.”

    I blinked. “We have bees on the island? Strange, I’ve only seen wasps… Anyway, you hang tight, bud, I’m gonna go make you a poultice.”

    Now it was Owen’s turn to blink. “What’s a poultice?”

    “It’s like…. Uh… It’s like a mashed-together mass of plant matter that you put on your skin,” I said, simplifying things immensely. “It helps with the stinging.”

    “Oh, cool!”

    I headed outside and quickly gathered the plantain I needed, then returned to the kitchen and proceeded to make the poultice while Owen looked on. Once I was done I helped him apply it.

    “Hey, that feels way better!”

    “Told ya. Here, keep the rest just in case, okay?”

    “Thanks, Jason!”

    “No worries, bud.”



    Heather quietly seethed as she watched the exchange between Jason and Owen. Clearly, Jason was taking advantage of Owen’s stings to manipulate the boy by pretending to be friendly. She was about to stalk over there and interrupt when a voice spoke up.

    “Uh, Heather?” Lindsay asked, snapping Heather out of her thoughts.

    “What’s wrong?” she asked, annoyed, as she focused on the blonde.

    Lindsay hesitated. “Uh, we used all the flambe stuff but it won’t flambe.”

    “Nothing happened when you lit it?”

    Ohhhhh!



    It’s like talking to an egg plant,” Heather deadpanned in the confessional. “When it’s not Jason manipulating them it’s these idiots making things worse on their own!”



    “Pay attention, girls,” Heather said to Lindsay and Gwen as she stood in front of the flambe. “This is how you flambe. Step one: pour the flambe liquid, which you did manage. Step two, of two: light it.”

    She lit the lighter in her hand and brought it down toward the cake… which erupted in a small explosion, washing flames over the Asian girl’s face. After blinking in shock, she quickly reached for an oil-stained pan and looked at her reflection… which, in addition to being sooty, to her horror, completely lacked a certain pair of features.

    My eyebrows!” she shrieked.

    Lindsay and Gwen giggled, then, which only made things worse. Glaring – an action made far less effective by the lack of eyebrows – at the pair, Heather was about to verbally tear into them when another giggle made her turn.

    It was Jason, watching her from the Bass’ half of the kitchen. When he saw her looking, he quickly turned away, a hand over his mouth.

    Heather raised the frying pan in preparation to throw it at the boy, only to freeze as realization dawned on her.

    Gwen had been one half of the pair in charge of the flambe. And Jason had been helping her look for her diary, and in doing so they had spent an alarming amount of time together over the past couple days… During that time, Jason must have won her over to his side! Meaning Gwen put too much flambe liquid on the cake on purpose to sabotage the team on Jason’s behalf!

    And not only that, but Owen had ruined the first batch of oranges, and then spent an inordinate amount of time fetching a second batch before using it to knock out Trent!

    I’m surrounded by traitors!

    Everything bad that had happened to Heather that day had been orchestrated by Jason!

    Though fury washed over her, Heather managed to lower the frying pan without throwing it.

    “Owen!”

    “Is it finally lunch time?” the heavyset boy asked as he dashed on over.

    “No! Go get my make-up bag from the cabin.”

    “But, the bees-”

    Now!

    Owen rushed out of the lodge. Good. He can’t sabotage us if he’s not in the kitchen… That’s one down.

    “Gwen, go get ingredients for another flambe.”

    The Goth girl crossed her arms and quirked an eyebrow at her. “Are you kidding? There’s not enough time left for-”

    Just do it!

    “Ugh, fine,” Gwen said and left the kitchen.

    “Having some morale problems?” a voice asked, and Heather turned to see Jason addressing her with a sly smile.

    And now he’s rubbing it in! Why, that…!

    “No problems at all,” Heather said with a forced a smile. “You just worry about your own team.”

    Jason shrugged and returned to his half of the kitchen. “Suit yourself.”

    Heather turned her back on the opposing team’s head chef. As if losing her eyebrows wasn’t bad enough, he had to rub salt in the wounds!

    If only there was a way to- Wait.

    “Justin, get over here.”

    The prettiest boy on the island blinked in surprise but obediently stopped working on the appetizers and walked over. “What is it?”

    “I need you to go over and talk to Jason.”

    Justin slowly blinked as he considered Heather’s sudden request. “Okay, but why?”

    “Uh, hello,” the Asian girl said, “in case you hadn’t noticed, we’re lagging behind. A lot. I need you to distract him so we can catch up.”

    “Oh, I see,” Justin said, nodding as understanding dawned. “But how?”

    “Just talk to him. It doesn’t matter about what, just make sure you’re engaging him in conversation and distracting him as much as possible.”

    “All right, I can do that.”

    “Great! I’m going to go fix my eyebrows. so keep him occupied at least until I get back!”



    “… and that’s how I got my first modeling gig.”

    “Why are you talking to me?” I deadpanned as Justin finished his story. I had looked around regularly to make sure no one was screwing anything up while he talked, but from what I could see everyone – even Harold – was doing as I’d instructed, and so I had humored the pretty boy by listening to his story.

    And in doing so, I found myself getting increasingly irritated by the second. Not only did he insist on talking about his modeling career – a subject that was infuriating all on its own – but he also kept illustrating it every step of the way by recreating every pose he’d struck during his first audition.

    I was seriously starting to regret leaving the meat knife with Harold.

    “Well, I thought we could bond a little, man to man,” Justin said, giving me a dazzling, toothy smile. “After all, as a very successful model-”

    Must. Not. Kill.

    “-it’s important to me to see how the less aesthetically gifted live, so that I can better understand how to make their lives better with my exuberant presence.”

    “You can start by removing said presence,” I said, giving him a cold smile as I looked around for something to use as a distraction. “Or at least hide it.”

    “Oh, but I simply couldn’t!” Justin protested, dramatically touching his fingers to his chest. “There really is no way to hide beauty such as mine.”

    Then he smiled again, and the sunlight reflecting off his perfect white teeth hit something off to the side, which in turn reflected it back onto my eyes and brought it to my attention. Glancing over in that direction, I found the perfect solution to my problem. I picked it up and turned back to face the most annoying pest on the island.

    “You forget one thing,” I said, smiling brightly.

    He put his hands on his hips and smirked. “Oh, yeah? What’s that?”

    I held up the solution. “You have a face and I have a cheese grater.”



    In hindsight, putting Jason in a room full of sharp objects may not have been the best idea from a safety standpoint,” Chris admitted somberly as he sat in the confessional.

    Then he laughed. “But it was a great idea from a drama standpoint!”




    “Is there a reason Justin is sitting in the corner, mumbling to himself?” Heather asked as she returned to the kitchen. After leaving she had intercepted Owen, who’d been in the process of being assaulted by wasps. Leaving the boy to his fate, she’d picked up her make-up bag and gone to the communal bathroom to wash herself off and draw some makeshift eyebrows on her face.

    And now, upon her return, she found Justin sitting in a corner, his arms clutched around his legs as he rocked back and forth with a haunted look in his eyes.

    “Jason threatened to rip his face off with a cheese grater,” Beth answered.

    Heather blinked. That was… more direct than she’d expected from the manipulative boy. Clearly, Jason wasn’t afraid to get his own hands dirty.

    … Oh, damn it, she actually respected him for it!

    Forcibly suppressing her sudden feelings of admiration, Heather looked at the clock on the wall. Only minutes remained until they were supposed to present their first dish.

    Fortunately, the appetizers had long since been finished, and with little incident. And the ribs were done, as well… The only issue was the dessert; there had not been nearly enough time to prepare a new one, and the old one, while it looked fine with a fresh coat of icing, had been over-flambed.

    Heather glanced over to to the Bass side of the kitchen. Everything there looked to be in perfect order, much to her chagrin. Maybe she should have sent Justin over to disrupt things earlier…?

    “Alright, let’s serve the appetizers,” Heather announced, turning back to her team. “Owen, Gwen, Lindsay, Beth, you bring the appetizers to the dining hall. Justin, you… guard the food.”

    Honestly, leaving Justin to guard the food was the best option she had, short of doing it herself; Owen and Gwen were in Jason’s pocket, Lindsay was an idiot, and Beth was an enemy. There was no way she could leave any of them alone with the food.

    Heather took a deep, calming breath. It was time. The moment of truth had arrived.



    “Oh, I love pineapple! Nine points!”

    Heather quietly cheered at the high score. Getting a nine out of ten for something so simple as slices of mango and pineapple was beyond her wildest expectations; the Gophers might win this, yet!

    Chris turned to the Bass. “Head Chef Jason! What’ve you got for me?”

    “Tunnbrödsrulle med renskav och pepparrotsvisp,” the boy declared, putting down a plate laden with what looked like a roll of thin bread. “Or in English, flatbread roll with reindeer… uh, whatever ‘skav’ is in English. Reindeer meat, basically. And pepper root whisk.”

    Chris picked up the roll and bit into it. In a minute or so, he finished it. “Not bad. Seven points.

    “Main course, please,” he said then, clapping his hands. “Make it snappy, campers!”

    “Potatismos med köttbullar, brunsås och rårörda lingon,” Jason presented the Bass’ next dish, putting down a larger plate in front of the host. “Or in English, mashed potatoes with meatballs, brown sauce and sweetened lingonberries.”

    A few minutes passed as Chris sampled the dish.

    “Oh, these meatballs are excellent,” he said. “And the lingonberries really complement the potatoes. Eight points. Gophers, what’ve you got for me?”

    Heather had gone into the kitchen and retrieved the ribs serving as her team’s main course herself. She put it down in front of Chris and took a step back, letting the host sample the dish.

    “Very nice and juicy,” he said. “Another eight points.”

    Heather’s eyes met Jason’s and she smirked. Yeah, suck on it!

    “The Gophers lead seventeen to fifteen,” Chris declared, then. “Time for dessert!”

    Heather and Jason both retreated to the kitchen to pick up their respective team’s dessert.

    “You’re gonna lose,” Heather said once they were alone, save for the still mumbling Justin over in the corner. She had a big smirk on her face.

    To her dismay, Jason’s response was an amused grin. “Oh? We’ll see about that.”

    Heather’s smirk died. She had been away fixing her eyebrows while the Bass put the finishing touches on their dessert. Was it possible she’d missed something? It certainly hadn’t seemed impressive while they were preparing it…

    They returned to the dining hall. Heather walked quickly up to Chris’s table and put down the flambe. Hopefully it wasn’t too terrible.

    Chris touched the cake with his fork… causing it to instantly collapse into a pile of dust. Digging out one of the few solid pieces, the host took a bite. Almost immediately he started choking, and Owen had to rush in and give the Heimlich maneuver. One dramatic moment later, the host coughed up the blackened piece of what used to be a flambe cake.

    “Yes! Got it!” Owen exclaimed victoriously.

    Chris picked up the blackened something. “What the heck is this?”

    “It’s Heather’s recipe,” Lindsay said quickly.

    “That Gwen sabotaged!” Heather interjected, shooting a very pointed glare at the Goth girl.

    Gwen did not take the accusation lying down, however, and glared right back. “Excuse me?

    “You know what you did!”

    “No, I don’t. What are you talking about?”

    “Don’t play innocent with me!”

    “Uh, how about something edible instead?” Jason said then, prompting Heather to turn her back on the traitor. She watched as the boy put down a covered tray on the table. Removing the cover, he revealed…

    “Pannkakstårta,” Jason said, far too smugly for Heather’s taste. “A classic Swedish dessert. A rough translation would be: pancake… cake. Yeah, we have more words for cake than you do, for some reason. In any case: it consists of a stacked pile of Swedish-style pancakes, interspersed with layers of filling including strawberry jam, blueberry jam, raspberry jam and chocolate sauce, and topped with maple syrup for that Canadian touch, along with a piece of half-melted butter, fresh strawberries and blueberries, and of course a thick layer of whipped vanilla cream. Have a slice.”

    “Oh, dude,” Chris breathed as he beheld the dish. “If this tastes half as good as it looks…”

    He cut himself a slice and ate it. Then another. And another. And all the while he kept moaning to himself.

    “Okay, that’s a definite ten out of ten!” the host said after his fourth slice. “Bass win, twenty-five to eighteen!”

    “What?!”

    “Alright, with that out of the way,” Jason said as he turned to Geoff, “Geoff, why the hell did you put a shrine on the table?”

    As he said this he gestured toward the Bass’ end of the table, where there was a heart-shaped photo frame surrounded by lit candles, and inside the frame could be seen two photos that had been cut and taped together to create an image of Geoff and Bridgette standing next to each other.

    It was cringe-worthy on multiple levels.

    “Hey, I thought it would be romantic,” the skateboarding cowboy said defensively. Then he gestured toward the Gophers’ side of the table. “Besides, it’s no worse than that weird idol-thingy Beth put on the table.”

    “I-I brought it back as a souvenir,” Beth said as she picked up the tiki-looking wooden idol from the black pedestal upon which it stood. “You know, from the other island?”

    Heather’s eyes widened. “You did what?!

    Chris got to his feet, then, looking aghast. “You mean Boney Island, the deadliest island in Muskoka?!”

    “Didn’t seem so bad to me,” Jason muttered.

    “The one I specifically said not to take anything from or you’d be cursed?!” Chris continued.

    Beth gave him a guilty look. “Yeah…? I didn’t know! I’ll put it back!”

    “Okay, the Killer Bass now lead with seven members to the Gophers’ six,” Chris said as the bespectacled girl ran off with the idol. “And as promised, the winners will be enjoying a reward tonight: a five-star dinner under the stars.”

    The Bass let out cheers of victory as Heather groaned miserably.

    “Hey, wait a minute,” Gwen said suddenly. She walked past Heather and picked up the black pedesta- Wait. Was that…? “This is my diary!

    There were sounds of surprise and confusion from all around.

    “Beth took it…?” Heather breathed, too surprised to keep her words to herself.

    Gwen clutched the book to her chest and let out a long, relieved sigh before speaking. “She’s going down.”

    Heather blinked.



    I can’t believe it! There is no way it could have worked out better than that!” Heather exclaimed happily as she sat in the confessional.

    With the diary gone, I was sure it would find its way back to Gwen. But I never imagined it would happen this way! Not only am I safe from elimination, but I got rid of that little traitor, Beth, too!”

    Then the Asian girl’s happy expression shifted to a worried frown.


    But she’s not the only one… With Gwen and Owen working with Jason, I’m actually in a dangerous position. I have Lindsay and Justin on my side, but Trent is still a neutral player. If he gets back together with Gwen…”

    Resolve made its way onto Heather’s face.


    I can’t let that happen. I have to win him over, or get rid of Gwen or Owen the next time we lose a challenge. There’s no way I’m getting voted off!”



    Of course I was gonna vote for Beth,” Trent said as he sat in the confessional. He looked upset. “Her stealing the diary is what ruined things between me and Gwen to begin with!

    I mean, yeah, I kinda left her buried a bit longer than I was supposed to, but I’m sure she wouldn’t have overreacted if she wasn’t worried about her diary!”

    He leaned forward, then, putting one elbow on his knee. He scowled. “And what the heck is up with Jason hanging out with Gwen all of a sudden? I don’t like it. They’re not even on the same team! I bet he’s just using her, like he used Leshawna in the deer hunt.


    I don’t know what he’s planning, but there’s NO WAY I’m letting him get away with it! Don’t worry, Gwen; I’ll protect you!”

    Trent looked up at the ceiling, then, one hand curling into a fist as manly tears streamed down his face.


    I swear it!”



    I gotta say, I was really surprised by that. I didn’t think Beth would be the one to steal Gwen’s diary,” Jason said in the confessional, looking puzzled. “Then again, she was in an alliance with Heather up until recently, so it’s not entirely far-fetched…”

    The boy crossed his arms over his chest and leaned back to look up at the ceiling in thought.


    I wonder why she never did anything with it, though? I mean, using it as a pedestal for that tiki thing was really fucking weird. Didn’t she realize people would see it?”

    He shook his head.


    And Geoff? Seriously, that dude needs to dial down the creepiness. I get he likes Bridgette a lot, but come on.”



    End Chapter 10



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 11: Trust Issues
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Yeah, I ended up moving all the pre-written scenes to the next chapter, because there was no real way to get them into this one without making it really awkward and out-of-place with everything else. On the bright side, skipping the rewriting allowed me to release the chapter today as originally planned, so… yay? I kinda feel like I could have added some more to the Blind William Tell scene, but… meh.

    Oh, and enjoy the extra confessionals.



    Chapter 11: Trust Issues

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Last time, on Total Drama Island…”

    Clips began rolling, showing scenes from the previous episode.


    Things really got cooking between the campers. Heather saw traitors everywhere, and Justin ended up traumatized.

    Owen had a hard day, Jason led the Killer Bass to victory, and the Screaming Gophers are on a losing streak. It was buh-bye Beth. Have the Gophers broken the curse? And just how much trust do they have in one another?

    Find out this week, on Total. Drama. Island!”



    The day after the cooking challenge, we were all gathered in the main lodge for breakfast. Gwen and I were among the first in line, engaged in some idle conversation as we awaited our turn.

    “Today’s breakfast is Hawaiian/Swedish fusion casserole,” Chef Hatchet declared proudly once it was Gwen’s turn.

    “You mean leftovers from the cooking challenge,” she deadpanned.

    Yeah, that’s right, you got a problem with that?!” he barked.

    The Goth girl immediately saluted. “Sir, no, sir!”

    I snickered as Chef Hatchet returned the salute and then gestured for me to walk up while Gwen left for the Gophers’ table.

    “Hey, gimme some pannkakstårta,” I said. “I already popped a lactase pill and I don’t want it to go to waste.”

    You’ll eat what I tell ya ta eat!” Chef Hatchet exclaimed, prompting me to roll my eyes. Unlike Gwen, I wasn’t intimidated by the man in the least, even if I did sort of respect his hard-line attitude. In a much calmer voice, he added, “Besides, there’s none left.”

    “What, nothing?” I asked, disappointed. “But I’ve been looking forward to that for, like, twenty seconds, now!”

    “It mysteriously disappeared last night,” Chef Hatchet offered up by way of explanation.

    “’Mysteriously’, huh?” I muttered, thinking back to how much Chris had enjoyed the dessert. No doubt he ate it all after we left. “Fine, whatever. Just gimme what ya got.”

    I ended up receiving a strange mix of mashed potatoes, meatballs, pineapple and mango slices all mushed together, and a piece of tunnbrödsrulle on the side.

    It wasn’t bad, but it was a very strange mix of flavors, I’ll tell you that.

    I went over and sat down at the Bass’ table to eat, idly conversing with Geoff and DJ as I did. All in all, it was a fairly normal morning for all of us… until DJ decided to, uh, chew up some of his food and then feed it to his pet bunny that he’d brought to breakfast with him.

    “Dude, he’s a bunny, not a bird,” I said, feeling mildly disgusted by the sight.

    “He’s my baby,” DJ said simply. He seemed completely unconcerned about the appearances.

    “… Okay, then,” I said after exchanging a quiet look with Geoff.

    “All right, campers, listen up!” Chris exclaimed as he walked into the lodge, clapping his hands for attention. “It’s challenge time again!”

    I blinked. “What? But we didn’t get a day off!”

    “Not my problem. Eat up and come down to the dock, people. Your next challenge awaits!”



    “So, last week’s challenge exposed a few Gopher issues,” Chris said once we were all gathered on the dock. As if to illustrate his words, Heather and Gwen exchanged dirty looks. “And I’m sensing a little something funky floating in the Bass pond, too.”

    Next to me, Duncan elbowed Courtney… who responded by shoving him hard enough to put him flat on his face. Watching the punk rocker get back up and dust himself off, I got the distinct feeling I’d missed something, as the pair of them seemed to have been getting along just fine the day before.

    “This week’s challenge is gonna be centered around building trust,” Chris continued. “Because all good things begin with a little trust.”



    I trusted Trent once,” Gwen said in the confessional, her arms crossed. “He left me buried alive on the beach.”



    “There will be three major challenges that will have to be completed by two or more members of your team,” Chris began his explanation of the challenge. “Normally, we like to have the campers choose their partners… but not this time! More fun for me!”

    I sighed. “This is gonna suck, isn’t it?”

    Chris chuckled. “For you, maybe.”

    I simply sighed again.



    “Okay, so for the first challenge, you’ll be doing an extreme, free-hand rock-climbing adventure!” Chris exclaimed. He had led all of us away from the camp, to the bottom of a steep cliff with a large, rocky outcropping up top. “DJ and Duncan will play for the Bass, Heather and Gwen for the Gophers. Here’s your belay and harness.”

    As he spoke, the host tossed a belay and harness to Gwen, only to have them immediately taken away from her by Heather.

    “Hey! What’s your damage?” Gwen asked, clearly annoyed.

    “If you think I’m letting you hold me up, you’re nuts,” Heather shot back.

    “You won’t be holding her up exactly,” Chris interjected. He picked up another belay to demonstrate how it worked. “One camper pulls the slack through the belay as their partner climbs. If the climber falls, the belay will stop them from crashing. The catch? Both the sides and the base of the mountain are rigged with a few minor distractions.”

    “Like what?” I asked, intrigued.

    Chris chuckled. “Like rusty nails, slippery oil slicks, mild explosives and a few other surprises.”

    Wicked!” Harold said, impressed.

    “The person on belay must also harness their partner up. It’s all about trust, people. And remember: never let go of the rope. Your partner’s life depends on it.”

    Gwen raised her hand. “Excuse me, can we trade partners? I really don’t feel like getting dropped on my head today.”

    “Puh-lease,” Heather returned, “as much as I love your company, I’m not going to throw a challenge just to kill you. Yet. Now spread ‘em.”

    The climbers on both teams proceeded to harness themselves up with the aid of their belay partners. As they did so, DJ handed his pet bunny, Bunny – yeah, real creative, DJ – to Geoff to take care of while he climbed.

    “Aw, hey, little guy!” the skater boy said to the small woodland creature. “I’m gonna take good care of you, don’t worry.”

    “Why, you gonna show Bridgette your nurturing side?” I asked, my voice laced with sarcasm as I rolled my eyes.

    Unfortunately, it seemed that Geoff didn’t pick up on my cues. “Oh my gosh, you’re right! That’s a great idea! I’m gonna be the best bunny-sitter ever!

    I simply stared at him blankly before turning my attention to the climbers. They both proceeded up the cliff at a slow, steady pace; it was clear neither DJ nor Gwen was an experienced climber and so both preferred to take things slow and cautious.

    They had just passed the field of rusty nails when something exploded and tossed Gwen off the cliff. Heather was quick on the case, however, and Gwen let out a loud “Ow!” as her descent abruptly halted.

    “It’s okay, I’ve got you,” Heather called out.

    “I promised surprises! habañero pepper sauce, anyone?” Chris spoke then, brandishing a large water rifle. He aimed the toy weapon at Heather, letting loose with a stream of some red liquid.

    “What the heck, Chris?!” the Asian girl asked angrily as she let go of the belay to wipe the liquid out of her eyes. Behind her, Gwen let out a scream as she fell, then another “Ow!” as she landed unceremoniously on her butt.

    “Muy caliente,” Chris said, striking a pose before he once more took aim… this time on Duncan. Unfortunately, the stream of hot sauce was kept out of the punk rocker’s eyes by a pair of red sunglasses, and the teen opened his mouth to swallow as much of the sauce as he could.

    “Is that the best you can do?” he asked slyly.

    Chris turned to the nearest intern and whispered, “Is that the best we can do?!

    When the intern nodded, I chuckled. “You’re off your game, Chris. Also, isn’t it supposed to be habanero, not habañero?”

    The host shot me a flat look… and then just shot me. Having half-expected the action, I covered my eyes with one hand and opened my mouth. I swallowed the sauce and then licked my lips. “Thanks. Can I have fries with that?”

    “Jackass,” the host muttered.

    Snickering, I turned my attention back to the climbers once more. Gwen had just passed DJ, who’d slowed his ascent to a crawl following the earlier explosion.

    “Come on, Gwen,” Heather called out, “you don’t wanna fall… behind.”

    As I watched, she pulled on a second belay rope… which, as it turned out, was attached to Gwen’s skirt. The snaps holding the article of clothing together snapped open from the force of Heather’s sudden pull, allowing it to fall off. In doing so, it revealed a pair of purple panties with what might have been a pink skull on them.

    Huh. Somehow, I expected them to be black.

    “Well, you don’t see that every day,” Duncan said with an appreciative look on his face.

    “No you don’t, my man,” Chris agreed. “No, you don’t.”

    The skirt, meanwhile, had landed almost perfectly on DJ’s face, momentarily obscuring his vision. When he removed it, he was treated to a close-up of Gwen’s panties, as she was barely a meter ahead of him. Whether from surprise or embarrassment, the Jamaican boy lost his grip on both skirt and cliff and fell.

    “Duncan, catch him!” I exclaimed, and Duncan hurriedly moved to do just that – only for the belay rope on the ground to snake around his ankle and pull him up into the air.

    Both boys screamed until their journey ended with both of them hanging helplessly from the belay rope, about halfway between the ground and where DJ had fallen from.

    Somehow, Gwen managed to catch her skirt when DJ lost hold of it, and clenched it between her teeth as she continued climbing up the cliff to victory.

    “Looks like the Gophers have won the first challenge,” Chris announced.

    Yeah!” Gwen exclaimed victoriously, throwing her hands in the air… and with them, the skirt. Realizing what she had just done, the Goth girl immediately covered herself up with a “Crap!

    If it’s any consolation, you look good in purple!” I called out between laughter.

    I couldn’t tell for certain, but I thought she might’ve blushed at that.



    The second challenge took place in the main lodge. And this time, it was Geoff and myself who were going to compete on behalf of the Bass, facing off against Trent and Lindsay.

    Geoff and I stood behind one table while the two Gophers stood behind the other. The two teams faced one another, while in-between the tables a podium had been set up.

    A spotlight – that Chris had brought in just for the challenge – illuminated one of the interns as he did a rather impressive multiple flip to land behind the podium… only for Chris to pop up in his stead. The host made a show of dusting himself off as he flashed a toothy grin at the camera.

    “And now, round two!” Chris announced. “The Extreme. Cooking. Challenge!

    Alas, while the host might have expected us competitors to pay him the attention he oh-so-obviously wanted, our eyes were glued on the intern slowly crawling his way out from behind the podium and into the kitchen.

    If he noticed our distraction, Chris paid it no mind. “Each team must choose who cooks and who eats.”

    “I might as well do it,” I said with a shrug. “That okay with you?”

    Geoff nodded. “Sure, man. I gotta take care of Bunny, anyhow, y’know?”

    “Oh, right, the pet,” I said, lowering my gaze to the bunny in his arms. It was on its back against his arm and sighed contentedly as Geoff scratched the top of its head.

    Ohhh, Todd, I’ll be the cook!” Lindsay said enthusiastically as she leaned on Trent’s shoulder. I simply rolled my eyes at the blonde’s misremembering of the boy’s name.

    With the cooks decided, Chris continued. “Today you’ll be preparing fugu sashimi, the traditional Japanese poisonous blowfish.”

    On cue, Chef Hatchet stepped out of the kitchen pushing a serving cart. On top of the serving tray was a fish tank with two fish in it. Once he stopped in front of the podium, the lights went out as a film projector turned on, displaying a picture of the blowfish on the wall with a big death’s head on the middle portion.

    “The fugu blowfish contains enough lethal toxins to kill thirty people,” Chris said matter-of-factly while Chef Hatchet picked the fish out of the tank and tossed them onto the cutting boards on the tables.

    “Fishes… meet your maker!” Chef Hatchet declared.

    “They must be sliced veeery carefully to cut around the poisonous organs. The poison paralyzes the nerves and there is no antidote!” Chris continued. “So, no worries!”

    “You took Biology, right?” Trent asked worriedly of Lindsay, who nodded.

    “Uh, isn’t this, like, illegal outside Japan or something?” I asked, feeling just a tad concerned.

    Chris made a shushing motion. “Shu-ush! Now, begin!”

    I took a deep, calming breath. “Okay, I’ve gutted fish before. This is no different. It’s poison, not toxin, so that part’s safe… Um, you okay with this, Geoff? Geoff?”

    Alas, the cowboy was busy nuzzling the bunny while whispering sweet nothings in its fuzzy ear and didn’t seem to hear a word I said. That figured.

    I sighed and turned my attention back to the fish. “Okay, let’s do this.”

    I freely admit, I had never been more careful – or nervous – cutting up a fish in my life. I very carefully sliced open its belly and cautiously removed the organs, doing my best not to rupture anything and spill poison on the meat. Once the organs were safely removed, I washed the knife and then began filleting the meat. The only other ingredients available to us were pre-boiled white rice, some vegetables and nori seaweed for turning it into sushi, and so I set about doing just that. The end result wasn’t overly pretty – I wasn’t used to making sushi, you see – but it would hopefully not be lethal.

    Hopefully.

    After catching Geoff’s attention – which turned out surprisingly difficult – I served him the sushi. Most of his attention still on Bunny, he casually popped a piece into his mouth, chewed, and swallowed.

    “… Are you okay?” I asked hesitantly.

    “Huh? Oh, yeah, I’m fine. Good sushi, bruh.”

    I breathed a sigh of relief. It appeared I had succeeded in not killing my teammate. I turned my attention to the other team and found Trent on the floor, spasming and gasping for air while Lindsay hovered over him with a worried expression on her face.

    “I thought you said you passed Biology,” the boy ground out.

    “I said I took Biology,” the blonde shot back, prompting me to mentally facepalm.

    Chris shrugged. “It’s cool. Give him 24 hours and he’ll be up and walking, good as new.”

    “Uh, shouldn’t somebody help him?” I asked. “Like, shouldn’t we pump his stomach or something? To keep more of the poison from getting into his system?”

    “Nurse Hatchet’s got it,” the host shot back casually as he left the lodge.

    I blinked. “Nurse Hatch-”

    On cue once again, Chef- er, “Nurse” Hatchet stepped into the room from the kitchen, wearing an old-timey nurse’s uniform because why the fuck not?

    To the collective dismay of everyone still in the lodge, Trent’s treatment started with mouth-to-mouth.



    “Good news: the third round involves three more challenges!” Chris announced once the teams had gathered in the woods just outside camp. “It’s the Three Blind Challenges! It begins with the Blind William Tell, followed by the Blind Trapeze, and culminating in the treacherous Blind Toboggan.”

    With the explanation underway, Chris handed some protective glasses to DJ, then balanced an arrow on the top of his head. This done, the host walked over to a wooden tub filled with apples and picked one up.

    “Like legendary marksman William Tell, you’ll be knocking arrows off your partner’s head with crab apples,” he said.

    Courtney raised her hand. “Um, wasn’t it the other way around?”

    “Yeah, what she said,” I agreed, flicking a thumb at the brunette.

    Shush!” Chris retorted. He seemed to be doing that a lot that day. He then pulled a white piece of cloth out of his pocket and held it up for our inspection. “Also, the shooter will be blindfolded,” he added and quickly tied the blindfold around his head while the rest of us stepped away from a now very nervous DJ.

    “The person who knocks off the arrow while causing the least amount of facial damage, wins.” As he spoke, the host picked up a slingshot and used it to shoot the apple toward DJ… who soon ended up collapsed to his knees while holding his crotch.

    Chris took off the blindfold and winced. “Aww, nuts! Justin and Owen, you’ll be one team. Courtney and Harold, you’ll be the other.”

    Harold immediately raised his hand. “Um, I’m violently allergic to apples.”

    “I’ll do it,” Eva said determinedly. “I’m a pretty good shot.”

    Courtney sighed. “You’d better be.”

    “Alright, let’s rock and roll!” Chris announced.

    A few minutes later, Courtney and Owen stood to one side, wearing protective glasses and balancing arrows on their heads, while on the other side stood Eva and Justin, wearing blindfolds and holding slingshots.

    As the rest of us watched from the sidelines, the two shooters began, well, shooting. Apples flew one after the other, many hitting the two target dummies in various body parts while others missed entirely. Eva seemed to be doing better than Justin in the sense that most of her shots were closer to the arrow that was the intended target, but in practice this mostly just translated to Courtney getting hit in the face a lot more than Owen. After a while the Hispanic girl started to sway back and forth as an obvious sign of a mild concussion, which unfortunately led to Eva to miss most of her remaining shots entirely.

    Justin, by contrast, was gradually getting closer and closer with his shots, and eventually managed to hit the Gophers’ arrow and land them the win.

    “Did… did we win?” Courtney asked after Chris declared the challenge over… right before she collapsed like a felled tree.

    Taking off her blindfold, Eva winced at the sight. “Sorry.”



    “And now – the Blind Trapeze!” Chris announced once we had all gathered around a pair of wooden trapeze platforms set up over a pond. “To avoid serious injury, the trapeze has been set up over this pond… which is full of jellyfish!”

    I looked into the water. True to his word, the pond had been filled with dozens upon dozens of bright, pink jellyfish. As I watched, I saw arcs of electricity coursing over and between their gelatinous forms.

    “Whoa, wait,” I said in alarm. “Are those electric jellyfish?”

    “Correctamundo, Jason.”

    How did you even- No, wait, I don’t want to know.”

    Chris snickered. “That’s probably for the best. Now, you two will stand blindfolded on the platform until your partners tell you when to jump.”

    As he spoke, the host handed blindfolds to Heather… and myself.

    “Oh, this is not cool,” I muttered as I took it.

    “And after we jump?” the Asian girl asked.

    “Then, hopefully, they’ll catch you,” Chris answered and pointed at the pond, “or that’s gonna be one heck of a painful swim. Heh-heh-heh. Okay, hut-hut-hut!

    “You’re going down,” Heather said to me with a smirk that I promptly mirrored.

    “Not unless you buy me dinner, first,” I said, giving her a wink. Upon seeing the very much offended look on the girl's face, I snickered. “Besides, I’ve done trapeze before.”

    That got a surprised gasp out of her. “You have?

    “Yup. Used to do gymnastics as a kid.” Never with a blindfold, though…

    “Yeah, well… You’re still going down!”

    “Again, not unless you buy me di-”

    Oh, shut up, you perv!

    With that, we separated and climbed onto our respective platforms… along with our partners, who turned out to be Lindsay and Harold.

    Seeing the spindly-looking boy waving to me from the opposite platform, I suddenly felt a lot less confident. I eyed the jellyfish-filled pond one last time before I put on my blindfold and waited.

    Call me crazy, but I wasn’t about to jump too early and mistime the jump when there were who-knows-how-many electric jellyfish waiting for me below. No, I was jumping exactly when Harold told me to.

    I did feel just a tad nervous about him catching me, though; I vaguely remembered a lot of the other kids way back when couldn’t do the trapeze because they’d been too weak to hold on properly, and Harold, well…

    I took a deep breath and let it back out. Things would work out, surely. Maybe.

    “Harold, if you drop me, I will hurt you,” I said aloud.

    I heard an audible gulp from the other platform. “Uh, g-got it.”

    “Okay, campers, get ready!” Chris called out, signaling the start of the challenge. “The Bass go first!”

    I waited patiently, doing my best to ignore the occasional sound of electrical discharge below. Before long, my patience was rewarded.

    “Okay, jump on three!” I heard Harold call out. “One… two… three!

    I jumped, my arms outstretched while an uncomfortable feeling settled in the pit of my stomach. For a second that felt like a small eternity, I hung in the air, and just as gravity took hold so did Harold, his hands clutching around my wrists.

    As time sped back up, I immediately twisted my hands around and grabbed his wrists, in turn, to ensure I wouldn’t be dropped. For a moment, all was well as we swung back toward Harold’s platform. And then…

    “Uh-oh.”

    “What? Whaddya, mean, ‘uh-oh?!” There was something weird about the return swing, I could feel it. Like we were moving… down?

    As it turned out, we were. “I’m slipping!

    Harold, don’t you da-

    And then we hit the water and my world became electric… in a very bad way.



    After climbing back onto land, I turned to Harold with a sour look. There were several jellyfish still stuck to me, giving me periodic electric shocks, and I was not feeling happy at all.

    W-wait!” Harold exclaimed, holding his hands up as if to ward me off. “I didn’t drop you, I slipped off the bar! You said you weren’t gonna hurt me if I didn’t drop you!”

    I paused and smiled. “Harold, I’m not going to hurt you.”

    The lanky teen let out a relieved breath. “Oh, good.”

    “They are.”

    He blinked. “Wait, what a-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!”

    I shoved Harold back into the pond.

    His screams were music to my ears.



    Some people say revenge is a dish best served cold,” Jason said as he sat in the confessional. There was a jellyfish still stuck to the side of his head.

    The boy crossed his arms over his chest.


    But I prefer mine piping-hot and smothered in pain.”



    Seeing Heather fall into the pond? That was amazing!” Gwen said excitedly in the confessional, a big smile on her face. Then it dimmed. “Oh, but I kinda feel sorry for Jason… He didn’t deserve that. The universe gives and takes, I guess?”



    A while later, I went to the medical tent set up at the edge of camp. Trent, Courtney and even Harold were already there, lying unconscious on separate cots and occasionally twitching. Unlike myself, they had all been hauled over there directly by the interns. I sat down on an empty cot and idly watched the other campers as I waited for medical attention.

    Not two minutes later, I heard a voice. “I can’t believe I trusted that little- Ow! Frickin’ electric jellyfish! Ow!

    I chuckled as Heather entered the tent. “I see you went down, as well.”

    “Oh, drop dead,” the Asian girl retorted as she sat down on the cot across from me. Like me, she had a jellyfish still stuck to her head, and just like mine it was still administering electric shocks occasionally. “Ow!

    Just then Courtney sat up with a jolt. She looked around wildly, clearly disoriented. “Wha… Where am I?”

    “You’re in the infirmary,” Heather answered her before looking over at me. “What?”

    I gave her a lopsided grin. “I was just thinking: On the bright side, neither of us had to buy the other dinner.”

    She blinked before biting back an amused snort. “Idiot.”

    “Heh.”

    Courtney stared between us. “Wha…?”



    I learned later that Gwen and – ugh! – Justin ended up beating Geoff and DJ in the Blind Toboggan challenge. Not because they were particularly more skilled at it or anything, but because Geoff and DJ had a huge fight after DJ’s pet bunny refused to leave Geoff and they ended up arguing the whole race… or up until they managed to crash into a tree, anyway.

    Yeah, there were a lot of injuries that day.

    With the Gophers having won the climbing challenge and the Bass the cooking challenge, the score had been one to one, leaving the Three Blind Challenges to determine ultimate victory. With the Gophers winning the first, the second ending up a draw since both Heather and I fell into the Electric Jellyfish Pond of Pain, and the Gophers winning the third… that meant the Gophers won the day’s challenge as a whole and the Killer Bass had to vote someone off.

    Honestly, between Geoff and DJ fighting because of the whole Bunny thing, Courtney being upset with Eva for giving her a concussion, and myself having a slight spat with Harold, I don’t think the vote had ever been as divided as it was that day.

    In the end, though…?



    I dunno why DJ’s all upset, like,” Geoff said as he sat in the confessional.

    I did my best to take care of Bunny for him, so what right’s he got to be mad, huh? It’s not my fault I did a better job than him! The guy’s off his rocker!”



    No, Bunny, please, calm down.”

    DJ tried in vain to get Bunny to sit still in his lap as he sat in the confessional. The bunny tried again and again to get away, and occasionally let out a wail as it reached for the door.


    I know you miss Geoff, but you’re with me, okay? I’mma do a way better job than he ever could, you’ll see!”



    Eva? Yeah, we’ve been getting along better ever since Jason, uh… ‘taught her a lesson’,” Courtney said in the confessional, making air quotes with her fingers at the last part.

    But she gave me a fricking concussion today! I get that she didn’t mean it, but why did she have to shoot the apples so darn hard?! If she wasn’t such a try-hard, this never would have happened. I’m voting for Eva.”



    Okay, I get that Courtney’s got beef with Eva, but come on,” Duncan said in the confessional, one hand stroking the back of his neck. “Between her and Harold? I’m voting for Harold. That guy’s been rubbing me wrong the whole show.”



    Yeah, I’m pretty sure Jason’s voting for Harold, so that’s what I’m doing.”

    Eva sat stoically in the confessional with her arms crossed over her chest, inadvertently showing off her muscles to the camera.


    Besides, have you seen the muscles on that boy? Me neither! He’s all bones!”



    Okay, look: I don’t really have anything against Harold. No, seriously; as soon as I’d shoved him back in the pond, things were square between us as far as I was concerned.”

    Jason leaned back against the wall of the confessional, crossing his arms as he did so.


    But let’s be real: setting aside his beat-boxing, Harold’s our weakest player by far. It was only natural to vote for him.”



    He’s not fooling me for a moment,” Heather said as she sat in the confessional. “He’s trying to get me to lower my guard by cracking bad jokes, but it’s not gonna work.”

    The Asian girl pointed directly at the camera.


    I know what you’re doing, Jason! You’re not the only one who knows how to play mind games!”

    She looked sidelong toward the door, then, and let out a snicker, only to immediately catch herself and look back at the camera in alarm.


    What? I wasn’t thinking about his stupid jokes! I was thinking about something else!”



    End Chapter 11



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 12: Das Boot... Camp
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: The longest chapter yet! I kinda feel like I overused the title “Master Chief” in this one, but maybe that’s just me. And I gotta say, I really struggled with the jokes during the dance routine. Hopefully it didn’t come out too awful. As for the rest of the chapter? Well, I do feel some parts were a bit rushed… and there were some scenes that ended up never happening due to butterflies, as you’ll see (or not, rather); it was probably for the best, though, as the chapter was getting way too long anyway.



    Chapter 12: Das Boot… Camp

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Last time, on Total Drama Island…”

    Clips began rolling, showing scenes from the previous episode.


    The teams were given three challenges that tested their trust in their teammates.

    The rock-climbing challenge revealed more than just Heather’s grudge against Gwen, and Trent got the bad end of a blowfish, courtesy of Lindsay.

    DJ trusted Geoff with his pet bunny, but Bunny ended up losing trust in DJ. Some other campers got dropped on their butts, and Jason shocked Heather by showing her his funny side. Yeah. Or is it all just funny business?

    Stay tuned as cold war turns hot on Total. Drama. Island!”



    “I swear to you, Duncan, they were totally flirting!”

    Duncan looked up from his latest work-in-progress – a piece of wood he was slowly carving into a skull – to regard Courtney as she sat next to him on the steps outside the Bass’ cabin.

    “Jason and Heather?”

    Yes!

    “In the medical tent?”

    Yes!

    “When you had a concussion?”

    Ye- You don’t believe me, do you?”

    “I dunno, Princess, it sounds kinda far-fetched.”

    “I know what I saw,” Courtney said irritably. “And I’m not a princess!

    Duncan shrugged. “Hey, whatever floats your boat, honey.”

    And I’m not your ‘honey’, either!” she snapped and stood up. “You might not believe me, but I’m willing to bet if we went and found Jason right now, we’d see him flirting with Heather.”

    “Fat chance of that,” Duncan shot back. He flicked a thumb over his shoulder towards the forest. “I saw him and Gwen go into the woods earlier.”

    Courtney’s eyes widened. “What? He’s two-timing?!”

    “I don’t think he’s the type,” he returned. “Besides, between those two? Sure, Heather’s smokin’ hot, but she’s- Uh…”

    “Oh, she’s ‘smokin’ hot’ is she?” Courtney asked, crossing her arms over her chest as her eyes narrowed.

    Duncan’s eyes flitted this way and that, desperately searching for a distraction and finding none. “Uhhh… You know, broadly speaking, there are some guys, who, uh, might consider her attractive…?”

    “Pig.”

    “Oh, come on!”



    “So how come you spend so much time in the woods?” Gwen asked me as we walked through the woods, having already left the main path. It was maybe an hour after breakfast, and my second walk that day. The reason? Well, the two of us decided to hang out, and she suggested going for a walk.

    Hey, I never said it was a complicated reason.

    I turned my gaze upward, taking in the sight of the sunlight trickling down between the leaves as I pondered the question. “It calms me,” I said after a moment.

    “It calms you?”

    “I dunno if you noticed, but I get… irritable when I’m around people a lot,” I said. “The forest helps calm me down.”

    “Huh.” We walked in silence for a moment before she spoke again, holding up her sketch pad. “That’s what drawing and writing does for me.”

    “Oh, yeah?”

    “I’m not exactly a people person either,” the Goth girl clarified as she replaced the sketch pad inside her bag.

    “I hadn’t noticed,” I said dryly, earning me a grin and a light, backhanded slap on the arm.

    “Very funny,” she said.

    We exchanged a chuckle, then walked in silence for a couple minutes before I spoke again.

    “You’re a city girl, ain’t cha?”

    “How’d you know?”

    “You keep stumbling on roots,” I said, gesturing at the ground. “It’s like you’re used to the ground being flat and even, like a sidewalk.”

    Gwen’s cheeks reddened slightly. “I’m that obvious, huh?”

    “Yup. Plus, Goths aren’t very common in the countryside,” I continued. “Your clothes aren’t exactly, uh… forest-compliant.”

    Gwen shot me an amused look. “Forest-compliant?”

    “Hey, English ain’t my first language,” I said defensively. “Sometimes I gotta improvise. It’s not like I’m carryin’ around a dictionary in my pocket.” I gave her a sidelong glance. “I like the corset, though. It suits you.”

    She looked at the ground, her cheeks tinged red. “Thanks.”

    Internally, I shook my head. This girl obviously wasn’t used to compliments. Then again, neither am I.

    I stopped and tilted my head to listen, prompting Gwen to slow down and look at me in puzzlement. “I am kinda curious,” I said after a moment.

    “About what?”

    “About the person following us,” I answered. “At first I thought it was just an animal passing by, but now I’m pretty damn sure we’re being followed.”

    “Maybe it’s another cameraman?” she suggested, glancing at the cameraman – one of Chris’s myriad interns – following close behind us. The young man swept his camera around, then turned to us and shrugged; evidently, he hadn’t noticed anything either.

    For obvious reasons, the cameramen weren’t supposed to interact with us directly, and Chris had made it abundantly clear we were supposed to act like they weren’t there… but even now, after nearly a month on the island, it was sometimes hard to do so.

    “No,” I said curtly after following her gaze. Upon seeing Gwen’s questioning look, I added, “The person following us isn’t top-heavy like this guy is.”

    She blinked. “How can you tell?”

    “The sound.”

    “Meaning…?”

    “When you’re top-heavy, especially on one side of the body, you move differently. It creates a different rhythm and… uh… intonation? Look, I’m not a sound guy. It just sounds different. Whoever’s followin’ us ain’t top-heavy. I’d say… the person is around my weight, with a fairly normal weight distribution, and is trying to sneak but doesn’t know how to move through this kind of terrain at all.”

    Gwen stared at me. “You can tell all that just from the sound?”

    “Well, it does help that I got a good look at him before he hid behind that rock over there just now,” I confessed, doing an upward nod in the direction of said rock.

    Gwen glanced toward it. “Who is it?”

    “Trent.”

    Ugh, that’s all I need.”

    “You guys fighting?”

    She sighed. “Sort of… It’s complicated.”

    “Isn’t it always?”

    “Well-”

    Before she could finish her reply I dashed toward the nearby cliff face we’d been walking towards. Kicking off the ground, I jumped and used my momentum to quickly climb upward. Once I reached the lowest outcropping, I turned and looked down.

    “What are you doing?!” Gwen asked, craning her neck to look up at me.

    “Losing our stalker,” I said simply. “Come on.”

    “I can’t climb that!”

    “You were climbing just fine yesterday.”

    “I had a rope then!”

    I rolled my eyes. Putting myself flat against the rock, I leaned over the edge and reached down with my right arm. “Fine, then consider me your rope. Grab my wrist and I’ll pull you up.”

    Gwen opened her mouth, but no words came out. After a moment she just shook her head and reached for my hand. Once we both had a firm grip on each other’s wrist, I pulled her up while using my other hand to push myself back. Within seconds, I’d heaved her up on the outcropping with me.

    “There, that wasn’t so hard, now was it?” I asked with a smirk.

    “I guess not,” the Goth girl mumbled, her gaze lowered. Then she blinked. “What about the cameraman?”

    I looked down to where the cameraman was standing, filming us from below with a sheepish look on his face.

    “Eh, he can find his own way up. Make him earn his pay, y’know?”

    “Dude, I’m an intern!” the cameraman protested, in a blatant violation of cameraman/camper communication protocol. “I don’t get pay!”

    “Yeah, well, sucks to be you, then,” I returned before turning to Gwen with a grin. “Come on, let’s lose these losers.”

    The Goth girl giggled. “Okay!”

    Come on, man!

    Ignoring the cameraman, we proceeded up the cliff, climbing from outcropping to outcropping – Gwen occasionally getting some help from yours truly – until we reached the top.

    “Alright, that should throw ‘em off for a bit,” I said as I looked down. The cliff wasn’t as high as the one Chris had picked for the previous day’s climbing challenge, nor anywhere near as treacherous to climb, but it ought still provide a substantial obstacle for an average person trying to climb it on their own without help. And if they went around the cliff and walked up the far slope? Well, that would take quite a bit of time… time that we wouldn’t just be spending doing nothing.

    “Alrighty, let’s go… this way,” I said, spying an animal trail between the trees.

    “Hold on, can we rest for a bit?” Gwen asked then, stopping me dead in my tracks. Her breathing was a bit ragged, I noticed then. “I wasn’t prepared for climbing!”

    “Hey, it can’t have been that bad,” I said as I oriented on her with a sly grin. “At least you didn’t lose your skirt this time.”

    Her expression soured and her cheeks flushed at that, though whether from irritation or embarrassment I couldn’t say. “Don’t remind me.”

    I snickered. “Fine, let’s rest a bit, then continue on. I wanna show you something.”

    Gwen blinked as she sat down. “Show me what?”

    “Well, you mentioned you liked drawing, so I figured I’d show you something worth drawing somewhere nobody’ll bother us.”

    Her eyes widened slightly in alarm a she shot me a look. “Uhhh…

    I shot her a quizzical look in turn. “What?” Then I scowled. “Not me. Get your head outta the gutter,” I said, giving her a gentle flick on the forehead. I pointed. “There’s an overlook further on and up that’ll give you a nice view of the island. Since we lost our stalkers climbing the cliff, it’ll be nice and quiet.”

    Oh. Oh, okay. Yeah, that sounds cool.”

    “And just for the record, I’m not taking my clothes off.”

    I didn’t say anything!



    A couple hours later, we returned to the camp… and were immediately confronted by an angry camper.

    Hey, you, get away from her!

    I blinked and oriented on the speaker. It was Trent, and boy did he look mad; the fresh bruise on one side of his face only accentuated his angry expression. “I beg your pardon?”

    “Trent, what’s this about?” Gwen asked, crossing her arms as she regarded her fellow Gopher. “And how’d you get hurt?”

    “I got caught in that guy’s trap,” the boy replied, pointing at me.

    “Again, I beg your pardon?”

    “Yeah, what trap are you talking about, Trent?”

    Trent grit his teeth and crossed his arms as he glared at me. “He set some stones loose so when I climbed after you I lost my grip and they fell on me!”

    I simply stared, not quite believing what I was hearing. “What?

    “Are you kidding me?!” Gwen said, exasperated. “I was with him the whole time, he did not set any traps! Those stones must have been loose already.”

    “Don’t you get it, Gwen?” Trent asked then, turning off his glare as he looked at the Goth girl. “He’s a manipulator! He’s just using you like he used Leshawna the other day! He probably planned the whole diary thing with Beth just so he could pretend to be a good guy and trick you!”

    “Dude, what the hell?”

    “Trent, are you even listening to yourself? You sound demented!

    “I’m not demented! Can’t you see he’s pulled the wool over your eyes?!”

    As the argument escalated, I noticed we were attracting a crowd. Members of both the Bass and the Gophers were gathering around with expressions of surprise and puzzlement on their faces, and the cameramen roaming the camp weren’t late in making us their sole focus of attention.

    Needless to say, it was not the kind of situation I enjoyed. “Okay, guys, can we just-”

    “No, we cannot!” Trent interrupted before pointing a finger at me. “I’m not gonna let you sink your claws into Gwen any more than you already have!”

    He shoved me. Surprised, I took a half-step back. “Did you seriously just shove me?”

    “Trent, stop it!” Gwen demanded, but to no avail.

    “So what if I did?” Trent asked and shoved me again. This time I didn’t budge, and instead just narrowed my eyes at him.

    At that point, one of our audience members spoke up. “Uh, Trent? Word of advice: you don’t want to start anything with this guy.”

    “Butt out, Duncan,” Trent snapped, barely glancing at the speaker. “I know you two are buddies, but this is none of your business!”

    “No, man, you don’t get it,” the punk rocker said, his voice rising in alarm. “You haven’t seen what I’ve seen. Step down before it’s too late.”

    “Yeah, listen to him, Trent,” I said, my voice growing deeper in warning.

    “Oh, you think your bad boy act is gonna scare me? Not hardly!” Trent shoved me again. “You might have the rest of them fooled, but I-”

    “My turn,” I said curtly, cutting him off. I moved my right hand, fingers straight and held together, and put the tip of my index finger against the boy’s chest.

    Trent’s gaze went to my hand. “What? You think that’s gonna-”

    The fingers of my hand curled into a fist as I thrust forward, focusing my energy into and through Trent’s body. He flew back several meters before stumbling and continuing on, rolling end-over-end until he slammed into the wall of the main lodge and stopped. His head lolled to one side, his eyes rolled into the back of his head.

    I blinked. I had only meant to knock him on his ass, not send him flying, let alone knock him out cold. Cartoon physics strikes again…

    There was silence.

    “Was… was that the one-inch punch technique?!” Eva asked eventually, her voice aghast. “I heard only masters can use that!”

    “Not really,” I said, straightening. “It’s actually pretty easy once you learn how to-”

    Wow!” Lindsay gushed. “That was amazing, Jason!”

    “Uh, yeah,” I murmured, my attention turning to Trent’s unmoving form. There was drool starting to gather at the corner of his mouth. “Is he okay? Maybe someone should take him to the medical tent?”

    “Already taken care of,” Chris said as he walked up to me. Behind him, a pair of interns picked up Trent and started dragging him away. “Man am I glad we got that on camera! It’s gonna be great for the show.”

    I covered my face with my hands and rubbed my forehead. “Lemme guess: you’re gonna edit it to make it look way worse than it actually was, aren’t you?”

    “You know it!”

    I groaned. When I moved my hands away from my face I saw that people were starting to disperse; fortunately, it seemed the other campers were getting used to me performing unexpected physical feats.

    Wait, maybe that’s a bad thing…?

    I shook my head and turned to walk away, only to find myself faced with Gwen, who had stuck around.

    “Oh, hey,” I said, my hand unconsciously moving to scratch the back of my head. “Sorry about all that.”

    “No, I’m sorry,” she countered. “About Trent and… everything. Oh, and… thanks for standing up for me.”

    “Oh, no worries,” I said dismissively. “But I wasn’t really doing it for you, I was just defending myself. Kinda.”

    “Still,” she said, giving me a smile, “thanks.”

    “You’re welcome.”



    I didn’t see it myself,” Heather said as she sat in the confessional, “but I heard what happened. Trent tried to get Gwen away from Jason and got pummeled for his troubles. Bad news for him… but good news for me!”

    She leaned back, looking smug.


    With this, it was easy to get Trent into my alliance. A little visit to the medical tent, some faked sympathy, and he was hooked. With him, Lindsay and Justin on my side, I’m safe from elimination… So now I can finally strike back in earnest.”

    Heather smirked at the camera.


    I’m going to enjoy crushing you, Jason! And I’ll start by dealing with the traitors supporting you…”



    The following day it was time for our next challenge.

    Listen up you little cockroaches!” came not Chris’s, but Chef Hatchet’s voice over the camp’s PA system. “I want all campers to report to the Dock of Shame at 09:00 hours!

    “Right the fuck now, then,” I said, looking at the sky. I judged it to be almost nine o’clock.

    That means now, soldiers, NOW!” Chef Hatchet confirmed a moment later.

    Once we all made it to the Dock of Shame, we found Chef Hatchet dressed in an olive-green tank top and cargo pants – much like my own, though unlike mine his were tucked into the large combat boots he also wore. On his head was a drill sergeant hat and dark sunglasses, in one hand a pointer stick and in the other Chris’s bright red megaphone. Between the outfit and his cartoony muscles, he looked every bit the ‘roided-out drill sergeant.

    Line up and stand at attention,” the Chef barked through the megaphone. “You call this proper formation?! Feet together! Arms down! Eyes forward! Head up!

    With a mixture of shouts and smacks with his pointer, Chef Hatchet got all of us into a proper lineup on the dock, though oddly enough he didn’t separate us by team. By sheer happenstance, I ended up standing between Gwen and Heather.

    “Oh, this is gonna be a fun day,” Gwen whispered to me, making me snicker. Unfortunately, I wasn’t the only one who heard her.

    What did you say to me, soldier?!” Chef Hatchet roared at her.

    “Um… Nothing?”

    And you will continue to say nothin’ until I tell you that you can say something’!” His chastisement complete, Chef Hatchet turned his attention back to the group at large and began pacing back and forth before us. “Today’s challenge will not be an easy one. In fact, I do not expect everyone to come out alive.”

    Owen giggled lightly at that, earning him a quick smack on the shoulder from the Chef’s pointer. “Ow, that hurt!”

    “My orders are to make sure that all the babies in front of me drop out of my boot camp except one. The last one standing wins immunity for their team.”

    “Uh, what happened to Chris?” Heather whispered. In reply, I simply shrugged.

    Rule number one: You will address me as Master Chief! Have you got that?!

    “““““Yes, Master Chief!””””” we all called out, some more fearfully than others.

    Master Chief Hatchet stopped in front Geoff and gave the blond boy a stare-down. “You will sleep when I tell you to sleep, and you will eat only when I tell you to eat! Is that clear?!

    “Yes, Master Chief!”

    Rule number two: When you are ready to give up, you will walk to the end of the dock and ring the bell.” As he said this, Master Chief Hatchet pointed to a bell that had been hung up on a pole at the end of the dock.

    Which brings me to rule number three: Let’s get one quitting before the end of the first day. That day will not end until someone drops out. Now get your butts down to the beach, soldiers, now, now, now!



    Alright, now we’re talking!” Jason said happily in the confessional, grinning. “I could use a good training camp!”

    His grin vanished as he crossed his arms over his chest.


    Also, maybe it’ll help DJ and Geoff bond a little. Those two have been at each others’ throats over the whole Bunny thing for days and it’s really getting on my nerves.”



    We campers lined up and stood at attention on the beach in front of Master Chief Hatchet. Between us were two canoes. Having made his point about the boot camp, it appeared Master Chief Hatchet had foregone the use of the megaphone, opting instead to instruct us without it.

    “Listen up: Each team must hold a canoe over their head. I catch you taking your hands off the canoe and you will be eliminated! And no one eats lunch until someone drops out. Canoes up!

    And so the challenge began with each team picking up one canoe and holding it over their heads.

    “This isn’t that hard,” Owen said to no one in particular.

    “Piece o’ cake!” Geoff agreed.

    “Like the piece of cake you gave Bunny the other day?” DJ asked irritably.

    “Hey, man, it was carrot cake!”

    “This ain’t a piece of cake, carrot or otherwise,” I spoke up before the exchange could turn into another argument. “Just wait until the blood starts draining from your arms. Trust me, you’re gonna hate your shoulders before this is over.”



    At some point, Chris showed up… and climbed onto the top of the Gophers’ canoe, while Master Chief Hatchet climbed onto the Bass’. Obviously this was to make the challenge harder, but given the frankly ridiculous weight difference between the two it didn’t seem all that fair… but then again, the Bass had myself, Eva, DJ, Geoff and Duncan, while the Gophers had… uh… Justin?

    Okay, maybe it was fair.

    “Come on, you sissies! It’s only been three hours!” Master Chief Hatchet barked at us.

    “Looks like they missed lunch today,” Chris commented smugly.

    “Mmm-hmm. Guess they just weren’t hungry,” the Master Chief agreed. “Unless someone wants to quit, now…?”

    As if in response to his query, Owen’s stomach chose that moment to rumble loudly.

    “Don’t even think about it, Owen!” Gwen said warningly.

    “Oh, by all means, think about it,” I said slyly, glancing over at the obese teen. “Right now, you could be in the main lodge, eating… oh, I dunno… ice cream. Maybe a strawberry sundae?”

    Owen moaned. “Oh, man…”

    Jason!” Gwen snapped at me, to which I snickered.

    “What? This is a challenge.”

    “Yeah, but-”

    Is there a problem down here?!” Hatchet barked as he leaned over the end of the canoe and glared at us.

    “None at all, Major Payne, sir!” I returned promptly.

    The man’s eyes narrowed. “You are very lucky I happen to love that movie, soldier.”

    “Duly noted, Master Chief!” I replied with a grin as our host for the day retreated back to his seat.

    “Suck-up,” Heather muttered just loud enough for me to hear.

    “Hey, you’re the expert,” I shot back mirthfully. “On sucking, that is.”

    Okay, so maybe it wasn’t the most creative comeback, but gimme a break – the burning feeling in my arms was really distracting!

    “What?! How dare you-”

    “Ah-ah-ah,” I said, flitting my gaze upward in Hatchet’s direction. “Don’t wanna bring down the pain, do ya?”

    The Asian girl sputtered angrily, but said nothing and turned away. I snickered.

    This was shaping up to be a good day!



    This was a horrible, horrible day.

    It was well after sundown and we were still standing on the beach, our arms on fire almost as much as the campfire Master Chief Hatchet had set up to illuminate the beach.

    “Twenty-five of us went in the jungle that night,” he said gravely, his sunglasses reflecting the fire as he sat in front of it. “Twenty-five came back out.”

    Gwen yawned mightily. “What war were you in, anyway?”

    Did I ask you to speak?! ‘Cause I don’t remember askin’ you to speak!

    The Goth girl rolled her eyes. “Whatever. He so wasn’t in a war.”

    “Guys… I, I can’t do this anymore,” Lindsay said then. By the time I turned my attention to her, she had already let go of the canoe and was walking toward the dock, her arms hanging listlessly at her sides. “I have no more feeling in my arms!”

    “Looks like we got ourselves a quitter!” Hatchet said gleefully as the blonde walked past him.

    “Don’t do it, Lindsay!” Owen called out, but to no avail; Lindsay walked to one end of the dock and rang the bell by tiredly smacking her head into it.

    I didn’t blame her; given the state of my arms I probably would have done the same in her situation.

    With the blonde no longer helping to hold up their canoe, the Gophers collapsed into a pile under the weight. With our victory assured, my fellow Bass and I exchanged grins and smirks of victory before tossing our canoe to the sand.

    And then the burning began in earnest as blood rushed back into our arms. As I moaned and weakly massaged my arms and shoulders, Hatchet walked up to Lindsay on the dock.

    “Listen here: you have nothing to be ashamed of,” he said comfortingly… only to then pull out his megaphone and shout, “except being a little baby that let your team down!

    As for the rest of you, head to the mess hall. Dinner is served!



    “All right, maggots, open your ears,” Hatchet said once we’d all entered the main lodge, where Chris awaited us along with several trash cans that had been lined up along one wall. “You’ve got ten minutes to eat before night training begins, so get to it!”

    There were scattered complaints about the “night training”, but nothing overly vocal… at first.

    “Um, excuse me, ‘Master Chief’,” Gwen spoke in a dubious voice. “Where’s the food?”

    “You’re looking at it,” he replied smugly and gestured at the trash cans.

    Owen, being the hungriest – as usual – promptly walked up to the nearest trash can and lifted the lid. After a quick inspection of the insides, he said, “This is the leftover garbage from this morning’s breakfast.”

    “Darn right,” Hatchet said, “when you’re at war, you take what you can get.”

    Then, to the disgust of everyone present, Owen dug into the trash can and pulled out some leftover food and tossed it into his mouth… and began chewing.

    “Well, I can see you’ve got this under control,” Chris said, then immediately added, “I’m off to craft services. Comin’?”

    Hatchet nodded and followed the host out of the lodge. “Serve me up some o’ that!”

    As the two men left the building, the campers started digging through the trash for whatever contents were at least passably edible. Most of them.

    “Oh, I am not eating this,” Heather stated simply and threw her food tray over her shoulder.

    “Ugh, me neither,” Courtney agreed.

    “Me neither,” I chimed in as I walked past her… to the saloon doors leading to the kitchen.

    “Uh, what are you doing?” Heather asked, her voice full of suspicion.

    “Getting real food,” I said simply as I ducked under the needlessly locked doors and entered the kitchen.

    “Hey, wait, you can’t do that!” Courtney exclaimed. “That has to be cheating!”

    “You heard MC Hatchet,” I replied in a playful tone, “when you’re at war, you take what you can get, which in this case is whatever’s in the fridge. You lot can stick with the trash if ya want.”

    To my complete and utter shock, no one did. Not even Owen.



    When you’re in enemy territory, you use enemy resources,” Jason said in the confessional. He put his hands behind his head and leaned back while smirking.

    After checking it for booby traps and poison, of course. It’s basic warfare 101.”



    Night training turned out to be… different.

    We danced on the beach, Master Chief Hatchet leading the exercise from a small wooden stage raised up on wooden poles while the rest of us did our best to follow his movements. The music streaming from the boombox below the stage was some cheap knock-off track, but the movements were not.

    “Hey, can’t we at least listen to Thriller when we do this?” I asked aloud as I tried my best to keep up. I had recognized the routine almost immediately, but it had taken me until just then to remember from where.

    “Legal couldn’t get the rights in time,” the man returned, not breaking stride for an instant. “Now, shut up and dance, soldier!

    I groaned. While I was in good physical shape and had good body control, I had never learned to dance, and was only able to do as well as I did by mimicking Hatchet as closely as possible. Even so, I felt like I was making a right fool of myself.

    “Yeah, shut up and dance, soldier boy,” a mocking voice said, and I shot a cold glare at the person dancing next to me. “If you can.”

    It was Heather – the Master Chief having seen fit to “mix things up” by not letting us divide ourselves by our team affiliation – and she wasted no time mocking me once she realized my physical prowess did not particularly extend to impromptu dance routines. Sure, I was doing all the moves, but I wasn’t exactly elegant about it, and I may have overextended once or twice.

    “I’m not a soldier boy,” I muttered, though to my chagrin my words only made her smirk grow bigger. Damn her!

    Fortunately for my ego, I got my “revenge” a moment later, when Hatchet decided to do the hip thrusting portion of the routine to the right... which meant I was thrusting toward Heather rather than the other way around.

    “Mmm, yeah,” I said, making sure to wiggle my eyebrows suggestively as I looked at her hips. My lips split into a grin, and I barely kept myself from snickering. “Nothin’ like moving your hips in tandem, huh?”

    “In your dreams, you creep,” she shot back with a disgusted look on her face.

    “Hey, hips don’t lie, am I right?” I retorted with a smirk and another pointed thrust.

    The glare she sent my way was like a cool, soothing balm for my ego.

    “Yeah? Well, you can take your hips and-” The Asian girl cut herself off when the music suddenly stopped, and we both turned to look toward the stage in surprise.

    For some reason, Duncan had walked up to the boombox sitting below the stage and turned it off. The punk rocker crossed his arms and looked up.

    “One of us drops out, we’re done for the day,” he said simply.

    “We’re done when I say we’re done,” Hatchet replied in a dangerous tone. “Now drop and gimme twenty!”

    To my mild surprise, Duncan rolled his eyes and obliged, dropping down on all fours to begin doing push-ups.

    “Anyone else got anything they want to say?” the Master Chief asked as his gaze swept over the rest of us.

    Gwen raised her hand. “Uh, yeah. Can I go to the bathroom?”

    “Sure you can,” came the deceptively-sweet reply, “and you can clean it up while you’re there! Grab a mop and make that hellhole shine, soldier!”

    The Goth girl blinked, then sighed. “Fine.”



    After the dance routine was over with, we once more found ourselves in the main lodge, divided up along our usual team tables.

    “For the next challenge you will complete a three-hundred-word essay about how much you love… me,” Hatchet explained. “Anyone who falls asleep or fails to complete the challenge will be eliminated! You have until 03:00 hours.”

    For several agonizing minutes I simply sat there, staring at the papers before me as thoughts raced through my head. How the hell was I supposed to write an essay on a person I barely knew? And why I loved him, to boot?

    Looking around, I saw most of the other campers seemed to have similar troubles, some simply staring blankly at the papers before them while others were writing and then constantly erasing what they wrote. Even Heather, who I expected to send some mocking words my way, was quiet and deep in thought.

    I turned my attention back to my own papers. Three hundred words about Chef Hatchet… Hmm.

    Slowly, I put the tip of my pencil to the top of the paper.

    I love Master Chief Hatchet because…



    “… he takes time out of his day to cook us the food we eat, every single day, three times a day. With nary a complaint nor a grunt of effort, he prepares us the sustenance we need to not only get through the day, but to thrive and conquer the challenges laid before us as contestants on this island. With courage and integrity toward his chosen profession, Master Chief – nay, Master Chef – Hatchet stands between us and the ever-looming threat of starvation. Were it not for his selfless sacrifices we would be little more than skin and bones, unable to complete even the simplest challenge. With his undying devotion to his craft and his seemingly unconditional love for us campers, he is the one who stands head and shoulders above the rest, leading us toward a better tomorrow with his shining example.

    “For what is a leader who does not lead by example? A tinpot dictator, a disgusting shell of a man who expects subservience not through devotion and love, but through unearned entitlement and perverted self-love. Master Chef Hatchet he is not, for Master Chef Hatchet has earned our subservience, nay, our devotion, loyalty and – dare I say it? – love through his continued, selfless actions and professional integrity. To a man, Master Chef Hatchet is as a man is to a boy; an object of admiration, a symbol of greatness, a shining beacon of what to strive for. Though the beacon may never be reached in our lifetimes, simply by existing it drives us toward greater things, promising that we, too, may one day become greater than ourselves and perhaps obtain the right to bask directly in the light it shines upon us unworthy souls.

    “And so, I shall close this essay by saying simply this: I love Master Chef Hatchet for he is Master Chef Hatchet… and what greater object of love could there be in this, our imperfect universe?”

    Ugh, I feel so dirty.

    As he lowered my essay, Hatchet revealed he had tears streaming from his eyes. He barely held back a sob and put on his sunglasses, no doubt to hide his teary eyes.

    “O-okay,” he said, sniffling and wiping at his cheeks. “You pass. Go on, it’s time for bed… and then report to the playing field at 05:00 hours.”

    “Missed a spot there, General,” Duncan said slyly, holding up a tissue for the man to take.

    He didn’t. “Boy! Do you wanna run fifty laps around this camp right now?!”

    “No, thanks!” Courtney said quickly as she pulled Duncan back. “He’s going straight to bed! Aren’t you?

    As I watched, the Hispanic girl pushed the boy up to the wall dividing the dining hall from the kitchen. They whispered to one another, though with the ruckus of everyone getting up and leaving, I couldn’t make it out. Shrugging to myself, I joined the other campers in leaving.

    “You are such an unbelievable suck-up,” Heather whispered to me as we – meaning all the campers save Duncan and Courtney as well as Trent, DJ and Justin, who’d fallen asleep and gotten eliminated – left the lodge.

    “Oh, please,” I whispered back, “you’re just mad you didn’t think of it first.”

    “I am not!

    I smirked. “Sweet dreams.”

    “Up yours.”

    “No thanks, I prefer being the one doing the ‘upping’, if you catch my drift.”

    I winked at her and Heather let out a wordless noise of disgust and split off from me to walk to the Gophers’ cabin while I headed for the Bass’.

    It was less than two hours till the next part of the challenge, after all, and we needed all the sleep we could get.



    At 05:00 – that’s five o’clock in the morning for you uncivilized folk – we gathered in front of something I had been hoping would make its way into the challenge at some point or other: an obstacle course.

    “You will all run this course until you can all complete it in under one minute,” Master Chief Hatchet told us as we surveyed the obstacle course. “Am I making myself clear?”

    I’m first!” I almost shouted as I raised my hand to the sky.

    “Oh, confident, are we?” he asked as he looked down at me. Literally, not figuratively; the man towered over me. “Very well, since you did so well on the essay… I’ll let you go first. Don’t disappoint me, soldier!”

    I merely smirked and waited for him to prepare the stopwatch in his hand. Our eyes met and he nodded, then pushed the start button.

    I dashed toward the first obstacle: a thick, wooden wall. Despite the mud covering most of the ground, with my momentum it was easy to jump up and climb the wall then drop down on the other side.

    Next came a low ramp and several ropes hanging down from a wooden beam suspended above. I leapt off the ramp and grabbed one of the ropes and swung easily to the ramp on the other side, then continued on.

    A pair of tires hung suspended vertically, side-by-side inside of a wooden frame. Dashing and then leaping, I reached out for the left tire’s edge with my hands and moved feet-first through it and landed in the mud on the other side. I slipped a little but immediately righted myself and moved on.

    A pair of axes came next, suspended from two trees on either side of the course and set to swinging from side to side. Their swings were slow, almost lazy in a way, and it was child’s play to judge the timing and run through unscathed.

    And that was that.

    “Thirty-two seconds? Not bad, soldier,” Master Chief Hatchet said once I jogged back to his side. “Not as good as my personal best, of course, but not bad.”

    “Oh, please,” I said smugly. “I was just feeling out the course. Wanna watch me turn those numbers around?”

    The man snorted. “You think you can? Go right ahead… Go!

    This time I was off like a bullet. I hadn’t been lying; now that I knew the course I could put some actual speed into it. By the time I returned, Master Chief Hatchet was staring at his stopwatch and trembling.

    T-t-t-t-t-twenty-three seconds?!” he stuttered before staring at me. “You beat my- I-I mean, uh, g-good job, soldier. Good job.”

    “I’ll be over there,” I said, indicating the small, grassy slope next to the obstacle course. On the way I stopped next to a stunned-looking Heather and gave her a smug grin. “Beat that.”

    She shook herself and scowled. “Oh, just go sit down, you smug bastard!”

    Snickering to myself, I did just that. Sitting myself down on the grass, I put my arms behind my head and leaned back to rest as I idly watched my fellow campers try to get through the course in under a minute. To my surprise, most of them needed multiple tries!

    When she was on no less than her third try, Heather had a small accident… that was, she somehow managed to get herself entangled in the swinging-ropes and hung upside down, suspended by one leg.

    There was no way I could just leave her there… without having some fun, first.

    “So… how’s it hangin’?” I asked as I walked up to her, and I could feel my grin threatening to split my face into two.

    Heather was just a tad less amused. She crossed her arms over her chest and glared up at me. “I hate you.”

    Aww, I like you, too!”

    “I hate you so much.”

    “Well, I’m not gonna bother you anymore,” I said casually. “I can see you’re all tied-up.”

    She took a wild swing at me, then, but all it accomplished was to send her spinning. I walked away, Heather’s curses mixing beautifully with my laughter.

    She was so fun to tease!

    I laid back down in my spot in the grass and turned my attention to the other campers, and one of them in particular.

    Why’s she still running? Didn’t she pass on her first try?



    Eva jogged up to Master Chief Hatchet, eager to find out her time.

    “Twenty-nine seconds,” he announced.

    Eva growled and stomped the ground. “One more time!

    “You already passed, soldier. Three times, even.”

    “I don’t care! Again!

    “Listen here, soldi-”

    AGAIN!

    Okay, okay! Simmer down!”

    Eva barely waited for the man to start timing her again before she dashed off toward the first obstacle, fully intent on improving her time. Determination filling her, she quickly climbed the wall and dropped down the other side, mud splattering around her as she landed.

    She wasn’t done yet, however, and immediately ran toward the next obstacle.

    If Jason can do it in twenty-three seconds, then so can I!



    In the end, all the remaining campers succeeded in clearing the obstacle course, and as such not a single person was eliminated.

    Master Chief Hatchet briefly returned to his normal role of camp chef and served us the regular ol’ gruel for an early breakfast… then informed us the next challenge would be the last, and would begin at 07:00 hours, or barely an hour later. We hurriedly finished our breakfast and prepared for what was to come.

    “What you are experiencing is an ancient form of torture,” the Master Chief explained as we all hung upside-down, our legs curled around a thick branch sticking out of a large tree. The three remaining Gophers – Heather, Owen and Gwen – hung on one branch, while the remaining Bass – myself, Geoff, Courtney, Duncan and Eva – all crowded together on a branch on the roughly opposite side of the tree’s trunk, at such an angle that we could just barely see each other.

    “By now the blood has begun rushing to your head,” Hatchet continued. “The next stage is nausea, followed by dizziness and a flushed appearance as the blood begins to pool in your eyes. You may experience fainting spells-”

    On cue, Duncan’s eyes rolled into the back of his head and he slipped off to fall onto the ground.

    “Duncan!” Courtney called out in alarm.

    “It’s okay, he’s all right,” DJ said after briefly examining the other boy.

    Courtney let out a relieved sigh and grabbed onto the branch with her hands. Seeing this, the rest of us did the same, all of us realizing that the Master Chief hadn’t banned such an action.

    Well, most of us. Owen tried, he really did, but in the end all his efforts resulted in was him loudly expelling gas. Many of us complained, but none took it harder than Heather, as she hung closest to the boy.

    “Having fun over there?” I asked slyly as the Asian girl waved a hand in front of her face while gagging.

    “Shut up,” she snapped between gagging noises. “Owen, you’re so disgusting!”

    “Sorry,” the blond boy murmured and hung his head in shame… a moment before he lost his grip and fell to the ground with a deafening thud.

    “One down, two to go,” I said as I looked over at the remaining Gophers with a slight smirk. “You girls doing okay? It’s four against two.”

    “We’re fine,” Gwen replied, meeting my smirk with one of her own. “We can hang here all day.”

    “For once, I agree with Weird Goth Girl,” Heather chimed in. “You’re not winning this one, Jason!”

    “Yeah!”

    “Wow, look at me, uniting people across the land,” I said sardonically, rolling my eyes. I turned my attention to my teammates. “How are you all holding up?”

    “I’m doing fine,” Eva replied with a nod. “I do upside-down crunches every single day. This is nothing.”

    “I’m… doing okay,” Courtney said hesitantly. “I do feel a little… dizzy…”

    With those words, the Hispanic girl slipped off the branch and fell. To her credit, she managed to turn her fall into a flip and land unsteadily on her feet. Straightening, she looked up at us.

    “Sorry, guys!”

    “Hey, it’s all good,” Geoff called back to her. “I can win this! I live for the head rush, dude! It feels… so… good…”

    I sighed as the skater boy slipped and fell off the branch. Unlike Courtney, his landing was unceremonious and from the looks of it probably painful. Duncan and Courtney cooperated in helping him back on his feet.

    “Two on two,” Heather said smugly. “It’s just the four of us, now.”

    “Sounds like a double date to me,” I said with a sly grin and a wink. “You payin’?”

    “You wish, you cheap asshole.”

    “Plannin’ on goin’ down, huh? Works for me.”

    Heather blinked and then facepalmed with a groan.

    Next to her, Gwen looked between us with a puzzled look on her face. “What are you two talking about?”

    I looked at her. “Well-”

    You shut up, you perverted freak!” Heather interrupted heatedly before I could answer.

    “… Yeah, sounds about right,” I agreed, earning myself another groan from the Asian girl.

    Of course, Gwen didn’t look any wiser from the exchange. “Okay…”

    “Oh, don’t mind us,” I said to her. “The blood rushin’ to our heads’s makin’ us… uh…”

    “… Yeah, it’s just… the blood…” Heather shook herself, then closed her eyes and groaned again as she rubbed her temples. She was starting to look pretty flushed in the face, and I doubted it was because of my jokes. Any moment now, she would drop.

    Unfortunately, the same could be said for me; I had been getting steadily dizzier and my thoughts murkier, to the point where I was struggling just to… uh… What was I thinking about, again?

    Oh, hey, Heather’s goin’ down, I thought with mentally muffled glee as I watched the Asian girl begin slipping off the Gophers’ branch. I opened my mouth to shoot off a dirty comment, but found nothing coming out but an incoherent gurgle… right before my world started spinning and I found myself jolted awake when my back hit the ground.

    “Oh,” I said to no one in particular.

    “You went down,” I heard Heather say quietly somewhere nearby.

    I craned my neck to, at a rather awkward angle, see her lying on her back not far from me. “So did you.”

    We looked at one another quietly for a moment before we both burst out laughing.

    Looking back on it, I’m pretty sure it was the blood pooled in our heads that did it, because it really wasn’t all that funny.

    We sure as hell laughed a lot, though.



    Eva ended up winning the challenge for the Bass, beating out Gwen by a whole ten seconds. Apparently, daily upside-down crunches was the shit for learning how to handle hanging upside-down for extended periods of time. Who knew?

    Alas, the boot camp ended up not bonding Geoff and DJ at all, and so their pet-related feud continued unabated, to the annoyance of pretty much everyone… but especially Bunny.

    As for who the Gophers voted off? Well…



    Despite everything, Trent still refuses to vote for Gwen,” Heather said in the confessional. “So instead of risking a tie vote, I did the next best thing and had everyone vote for Owen.”

    The Asian girl smirked as she waved at the camera.


    Bye-bye, lard-ass! Smell ya never!

    Oh, and Jason can suck it.”



    Look, I have nothing personal against Owen,” Trent said as he sat in the confessional, looking a bit awkward as he looked everywhere but at the camera. “But between him and Gwen? What was I supposed to do?

    Besides, everyone knows he’s friends with Jason. And Heather told me he’s even been throwing challenges because of it! I’m sorry, Owen, but that’s not cool. You had to go.”



    End Chapter 12



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 13: Drama X-Treme
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Alright, because I’m pretty much booked solid for the weekend, I hurried my ass up and finished this today. Enjoy! Oh, and we’re back to a more normal chapter length! Yay!



    Chapter 13: Drama X-Treme

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Last time, on Total Drama Island…”

    Clips began rolling, showing scenes from the previous episode.


    Gwen and Jason shared a few touching moments bonding in the woods… while being stalked by a jealous camper. Trent tried to swoop in and save his not-quite-lady-love, but Jason sent him flying straight to the med tent, and Heather wasted no time forging another alliance.

    The eleven surviving campers were then put through Master Chief Hatchet’s brutal boot camp.

    Jason showed off his military genius raiding the kitchen and reducing MC Hatchet to tears before beating the high score on the obstacle course. All the while, the surprisingly savvy country boy traded sizzling barbs with Heather. Is their rivalry heating up, or is Courtney right thinking there might be sparks of a different kind?

    In the end, it was constant runner-up Eva who outlasted the competition and won boot camp for the Bass.

    This week, the campers are pushed to the EXTREME. Who will crack under the pressure? Find out right now, on Total. Drama. Island!”



    It was the day after the boot camp challenge… and all was not well at Camp Wawanakwa.

    DJ and Geoff were fighting. Again. Geoff had fed Bunny a carrot he saved over from breakfast and DJ had seen it, then launched into the other boy about how he was “ruining Bunny’s appetite”.

    Which was horse-shit; bunnies were pretty much always hungry. In any case, that had triggered the fight that I’d spent the past few minutes watching as I sat leaning against the main lodge and enjoyed some morning sun. Or tried to, anyway.

    “My teammates are morons.”

    “Oh, yeah? Try listening to Lindsay and Justin discuss fashion for an hour,” Gwen, who sat next to me with her sketchpad on her lap, retorted.

    I shuddered. “Okay, that might be worse.”

    “Much worse,” she agreed with a small smile. “Hey, hold still for a bit, would you?”

    I gave her a sidelong glance. “Why?”

    “I’m drawing you.”

    I blinked. “You’re drawing me?

    “Uh-huh.”

    Why?

    “Why not?”

    “… I’m still not taking my clothes off.”

    I didn’t ask you to!



    “I don’t get him.”

    Duncan looked up from his work. “Don’t get who?”

    “Jason,” Courtney clarified, gesturing toward the main lodge, where Jason sat leaning against the wall. Gwen was with him, and judging by her flushed face they were having quite the intimate conversation.

    Duncan looked from the two teens over to the girl sitting across from him on the Bass’ porch. He had a feeling where this was going. “What about him?”

    “Why is he flirting with Heather and Gwen? It doesn’t make any sense!” Courtney said, throwing her hands at the sky in exasperation. Then she frowned. “Unless he’s really just a womanizer…”

    “I doubt it. I don’t think he’s flirting with Heather at all,” Duncan offered as he returned his attention to the knife and piece of wood in his hands. He had just started carving the wood, intending to make a companion piece to the skull he’d just finished up the previous day. For some reason, he was experiencing a slight case of déjà vu.

    “I know what I saw, Duncan.”

    “So you keep telling me, but you were pretty out of it, weren’t you?”

    “I wasn’t that out of it!” Courtney snapped. “Besides, you saw them during boot camp, didn’t you? They couldn’t stop flirting with each other!”

    “I dunno if I’d call that flirting,” Duncan said, thinking back to the many barbs the pair had traded back and forth. Then, upon seeing the angry look on Courtney’s face, he quickly added, “And then there was that whole thing with Trent the other day.”

    The distraction worked. “Ohhh, yeah, that was exciting!

    Duncan blinked. “Exciting?”

    Yeah!” the Hispanic girl replied, her face animated. “Jason and Gwen return from a romantic rendezvous in the woods, then the jealous ex-lover Trent shows up and picks a fight!” She punched the air. “One punch, that was all it took!”

    “Uh… yeah.” Duncan watched the girl curiously, his mind awhirl. She liked drama, did she? That certainly explained a few things.

    Huh. Maybe I should pick a fight with someone…?



    When I returned to camp from my morning walk the next day, I found myself taking in a rather unusual sight: a bear, digging through the external food container behind the main lodge. The padlock that normally kept the container secure was nowhere to be seen, leading me to believe the bear had either lucked upon the unlocked container by chance or routinely patrolled the camp in the mornings while I was away on my walk. Regardless of the exact causation involved, however, the end result was that I strolled out of the woods and ended up in a staring contest with a bear holding an armful of plastic bags containing marshmallows.

    After a couple seconds of quiet staring at each other, I raised my hand in greeting.

    “Yo.”

    The bear let out what sounded like a vaguely growl-ey greeting and mirrored my waving motion with its paw… and in the process dropped the bags of marshmallows. It then let out what I could only presume was the ursine equivalent of an “Eep!” and hurriedly gathered the bags back up. It then looked at me with a vaguely embarrassed expression on its face.

    The odd encounter ended with the sound of an airplane doing a dive. As I looked up to see a small, yellow airplane descend and begin circling the camp, the bear shuffled off in a hurry, either frightened or just taking the opportunity to retreat.

    Out of the corner of my eye, I saw campers being pouring out of the cabins to look join me in looking up at the sky. Before long, the airplane descended further and came in for a landing. As it did, I saw the pilot was none other than Chris, wearing of all things a Rebel Alliance pilot’s outfit from Star Wars.

    “Hit the deck!” Geoff yelled as he and the other campers ran away, some of them screaming. For my part, I simply stepped closer to the main lodge, hoping Chris would have the presence of mind to avoid the biggest obstacle in the camp.

    As it turned out, he did… but he unfortunately lacked either the sense or the piloting skill to avoid the old outhouse that served as our confessional. One of the plane’s wings smashed into and through the small building, tearing the latter to pieces.

    To my puzzlement, the confessional’s destruction once more revealed the bear, who quickly hid the bags of marshmallows behind its back and adopted a look of feigned innocence.

    I simply shook my head and turned my attention once more to the plane as it slowed to a halt and Chris rolled down the window. Pulling out his trademark megaphone, he addressed the assembled campers.

    “Just flexing your muscles for today’s X-Treme Sport Challenge!

    “Ugh, it’s too early for this,” Gwen said tiredly. When she noticed me looking at her, she turned her baggy eyes my way. “What?”

    “Hey, don’t look at me,” I said, making sure to sound as annoyingly chipper as possible. “I’ve been up for hours.”

    “Freak,” she said, giving me a wan smile.

    “Takes one to know one,” I returned cheerfully.

    “Yes, you’re both freaks, we know,” Heather shot in. She didn’t have bags under her eyes like Gwen did, but she did sound appropriately irritable enough to have only recently awoken.

    “Hey, attention on me,” Chris said. “This week you’ll participate in three challenges. First up: X-Treme Sofa Bed Skydiving!

    As the host spoke, a pair of interns pushed a sofa bed up next to his plane and unfolded the bed portion. They quickly walked away as the plane’s side door opened, revealing Chef Hatchet in a paratroopers uniform and parachute.

    “Contestants will plummet- er… skydive, to a waiting sofa bed target below,” Chris continued, upon which Hatchet casually jumped onto the sofa bed… only for it to instantly fold itself back up and trap him inside.

    There was a muffled “Get me outta here!” from within the sofa bed, but Chris ignored it.

    “Of course, you’ll be skydiving from 5,000 feet, and using these,” he said, tossing a pair of very old and worn-looking parachutes out of the plane. When they hit the ground in front of us, flies could be seen rising up from within, disturbed by the impact. Chris pulled up a piece of paper and added, “Our lucky contestants are… Trent and DJ.”

    “Sure, why not? You know what they say on Black Cone Mountain, bro: best glimpse of Heaven is on the way into Hell,” Trent said confidently and put his hand on DJ’s shoulder. “Let’s do this!”

    “Yeah, uh, sure,” DJ returned nervously. “Bring it on!”

    “Not so fast,” Chris interrupted them, “because, the second challenge of the day is X-Treme Rodeo Moose-Riding!” The host stepped out of his plane and gestured, and we all turned to see a small fenced enclosure containing – you guessed it – a mildly pissed-off-looking moose. “Contestants will rodeo-ride the great Canadian bucking moose for eight seconds, or… get hoofed into a giant pile of socks from the Lost & Found.”

    As he said the last part, a couple of interns dumped wheelbarrows of very smelly socks into a pile in front of us.

    “Oh, that is awful,” Justin said, holding his nose with one hand.

    “Well, then, it’s your unlucky day, Justin,” Chris said as he put his arm around the pretty boy’s shoulders. “You’ll be riding for Gophers. And Geoff? You’ll be riding for Bass.”

    The cowboy skateboarder cheered. “Yeah, man!”

    “And the final challenge: X-Treme Seadoo Waterskiiing!” the host continued and gestured toward a large pond that had been dug up at the edge of camp… only it was filled not with water, but with mud. There were wooden ramps and small flags scattered around the race course itself and a finish line set up at one edge of it, as well as obstacles in the form of rocks sticking out of the mud. “Contestants will waterski the race course, grabbing as many flags as they can before crossing the finish line, while a member from the opposing team drives the seadoo.

    “How can we waterski without water?” Heather asked, voicing the question on everyone’s mind.

    It’s really hard,” Chris answered with a chuckle. He lowered his megaphone. “Check it out.”

    Then, presumably for demonstrative purposes, Chef Hatchet drove a seadoo across the ground… almost immediately ending in a total wipeout as he crashed into a tree.

    Hahahaha! Awesome!” Our host, of course, was naught but amused by the display. He turned back to us and said, “Jason, you’ll be skiing for the Killer Bass.

    “Uh, okay,” I said, stroking my chin thoughtfully. “I’ve never waterskied before, but I guess I can give it a try…”

    And Lindsay for the Screaming Gophers,” Chris continued.

    The blonde giggled. “Yay, I can model my new bikini!”

    And now for the cool swag: whoever scores the most challenges gets bragging rights for the night, saves their butts from elimination, and wins a tripped-out, multi-massage mobile shower.

    As he spoke, the host gestured toward a small truck parked at the edge of camp. The rear door on the container bed was open, revealing it had been modified into a sparkling, high-class shower room. Sitting on the ground next to it was Chef Hatchet, looking mildly bruised but paying it no heed as he let his fingers dance across the strings of a large harp and adding to the atmosphere.

    “Can it be?!” Heather asked in delighted amazement.

    “Oh, it be,” Chris confirmed with a grin.

    “Sure beats the communal shower,” I said, nodding as I crossed my arms over my chest.

    “I don’t care if I have to win the challenge all on my own, you are not setting a single, smelly foot in that shower,” Heather snapped as she oriented on me. “It’s mine!

    I chuckled. “Oh, bring it on.”

    “I will!

    While the two of us exchanged smug grins and glares, Chris climbed back into his airplane and started up the engine. Before taking off, he looked out the window and addressed us one last time.

    “Okay, gang, chao for brekky, then report back in twenty minutes for the X-Treme Sport Challenge!

    With that, the host took off, leaving us all coughing in a cloud of dust and exhaust fumes.

    In hindsight, it was a pretty fitting prelude to the day’s events.



    After an uneventful breakfast we gathered outside the camp, where Chris had once more touched down in his plane. The two sofa beds stood ready, waiting for the challenge to begin.

    The host addressed us through his cockpit window. “Now, remember: ground teams can wheelie the sofa beds wherever they want in order to help their comrade with the landing. DJ, Trent – get your asses in here! It’s challenge time!”

    The two campers had barely climbed into the plane before it set off, leaving the rest of us behind with the sofa beds.

    “So,” I said as I turned to Heather and held out my hand, “may the best team win?”

    The Asian girl slapped my hand away. “Don’t touch me. And we will.”

    I smirked and crossed my arms over my chest. “Mighty confident, ain’t cha?”

    “Of course. You’re going down.”

    “Not unless-”

    And stop with that stupid joke!

    “… Well, someone’s a downer.”

    Heather groaned and promptly turned her back on me, her long hair whirling in the air. “Move it, people! Chop, chop!”

    “You heard her,” I said as I turned to the rest of the Bass, “pick up that sofa bed and let’s go!”

    I took up position around the Bass’ sofa bed along with Duncan, Eva and Geoff. Each of us grabbed a corner and lifted while Courtney moved ahead to supervise and lead the way.

    See you tomorrow~” I said cheerfully as we casually jogged past the Gophers, who were still struggling just to get their sofa bed off the ground without dropping it. While Justin was certainly buff enough, the same couldn’t be said for Heather, Gwen or Lindsay, and the Gophers were having some very obvious trouble coordinating the lifting properly… or even at all.

    Heather sent me a glare. “Musclehead!”

    “I’m sorry, I can’t hear you over the sound of the wind whipping past my face,” I called over my shoulder. “Try me again once you catch up… if ya ever do! Wahahahahahaha!

    Ohhhhh!



    We moved our sofa bed out on the beach, as that was where it would be the most visible from the air. From there it was a waiting game, as once we’d unfolded the sofa bed the rest was up to DJ.

    “Oh, hey, nice of you to join us,” I said once the Gophers showed up, more pushing and dragging than carrying the sofa bed onto the beach.

    In response, Heather sent me a glare then haughtily turned her nose up at me and looked away.

    “Oh, the silent treatment, huh?” I said conversationally. “Good, my ears could use a rest.”

    The Asian girl’s eyes flashed dangerously as her head whipped around, but she said nothing and soon turned away again.

    “Heh.”



    Courtney slapped Duncan on the shoulder and gestured toward Jason and Heather.

    “See? They’re totally flirting!” Courtney half-said, half-whispered to him.

    Duncan felt a bit dubious, but nonetheless followed the girl’s gaze. “I dunno… Don’t they seem a bit, you know, hostile?

    Courtney didn’t appear to be listening as she watched the spectacle going on. “We should do something.”

    “Oh, no, that would be a terrible idea,” Duncan said and empathically shook his head as he crossed his arms. He knew what Jason was capable of from their time on Boney Island, and he thought he had a pretty good idea what Heather was about, too. No way he was getting in the middle of that.

    “What are you, scared?” Courtney asked slyly and shot him a half-lidded glance.

    Duncan uncrossed his arms. “What?! No way! I ain’t scared of any-”

    “Good! Then you talk to Jason about Heather, and I talk to Heather about Jason.”

    Dammit, she tricked me! … That’s so hot, though!



    It didn’t take too long before the first jumper came into view, falling from the airplane circling high above us. At first it was impossible to tell who had jumped first, but soon enough the figure grew larger, revealing itself as Trent.

    For some odd reason, however, he didn’t seem too keen on opening his parachute. And he was screaming an awful lot. Was he-

    The musician slammed into the beach, sending sand flying everywhere and forcing me to cover my eyes. When I opened them, I saw Trent lying face-down in a Trent-shaped hole in the sand. Immediately, the rest of the Gophers gathered around him and tried talking to him, but all the boy did was let out a long, painful groan.

    Ow,” I said in sympathy, then turned my attention to the sky. DJ was next, and he- Wait. I turned to the rest of my team. “Guys, fold it up!”

    “Why?” Duncan asked, frowning, even as behind him Eva immediately moved to follow my orders.

    “You saw what happened to Trent, didn’t you? If DJ can’t aim properly, we gotta catch him! Come on, let’s position the sofa bed and unfold it once we know where he’s gonna land.”

    The rest of the Bass widened their eyes upon hearing my explanation and immediately moved to help Eva fold up the sofa bed. And a good thing, too, because looking up we could see DJ had just jumped out of the plane and was rapidly falling toward us.

    More or less, anyway.

    Unlike Trent, DJ managed to open up his parachute. The downside of this was that his trajectory ended up much harder to estimate for us, and we ended up running back and forth with the sofa bed as DJ floated this way and that on the winds.

    In the end, though, we unfolded the sofa bed and caught him.

    “Good job, guys,” I said as the rest of the Bass cheered around me. I looked at DJ; the boy sat on the sofa bed, looking this way and that as he patted himself down.

    “Everything’s still here? Nothing’s broken?” he asked, his voice a couple octaves higher than normal. Which was perfectly understandable given the situation, especially if he’d seen what happened to Trent before he jumped.

    Suddenly, the sofa bed folded back into itself, in the process trapping DJ inside.

    Before I could do much more than blink, the airplane that had carried the two jumpers aloft descended with engine roaring. Leveling out, it flew low over the camp as the pilot’s window lowered.

    Gophers lose, Bass win!” Chris called out on his megaphone as he passed over the beach. “One, zero!



    Okay, cowpokes – let’s start… the Rodeo Moose-Riding Challenge!

    Once we’d gotten DJ out of the sofa bed – and Nurse Hatchet had wheeled Trent off to the medical tent – we all gathered by the fenced enclosure containing the moose.

    “Rodeo-ridin’s kinda like surfin’,” Geoff said as he jogged up to the small ladder leaning against the side of the enclosure, “once you catch the lip, you just flow with the mojo.”

    “I don’t think that’s remotely true,” I deadpanned as my eyes met the moose’s. He looked pissed. “’course, I’m not a surfer, so…”

    “Aw, it’ll be fine,” Geoff said confidently. He climbed the ladder and sat down on the moose.

    “I hope you’re right.”

    The boy turned to the nearest camera and gave a big smile and a wave. “Hey, Bridgette, watch me ace this challenge, alright?! I’m doing this for you, babe!”

    Very cautiously, wearing an expression of outmost nervousness, Chef Hatchet – no longer dressed up as a nurse – turned the latch keeping the gate to the enclosure closed. No sooner had he done so before the moose charged, knocking the gate open and trampling the poor chef before it rushed off with Geoff clinging onto its back.

    Woo-hoo!” the cowboy surfer called out. “This is awesome!

    Suddenly, the moose dug its heels into the ground and stopped. Unprepared for this, Geoff failed to compensate and went flying off the animal’s back. Astonishingly, he landed right in the pile of dirty socks the interns had set up earlier that morning. He emerged from it a moment later, unhurt but spitting socks.

    Ohhh, that stinks big-time for Bass,” Chris commented on his megaphone. “No, seriously, that is some rank stuff. Justin, let’s get!

    It was Justin’s turn.

    … Eventually. It took quite a bit of time for Chef Hatchet and the interns to get the moose back into the enclosure, but once that was done it was Justin’s turn. The pretty boy very nervously climbed the ladder and sat down on the moose. It turned its head to look back at him, and Justin gave a hesitant smile.

    And that’s when the moose’s angry red eyes turned into little pink hearts.

    It’s a gay moose?! Are you fucking kidding me?!” I exclaimed in disbelief once Chef Hatchet opened the gate and the moose calmly walked out of the enclosure, all while staring, completely smitten, at the boy riding on its back.

    Justin, no doubt having realized that his charm had worked its… well, charm… had left his nervousness behind and was smiling and waving as he rode the moose in a semi-circle before returning to the enclosure. He dropped down from the moose’s back and patted it between its horns before leaving the enclosure.

    “Looks like you lose this one.”

    One eye twitching, I turned to see Heather saunter up to me, looking smug. I took a deep, calming breath and traced one finger along my eyebrow to soothe my twitching eye before addressing her.

    “Oh, I’m not worried,” I said, meeting her smug smile with one of my own. “After all, it’s my turn next.”

    She snorted. “Arrogant much?”

    “I’m up against Lindsay.”

    Heather’s smile faded, replaced with a worried frown.

    I smirked.



    The second challenge over with, we gathered at the mud pond.

    Sooo, we have a tie,” Chris announced as he rode in on a flashy red ATV. How much did that cost? “Whoever wins the X-Treme Seadoo Waterski Challenge wins invincibility.

    “I’m reeeaaaady!” Lindsay called out as she stepped onto the scene. She struck a pose holding her waterskis in one hand while resting the other on her hip as she very intentionally thrust her chest out to show off her green bikini.

    “We are so dead,” Heather deadpanned.

    “Yes, you are,” I said smugly. “I may not have waterskied before, but there’s no way I’m losing to her.”

    “Unless…” To my alarm, Heather’s flat expression turned sly as she gave me a sidelong glance and then held up a set of keys. “I get to drive the wave jumper!

    I blinked. “Ah, shit.”



    “You are so out of your league, Wild Boy,” Heather said as she sat on the seadoo, her hands already gripping the handlebar. I stood a ways behind her with nothing more on me than my swimming trunks and waterskis, and in my hands I held the handle attached to a rope which itself attached to the back of the seadoo.

    I would be lying if I said I didn’t feel a tad nervous.

    “Okay, just for the record: you do know I’ve just been messing with you ‘cause of the whole competition thing, right? Nothin’ personal?” I asked in a hopeful tone.

    Alas, my hope was misplaced. “Oh, you’re about to find out just how personal I can get!”

    “Yeah, I was afraid of that,” I muttered.

    Chris chose that moment to slowly drive by the pond on his ATV. “Here’s the road rules… Oh, wait; there are no rules! Which means…. this is gonna be awesome!

    “I’m going to enjoy this,” Heather said and fluttered her eyelashes at me. “Are you?”

    “I’m gonna venture a guess and say ‘no’,” I deadpanned, to which she snickered. I looked at the rocks scattered around the pond and sighed.

    This is going to hurt, isn’t it?

    Chris pulled out a flag. “And… go!

    Heather hit the gas immediately. I was pulled off my feet and for a moment flew through the air before I crunched my abs and pulled my legs back down. I lowered the skis down onto the mud and leaned back, doing my best to keep my balance.

    Hey, this isn’t so ha-

    I didn’t even get to finish my thought before Heather made a tight turn and sudden acceleration, sending me skiing off the mud and very nearly into a tree before I was yanked off my feet once more and dragged bodily through the air after the seadoo.

    Looking ahead, I saw Heather smirking at me briefly before she turned away… and drove toward the nearest ramp.

    Oh, no…

    There was a green flag attached to the side of the ramp – one of the ones I had to collect for points. To do so, I would have to let go of the handle with one hand… and I was currently airborne.

    “Ah, screw it,” I murmured and tried twisting my body around so I could more easily reach the flag. To my dismay – but not surprise – I flew higher into the air when the seadoo scaled the ramp and became briefly airborne. Fortunately, by the time I reached the flag I was already on my way back down, and my fingers barely managed to grasp the thin pole it was attached to and pull it free.

    Flag one for Bass!” I heard Chris’s voice over the PA system. Apparently, the walkie-talkie I’d seen in his hand earlier wasn’t just for show.

    I internally cheered as I grabbed the handle with both hands once again, holding the flag securely between it and my hand.

    Heather was less happy. “No!” After completing the jump, she had slowed down enough that I was able to touch my skis to the mud and properly waterski, but she soon accelerated again. This time I was ready for it, and I bent my knees such that I was lower to the ground and managed to retain my footing. She sure didn’t make it easy for me, though, and I was soon covered in mud from all the splatter going on.

    Over the course of the next minute or two, I was able to gather up the rest of the flags, and each time I grabbed one I heard Heather yell expletives at my success. Naturally, this only served to increase my anticipation for my imminent victory.

    Five flags and heading home!” Chris’s voice called over the PA system.

    “That’s impossible!” Heather complained loudly.

    No, just highly improbable!” I yelled back at her. “Like me!

    Heather has to cross the finish line or be disqualified,” Chris continued while Heather cursed at me. “But when she does, Jason will take five flags to victory for the Killer Bass!

    Heather looked over her shoulder at me, her expression aghast. I sent her a grin and a wink and saw her grit her teeth. Then, to my surprise, she actually let go of the seadoo’s handlebars and gracefully turned around in her seat to face me fully.

    Then she pulled a knife out of her shorts. “Game over, guppy!”

    My eyes widened. “Don’t you fucking dare-

    She leaned over the back of the seadoo to cut the rope… but right then, the seadoo passed under a low-hanging tree branch, and as luck (?) would have it, it slipped under the back of her top and tore it completely off.

    Now, I was no stranger to women’s breasts – though I admit, the cartoon variety was a fairly rare image in my memory – but it still caught me by surprise when it turned out Heather wore nothing underneath.

    Of course, the Asian girl immediately covered up her chest with her arms, and even let out a surprisingly feminine yell. More importantly, in the process, she let go of the knife which sank harmlessly into the mud. I was surprised, but safe.

    Briefly. Distracted by her own sudden semi-nudity and seated backward, Heather didn’t see where the seadoo was going. It slammed into a rock and sent her flying off into the air… and attached as I was by the rope, I too was soon rendered airborne. I tried to keep my grip, but holding both the handle and the flags proved difficult, and I found them yanked out of my hands by my own accumulated momentum the moment the rope became fully taut. Because I had held on briefly before losing my grip, I ended up cartwheeling as I flew through the air, the world turning end-over-end until I crashed…

    … right into Heather, sending us both into a heap of tangled limbs and loud expletives.



    Things could not have gone worse for Heather. Not only had she failed to prevent Jason from collecting the flags, but her last-ditch effort to send him flying by cutting the rope connecting him to the seadoo had backfired spectacularly when a low-hanging tree branch had torn off her top and exposed her chest on international TV. Worse yet, with her sworn enemy staring at her.

    And as if all that hadn’t been bad enough, she’d then been thrown off the seadoo and away from the mud pond only to land roughly on the ground. She’d just started to get her bearings again when something slammed into her and she found herself stuck beneath… Oh, no.

    Jason was on top of her, his weight pressing her – and her bare chest – into the grass. And he was covered in mud, too, and was in the process of getting it all over her.

    She let out a shriek as she turned over and tried to push him off, but it only resulted in her hands slipping against his muddy form and their bare chests pressing together, her breasts squished against his pecs. He was moving too, trying to disentangle himself from her but like herself he kept slipping because of the mud. Eventually they ended up reversing their positions, with Heather straddling the boy’s waist as he lay on his back on the ground.

    Unfortunately, this provided him a close-up view of her bare chest. Shrieking again, she covered her breasts with one arm while the other lashed out in a slap. Could things possibly get any more humiliating?!

    Ow! Whatcha do that for?!”

    Shut up! Just shut up! This is all your-” Heather cut herself off when she felt something pressing against her butt. Something big and… hard. Very slowly, she lowered her gaze to stare at the boy below her.

    “What? I’m basically mud-wrestling a half-naked chick, what the hell did ya expect?”

    GET OFF ME, YOU PERVERT!

    YOU’RE ON TOP OF ME!



    Lindsay ended up winning the third challenge for the Gophers – as it turned out, despite her being… well, her, she was an experienced waterskier while Duncan, her driver, didn’t have enough skill with a seadoo to counter it. At the end of it the guy even ended up stuck in a tree while Lindsay pretty much just sailed to the goal.

    Of course, I didn’t see any of this because I was busy dealing with Heather at the time.

    Oh yeah, and since we were tied before the third challenge, the Gophers ended up winning this time, so that night we would have to vote someone off.



    Well, it was always gonna be either Geoff or DJ,” Jason said, sighing. He was in the confessional, still dressed in nothing but his swimming trunks and caked in dry mud. “It’s kind of a toss-up, but… I think I’m gonna vote for Geoff this time. Between him constantly trying to impress Bridgette and fighting with DJ… Yeah. Plus he kinda reeks at the moment.”

    He shot a sidelong glance at the door.


    As for Heather… Well, that was kinda unexpected. All of it, really. I, uh… Yeah. Didn’t expect that to happen.”

    The boy scratched the back of his neck.


    Man she was pissed, though. It was her own damn fault, for crying out loud!”



    Ugh, I’ve got mud all over me!” Heather complained as she sat in the confessional, wiping herself off with a towel. She was once more fully clothed, but she still had dry mud here and there.

    I can’t believe that guy! He’s such a… Ugh!”

    The Asian girl clasped her hands into fists and shuddered before she resumed scrubbing herself with the towel. “His grubby hands were all over me! On TV! I’ve never been so humiliated in my life...”

    She trailed off as a thoughtful look made its way onto her face. Almost imperceptibly, her lips curled upward into a smile as her cheeks reddened.

    Then, as if only just noticing the camera, Heather blinked and straightened, her expression turning annoyed.


    What?!”



    A bear sat in the confessional, surrounded by transparent plastic bags filled with fluffy white marshmallows. It had a beatific expression on its face as it opened a bag up and began munching down on the marshmallows within.

    Then, having finished the bag, the bear let out a loud burp. It looked at the camera with a sheepish grin before shrugging and picking up another bag.

    The bear was happy.




    End Chapter 13



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 14: Another One Bites The Yuck!
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Alright, time for the most disgusting chapter yet! I tried to not make it too graphic, though, so it shouldn’t be too bad. I also tried to get in a bit of a twist ending to the challenge. Did I succeed, or did it go precisely the way you expected it to?

    Oh, and I did a lot of back-and-forth editing this time around, so apologies in advance in case I messed something up. I don’t think I did, but you never know.



    Chapter 14: Another One Bites The Yuck!

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Last time, on Total Drama Island…”

    Clips began rolling, showing scenes from the previous episode.


    Heather and Jason kept getting all up in each other’s business, while Courtney made a decision to snoop deeper, dragging an unwilling Duncan along with her.

    DJ accidentally knocked his boy Trent off the airplane, sending him deep into the Earth’s crust.

    Justin showed everybody how to handle an angry moose… Sort of.

    Jason showed himself to be an ace flag catcher till he caught sight of Heather’s… unmentionables, and the two of them accidentally ended up in a steamy mud-wrestling match with no clear winner… except the viewers.

    Seriously, those two are GREAT for the ratings!

    And now, let’s see what’s in store for our campers on this week’s episode of Total. Drama. Island!”



    “So…” Courtney began nonchalantly, “…what do you think of Jason?”

    It was around lunch time the day after the X-Treme Sport Challenge, and Courtney had caught Heather giving herself a pedicure inside the Gophers’ cabin. Seeing as how the Asian girl wasn’t going anywhere anytime soon, it was the perfect opportunity to do some digging.

    “He’s an asshole,” Heather said, in a voice that brook no argument.

    Courtney blinked. That was… not quite the answer she’d been expecting. She spent a moment studying the other girl before deciding to ask for clarification.

    “What do you mean?”

    “He’s rude, perverted, impudent, inconsiderate, immature, brutish and arrogant. Need I go on? I’d be happy to, believe me.”

    “… No, no you don’t need to,” Courtney answered, nodding in understanding. Oh, my gosh, she’s SO in love with him!

    “Why do you ask, anyway?”

    “Oh, no reason…”

    Heather's eyes narrowed. “And why do you look so smug?”

    Courtney coughed and did her best to make her expression neutral. “Um, no reason at all. I, uh, I have to go. S-see you later!”

    With that, Courtney rushed out of the cabin, Heather’s protests fading away behind her. She had to go find Duncan, right now!



    So…” Duncan began nonchalantly, “…what do you think of Heather?”

    “Okay, look: we were half-naked, there was grinding, and I’m only human-”

    “What?”

    “What?”

    “What are you talking about?”

    “… What are you talking about?”

    They were at the edge of the camp, where Jason and Eva had spent the past couple days setting up something of an impromptu workout space, using branches, rocks and Eva’s bag of training equipment. Jason had been in the middle of doing pull-ups on a mostly horizontal tree branch when Duncan approached him.

    “Okay, uh, I was only thinking about what you thought of the other campers,” Duncan said quickly after blinking in confusion.

    “Oh!” Jason said. He did another couple of pull-ups, then dropped to the ground. “Okay, shoot.”

    “So… what do you think of Heather?”

    Jason looked thoughtful. “Well… she’s very competitive… bit of a bitch at times… kinda cocky and self-assured, but unlike most women she can actually back it up somewhat. She’s smart, so she can be a bit tricky to-”

    “Okay, I think I get it,” Duncan interjected, cutting the other boy off. It wasn’t the answer he’d been looking for at all, but it was something. Hopefully, it would be enough to get Courtney to calm down. Although, there was one thing he was still curious about. “Uh, so, what was that about grinding…?”

    “I plead the Fifth,” Jason answered flatly.

    Duncan stared. “We’re in Canada.”

    “The Twenty-sixth, then, the fuck do I know?”

    Before he could inquire further, Duncan felt a pull on his arm. Turning his head to look, he saw Courtney holding his arm with both hands and pulling.

    “Courtney? What are you-”

    “We need to talk, come on!”

    “But-”

    Right now!



    “Oh, my gosh, Duncan, she’s so into him!” Courtney said once they were alone. She’d dragged Duncan behind the main lodge, and after looking around as if to make sure no one could see them she immediately oriented on him. “I thought she only had a crush but now I think she might actually be in love with him!”

    Duncan thought back to all the times he’d witnessed Jason and Heather at each other’s throats and directed a dubious look at the Hispanic girl. “You’re kidding, right?”

    “I’m not!” Courtney shot back heatedly. “When I asked her, she just wouldn’t stop talking about him! It’s like she’s obsessed!” She took a moment to compose herself, then asked, “So what did you find out? What does Jason think about Heather?”

    “… I have no idea,” Duncan answered after a moment. At Courtney’s displeased look, he quickly added, “I mean, he thinks she’s smart, I guess?”

    ”That’s it?”

    “Well, he also said she can be a bit of a bitch…?” he ventured uncertainly. I’d better not mention the “grinding” part…

    “Darn it, that’s not enough,” Courtney murmured, just loud enough for Duncan to hear. “Is it possible it’s one-sided…? Wait! Maybe it is and he actually likes Gwen?! But then, why is he always flirting with Heather…?”

    “I really think you’re reading too much into this, Princess.”

    I’m not a Princess!

    Even as he laughed at Courtney’s heated protest, internally Duncan sighed. Why do I get the feeling this isn’t over…?



    “Congratulations to the remaining ten campers for reaching the halfway mark in the competition,” Chris said once we had all gathered in the main lodge for breakfast on the morning two days after the previous challenge. Alas, today there was no food in sight. “You’ll all be on the jury for the final episode.”

    “If the final episode is a sing-off and I’m in it, I will throw you off a cliff.”

    “Duly noted, Jason,” Chris said lightly, apparently unconcerned with the threat to his well-being. “The two teams will become one next week, but first all the girls will be moved to the Gopher cabin and all the guys will stay in the Bass cabin. This week’s challenge is as old as history itself: a battle of the sexes!

    “After everyone is settled in, I’ll announce the challenge. And then… you’ll have a… bite to… eat.” Chris trailed off and started giggling along with Chef Hatchet while we all exchanged looks of confusion and apprehension.

    Yeah, that didn’t sound ominous at all. Was the day’s challenge supposed to be an eating competition or something?

    “Ready for a little good news?” Chris continued once he’d stopped giggling. “This week, no one will be kicked off. It’s all for reward and it’s a good one. Okay, time to relocate. Let’s move!”

    We all trailed out of the main lodge, Chris and Hatchet’s resumed giggling seeing us out. The girls headed for the Gophers’ cabin while us guys headed for the Bass’. That the guys got to stay in the Bass’ cabin was fortunate for me, as it meant I wouldn’t have to switch beds. However, it was also unfortunate for me, as I was pretty sure Trent and Justin – the Gopher guys – both hated my guts, and would now be on the same team with me… even if it was only for a single challenge.

    I entered the Bass’ cabin and sat down on the bed below mine to wait.

    “Alright, there are plenty of open beds,” I said once the Gopher boys, now carrying their belongings, entered the cabin. “So I don’t want anyone taking the empty bed underneath mine, alright?”

    As I said this, I gestured first to the bed above me and then to the one I was sitting on, all while pointedly looking at Justin and Trent. The former gulped and nodded, while the latter scowled.

    “And why should we listen to you?” he asked in a challenging tone.

    “Because I get up two or three hours before everyone else, and guess who I’ll be waking up every morning when I climb out of bed?” I retorted, staring the boy down. “Here’s a hint: it won’t be people not sleeping below me.”

    Trent tsked and crossed his arms as he looked away. “Fine, whatever.”

    “I’m glad you see it my way.”

    “Guys, guys,” DJ said. “Don’t fight. We’re gonna be on the same team now, so we gotta learn to get along, yeah?”

    I quirked an eyebrow and gave him a very pointed stare. Had he forgotten his feud with Geoff already? DJ looked embarrassed, but cleared his throat and continued speaking. “Yeah, we should get along. Right, guys?”

    “Hey, whatever, man,” Duncan said noncommittally.

    “I guess,” Trent said in a reluctant tone as he put his guitar case down on one of the empty beds.

    “A’ight, let’s shake on it!” The Jamaican boy offered his hand first to Justin, then Trent, and they shook while giving each other awkward smiles.

    With a roll of his eyes, Duncan followed DJ’s lead and shook hands with the two newcomers.

    Everyone’s eyes then fell on me.

    “What?”

    “Aren’t you gonna shake?” DJ asked.

    “Do I look like a fucking dog to you?” I asked, then rolled my eyes as Duncan had a moment earlier. “Fine, whatever.”

    I stood up and offered my hand to Trent… who pointedly gave it a glare before turning his back on me. Ignoring the gesture, I instead turned to Justin, who – very cautiously – took my hand and shook it while smiling nervously, his eyes darting left and right like he was looking for an escape route.

    “There, we shook,” I said flatly and returned to my seat.

    DJ sighed. “Guys, c’mon…”



    “Courtney, Eva! It’s so good to see you! Welcome to the cabin!”

    Heather was intentionally playing it up for the two new girls, doing her best to act cheerful and friendly. After all, while Lindsay was already in her alliance and Gwen was a lost cause, the two Bass girls were ripe targets for recruitment… or at least Courtney was; Heather suspected that Eva was far too deep in Jason’s camp for her to win her over, but it wouldn’t hurt to try.

    “Anything you need, just yell,” Heather said as she hooked her arm to Courtney’s and led the girl further into the cabin.

    “Thank you for the nice welcome, Heather,” Courtney said with a smile.

    “Welcome to the club,” Lindsay added. “It’ll be so much fun! As long as you do everything Heather says. Ow!

    Heather hurriedly retracted her foot from Lindsay’s shin. She laughed. “Oh, yeah, we love joking around here in the girls’ cabin. I made sure your bunk was next to mine-”

    “Hey, that’s my bed-” Lindsay started to protest, only for Heather to deliver another quick, sharp kick to the blonde’s shin. “Ow!

    “-so we can talk and share and really get to know each other,” Heather finished as Lindsay limped away.

    “Oh, that’s so nice of you!” Courtney returned happily. “I’m really looking forward to get to know all of you! I’m sure we have a lot to talk about.”

    To Heather’s bemusement, the Hispanic girl very obviously winked at her when she said the last bit. What was that about? Well, whatever. As for the other new girl…

    “Oh, and Eva, you can take that bed over there,” Heather said as an afterthought, just as jovially as before, though she made no move to guide Eva there like she had with Courtney.

    “Gee, thanks,” the gym girl said flatly. Yes, it was clear to Heather that Eva was firmly in Jason’s camp and would resist any attempts at winning her over. While there was no point in turning her into an enemy, it would likewise be a waste of time trying to get her into the alliance, so…

    “Come on, Courtney, let me help you unpack. Oh, and you have got to tell me how you get your hair so silky like that! What conditioner do you use?”



    Obviously, Heather’s just trying to get Courtney into her little alliance,” Gwen said with a roll of her eyes as she sat in the confessional. “I’ll warn her, of course, but I’m not sure it matters. Eva’s friendly with Jason, so I doubt she’d fall for Heather’s tricks. It’ll be nice to have another girl to talk to… I think. Eva’s a bit intimidating…”



    “It’s time for today’s challenge!” Chris announced once we’d all returned to the main lodge.

    “Um, weren’t we supposed to eat breakfast?” Lindsay asked in a confused tone.

    In response, Chris and Chef Hatchet exchanged looks and giggled.

    “Stop doing that!” Heather snapped.

    Chris grinned. “Let’s just say today’s challenge is… the Brunch of Disgustingness!

    With those words, Chef Hatchet proceeded to bring out covered plates from the kitchen and put them down on the tables.

    “You’ll be getting a nine-course meal,” Chris explained. “Each member of each team must finish each dish. You will not know if the next dish is grosser than the last, not as gross, or just as gross. Just that it will likely be… gross.”

    “Tell them what they’ll get if they win, Chris!” Chef Hatchet exclaimed in a… surprisingly cheerful tone, for him.

    “The winning team spends two days at a local five-star resort where they’ll be pampered, eat gourmet nosh and be given antibiotics against anything they may have caught while participating in this challenge!” The host then sighed and shook his head in obvious mock-sadness. “The losing team will go hungry tonight and spend the next two days here, on Total Drama Island… with Chef.”

    Chef Hatchet had a big, evil grin on his face as he waved at us. Apparently, he had plans for those two days.

    “We are going to win this challenge!” Heather said resolutely.



    A challenge to eat disgusting food? Yeah, not my strong point,” Jason said in the confessional. “I hope they didn’t go too far overboard with this one…”



    On Chris’s urging, we all sat down: the girls at the Gopher table, and the guys at the Bass table.

    “Let’s begin the challenge. First: some hors d’oeuvres.”

    As Chris spoke, Chef Hatchet started lifting the lids off the plates set down on the tables.

    “The hell’re these?” I asked as I beheld the plate full of… sorta bean-shaped meatballs. Well, I say meatballs, but they looked to be whole pieces of something; some kind of internal organ, maybe?

    “Are they meatballs?” DJ asked, picking one up in his fingers and wiggling it.

    “Well, technically, they are,” Chris replied. “But these are kinda… special.”

    “Special how?” I asked suspiciously.

    “It’s beef testicle,” Chef Hatchet answered, holding up one of them. “Bourguignon.”

    Testicles?!” DJ exclaimed and promptly dropped the one he’d picked up.

    “Well, that’s mildly disturbing,” I said to no one in particular as I looked down at the plate in front of me. There were a good ten or so of them on there, and they expected me to eat all of them?

    “It’s the hardest thing a man can do,” Chris said in sympathy.

    Fuck that. I crossed my arms over my chest. “No way. I refuse to dishonor my fellow men in such a manner, be they human or bovine.”

    “Uh, yeah, what he said,” Duncan said in agreement.



    Judging by the way the guys were reacting to the… uh… ‘dish’, I knew we could win the round,” Heather said, smirking as she sat in the confessional.



    While me and the other guys sat there refusing to eat, the girls started to – somewhat reluctantly – dig into their meals.

    Heather was probably the least reluctant.

    “What’s the matter?” she asked as she popped another testicle and swallowed. “You boys can’t eat a little meatball?”

    Our eyes met and realization dawned upon me. This was it. My chance to get back at her for the humiliation she made me suffer during the previous challenge. I waited for her to pop and begin swallowing another testicle before I spoke.

    “Ah, you’re a swallower! Good to know!”

    As planned, this caused her to begin choking on the piece of man-meat. She coughed, slamming her fist against her chest repeatedly before the half-eaten testicle went flying. It bounced and rolled on the floor before disappearing from sight beneath the Bass table. I adopted a disappointed expression as Heather, cheeks red, rose up from her seat.

    “Oh, wait, you’re a spitter? That’s disappointing.”

    If looks could kill, the glare she sent my way would have reduced me to a pile of ash on the floor. “You… you… YOU!

    I shot her a lopsided grin. “What? They’re testicles, aren’t they? Whaddya think they’re full of?”

    Upon hearing my words, the rest of the girls, who’d been silently watching the spectacle while chewing, promptly paused as their eyes grew wide.

    Courtney was the first to drop out, pushing her plate away while holding her head in her arms. She muttered to herself. “No, no, no, no, no!

    “They are cooked, though, so it’s probably congealed a bit,” I continued, pretending not to see the girls’ growing discomfort. “Might make for a nice, creamy center, for all I know.”

    “Okay, I’m done,” Lindsay said and spat out pieces of testicle onto her plate.

    “Yeah, uh, me too,” Eva agreed, her entire face a deep crimson as she stared down at the table.

    “Well… if nobody else is eating I guess there’s no point in me doing it,” Gwen said and dropped the testicle in her hand. She looked to be the least disgusted of the lot, but she, too, had a bit of a red tint to her pale cheeks.

    “Looks like this round’s a draw,” Chris concluded after several seconds of complete silence.



    But then Jason had to butt in with his stupid, idiotic, infantile innuendo! I hate him! I hate him so much!”



    “The score now stands at zero for the girls, and zero for the guys,” Chris summarized once the tables had been cleared. “And now, the next course in… the Brunch of Disgustingness!

    Chef Hatchet began wheeling in a large, covered plate as the host continued speaking.

    “You guys like pizza? How about live grasshopper pizza with tangy jellyfish sauce and live anchovies?”

    As he spoke, Chef Hatchet uncovered the plate, revealing what appeared to be a bog-standard cheese pizza… only with additional grasshoppers, jellyfish and anchovies on top. Judging by how the grasshoppers and anchovies were flopping around, the ingredients were very fresh indeed.

    Lindsay gasped. “Ewww, I hate anchovies!”

    As expected, everyone shot the blonde flat looks.

    I sighed and popped a couple of pills before chewing them up and swallowing.

    “Hey, he’s cheating!” Heather exclaimed then, much to my surprise. “He ate some kind of pill to… to help him keep the food down! He’s a cheater!”

    “Oh, get real,” I retorted and held up the plastic container for everyone to see. “They’re lactase pills. Trust me, you don’t want me eating pizza without ‘em.”

    Heather glared at me for a moment, then looked away while huffing. I just shook my head at her.

    Without any further interruptions, Chef Hatchet proceeded to serve each of us up a slice of pizza on a smaller plate. I looked down at mine as I pondered the challenge before me.

    Okay, the anchovy is small and slippery enough that I can just swallow it right quick, and the grasshopper might need a bit of chewing, but it should be alright with pizza… The jellyfish is the real challenge. Oh, boy.

    I looked around at my fellow campers and spent a moment watching their expressions. Overall, the girls looked far more disgusted than the guys.

    “No way, I’m not eating bugs. Or jellyfish,” Courtney said resolutely and pushed her plate away.

    “Oh, yes, you are!” Heather shot in. “I’m not missing out on an indoor heated pool just because you can’t keep down a few-”

    She cut herself off. Slowly raising her left hand, she stared at the grasshopper that had crawled onto her fingers as she talked. She let out a shriek and tossed her arm out, in the process sending the grasshopper flying across the room. She immediately hugged herself while shivering.

    “Grasshoppers,” she ground out fearfully. “Okay, I can’t do this.”

    The Asian girl rose to leave, only to be stopped when Gwen grabbed her wrist.

    “I’m digesting a bull’s precious cajones,” the Goth girl snapped, “you’re gonna eat.”

    Heather looked uncertain for a moment before she wrenched her arm free. “Fine,” she said and sat back down. After glancing at her plate, she turned to Chef Hatchet. “Can I get a little parmesan on this?”

    Alas, the chef wordlessly shook his head no.

    “What’s the matter, Heather?” I asked then, making sure to smile smugly at her. “You having a problem putting that delicious, crunchy grasshopper in your mouth?”

    Heather, who had been about to bite into her pizza, paused and looked at me. Her eyes were wide and full of horror.

    “Or maybe you’re just pondering whether to start with that or the slimy, tangy jellyfish?” I continued smoothly.

    “You… Stop it…” Her voice was pleading.

    “Or maybe that nice, wriggly fish?” I suggested. “I bet it’ll feel nice on the way down, all moving about in your throat…”

    The Asian girl stared at me for another half-second, then dropped her pizza and covered her mouth with her hands. I could see her throat bulging as she fought to keep down the contents of her stomach.

    Alas, as entertaining as the sight was, it didn’t last long, for she immediately ran out of the lodge. A moment later, I could hear the sound of someone barfing outside.

    Mission accomplished. Time for us to win this! “Alright, guys, let’s do this. It’s just a bit of fish, some bugs and jellyfish. Piece o’ cake.”

    When my teammates shot me dubious looks, I decided to take the lead and picked up my slice. I started by picking the anchovy off it and swallowed it whole. It was… kind of a weird feeling to have it jump and wriggle about about on the way down, but I managed it. Next came the grasshopper… which I managed by wrapping the edge of the pizza over it and biting down. I did my best to ignore the additional crunchiness and swallowed.

    “See? Nothin’ to it,” I said, doing my best to smile bravely.

    “What about the jellyfish?” Justin asked, his eyes darting between my face and the pizza in my hand.

    I did my best to keep myself from twitching in irritation. “Well, that’s next, obviously,” I said and took a deep breath. Then I bit into it, chewed and swallowed. The saltiness wasn’t terrible, but the squidgy, weirdly chewy consistency was… not my favorite. Still, by mixing it with the pizza I managed it. Eventually.

    Okay, it took a little longer than it probably should have, but cut me some slack.

    Once I’d finished, I gave a weak smile. “See? No problem at all.” Oh, yuck, the jellyfish is coating everything inside my mouth… Blech.

    My comrades watched me quietly for a moment, then followed my lead. One by one, all the guys had a slice… except Trent.

    “I can’t do this,” he said. He took several quick breaths, then looked around at the rest of us. “I got a weak stomach. You guys are gonna have to stuff the slice in my mouth.”

    “Oh, say no more,” I said with an evil grin. “DJ, hold his arms and keep him from running. Duncan, force open his mouth. I’m doing the stuffing.”

    Said and done, DJ pinned Trent by the arms while Duncan grabbed the boy by the cheeks and forced his jaw open. The preparations done, I grabbed Trent’s slice from his plate and shoved it into his mouth.

    Surprisingly, it went smoothly after that. The guy’s eyes widened and he gave DJ a weird, almost loving look. “Mama?” he asked, right before he started sucking his thumb as DJ rocked him back and forth in his arms.

    “Okay, he’s clearly regressed,” I said to no one in particular. Then I turned to Chris. “Hey, Chris; pretty sure we won this one.”

    “So you did,” the host agreed. He looked over to the girls. “Seems only Gwen and Eva managed to finish their slices, so the girls lose. Time for the third course!”

    Chef Hatchet took a few minutes to clean up the pizza before he served up more covered plates. Once they were all set down, he grabbed the lid off of one to reveal…

    Spaghetti!” Chris announced cheerfully.

    … earthworms covered in some kind of green slime and what looked like tiny hairballs.

    The host laughed. “Well, actually, earthworms covered in snail-slime sauce and hairballs.”

    “No!” Justin exclaimed and stood up. “I can’t take this! I don’t even like escargot, and that’s French!

    The pretty boy then ran out of the lodge, screaming. I immediately rose to go after him, cracking my knuckles.

    “I’ll take care of this,” DJ said then, motioning for me to sit. I quirked an eyebrow at the boy but relented and sat back down.

    “What’s the matter, Wild Boy?” I heard Heather ask as DJ exited the lodge. She had returned while Chef Hatchet served up the next dish. “Can’t control your team?”

    I shot her a flat look. Then I smirked. “Better than you can control your stomach.”

    The smug grin faded from the girl’s face and was replaced with a scowl. “Yeah? Well you can just-”

    “I got him!” DJ announced as he entered the lodge once more, carrying a struggling Justin in his arms. “Don’t worry, little guy, it’ll be okay!”

    Heather and I exchanged one more heated look before we turned our attention to our respective teams… and the dish before us.

    This… was not going to be easy.

    Looking back, I think I might have blacked out somewhat… or perhaps repressed the memory, because I barely remember what happened between grabbing my fork and staring down at an empty, slimy plate.

    “And, once again, the winners are the guys,” Chris announced.

    “I don’t feel like a winner,” I muttered. My stomach was not okay, and just the thought of those earthworms was almost enough to… Oh, no.

    I half-ran, half-stumbled out of my seat and into the kitchen, the saloon doors slamming open and shut behind me. I made a beeline for the sink and noisily emptied my stomach, then very thoroughly rinsed my mouth with water from the faucet.

    “Okay, that’s better,” I said weakly as I leaned against the counter. I spent a solid minute just standing there breathing before returning to the dining hall… and to the sight of Chef Hatchet in the middle of serving the next dish.

    “Glad of you to join us, Jason,” Chris said cheerfully. I merely grunted at him and retook my seat. The host chuckled. “Now, it’s time for course number four! As you all know, no nine-course meal would be complete without soup. And today’s special is… French bunion soup with hangnail crackers.”

    I sat there for a long while, just staring at the “soup”. There was no fucking way I was eating that. No way. None.

    As it turned out, the rest of the guys agreed with me. As for the girls, Courtney had the bright idea of using a funnel to simply pour the soup down Lindsay’s throat.

    “I didn’t even taste it,” the blonde said after removing the funnel.

    “The girls win!” Chris announced once the rest of the girls had all repeated the procedure. “But the guys are still in the lead with two points to the girls’ one, and with only five courses left… can the girls tie? Let’s find out! Bon appétit!”

    The rest was a blur of disgusting dishes, gagging and vomiting. There were things I ate and things I didn’t, and though I tried to be, uh, “strategic” about what I refused to eat, there were of course others who also refused or failed to eat their dishes, and in the end, once we reached the ninth and final dish… the teams were tied, three-to-three.

    “Wow, it’s still tied up,” Chris said, echoing my thoughts. “We are down to the final course of the challenge. It’s delicious dolphin wieners!”

    While the host spoke, Chef Hatchet removed the covers from the plates, revealing what looked like small sausages – wieners, as advertised – in hot dog buns, one for each of us.

    It was… not what I expected. Aside from being a little paler than wieners usually were, they looked… normal. There was nothing weird sticking out of them, no disgusting condiments… Nothing. Smelled pretty good, too.

    “Wait, what did you say this was?” I asked.

    “Hot dogs, made of dolphin,” the host answered with a grin.

    There were gasps all around, then.

    “But… aren’t dolphins, like… intelligent?” Courtney asked, aghast.

    “What are you waiting for? It’s already dead,” Heather retorted. She was shaking a ketchup bottle in her hands, evidently in preparation for adding it to her wiener. “If you don’t eat it, we don’t win!”

    Courtney didn’t look convinced. “But… but…”

    Eat it!

    No! I won’t!”

    “I’m with you, sistah!” DJ chimed in, then. “I ain’t eatin’ no dolphin!”

    There were murmurs of agreement from the members of both teams.

    “Seriously, you guys?” I asked as I bit into my wiener, chewed and swallowed. As I had recently repeatedly thrown up, my feelings of nausea had mostly passed, so I could eat without trouble. And I was hungry, too, for much the same reason. “It’s actually not bad at all.”

    There was a second round of gasps, louder this time.

    Jason! How could you?!” Gwen exclaimed.

    I looked at her. “What? It’s just like Heather said: it’s already dead.”

    “A dolphin is a smart, beautiful creature!” the Goth said impassionately. Her expression was one of mixed horror and pleading as she looked at me.

    “Yeah? It’s also one of the few creatures to routinely engage in gang rape, so excuse me if my empathy is limited,” I deadpanned, even as I did my best to ignore the pleading look in her eyes. “Consensual non-consent or no non-consent at all, I always say.”

    There was a room-wide, synchronized blink – though whether from the revelation into dolphin behavior or my own admission, I couldn’t say. Seeing as nobody was arguing anymore, I took another bite of my wiener.

    “Besides, this is the first time I’ve ever had dolphin,” I said with my mouth half-full. “It’s pretty good!”

    Thank you!” Chef Hatchet spoke up from the sidelines. “Always nice to have your work appreciated.”

    “You’re welcome,” I returned. I finished my wiener and looked around to see all the other campers staring at me, slack-jawed. Except for one.

    “Oh, yes, I agree,” Heather said between bites. “This is delicious! I could eat this all day!

    There was a fresh round of gasps as everyone looked at her, but the horrified expressions on our fellow campers’ faces didn’t even slow her down. Heather finished her wiener and then licked her fingers and even made a show of smacking her lips.

    “Well, well, well,” Chris said slyly. “Since only one person on each team is willing to eat… I guess we have ourselves a good ol’-fashioned hot dog eat-off! Whoever can finish the most dolphin wieners, wins! Chef, serve them up!”

    While the rest of the campers stared in abject horror, Chef Hatchet wheeled in two large plates and set them down before myself and Heather. Each was laden with a small mountain of dolphin wieners in buns.

    “It’s on,” I said cockily as my eyes met Heather’s.

    “Bring it, Wild Boy,” she retorted with a smirk, brandishing the ketchup bottle like it was a weapon.

    With that exchange, the eat-off began.



    I can’t believe what I just witnessed,” Courtney said as she sat in the confessional. Her expression was one of bewildered disbelief. “Not only did they deign to eat to the dolphin, they ate so much of it!”

    She leaned back and crossed her arms under her chest, shaking her head.


    I guess I could see Jason doing it, but Heather, too? I knew she was competitive, but I didn’t think she was that ruthless. Maybe she’s just doing it to get Jason’s attention? It wouldn’t be the first time a girl did something bad for the sake of a guy…”

    Her expression turned thoughtful as she looked at the ceiling. “Although… is what Jason said about dolphins true? I never heard of that…”

    The Hispanic girl sighed deeply as she leaned forward to rest an elbow on her knee and her chin in her hand.


    Darn it, why did we have to lose out on the five-star resort…? I can’t believe I’m saying this, but I really wish Heather had eaten more of those dolphin wieners…”



    Heather groaned miserably as she sat in the confessional, holding one hand over her visibly distended stomach.

    Stupid Jason. It’s all his fault… I hope that perv gets indigestion. Urgh, I feel so full…”

    The Asian girl took a few gasping breaths before she spoke again.


    Those dolphin hot dogs weren’t so bad, though… especially with ketchup.”



    Chris sat in the confessional, wearing a cheerful but somewhat somber expression as he faced the camera.

    The guys are the big winners today. And the girls go their separate ways. Two definitive cliques have been cemented… or have they?”

    The host winked and grinned, baring his perfect white teeth before he continued speaking.


    What shocking surprises are in store for our campers next week as they head for the big merge? Tune in, on Total. Drama. Island!”



    End Chapter 14



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold

    (Yeah, the teams are officially dissolved, but I’m keeping the team divisions in the roster just because)
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 15: Wheel of Misfortune
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Well, this chapter turned out to be another long one… despite my skipping a few scenes I had originally intended to put in before the boys’ return to Wawanakwa. They weren’t too important to the flow of the chapter, and they can be inferred by scenes I did put in the chapter, anyway, so it’s not a huge loss. Anyway, I’m gonna be a bit busy on Sunday, so enjoy the chapter a day early!

    Also, what do you think about Heather and Beth's “confrontation” scene? I was having a bit of a hard time keeping everyone in character in that one, but hopefully it didn’t come out too cringey.

    Oh, and I feel like I might've overused the confessional in this chapter. Sure, the bit near the end was kinda necessary due to how things went in canon, but still...



    Chapter 15: Wheel of Misfortune

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Last time, on Total Drama Island…”

    Clips began rolling, showing scenes from the previous episode.


    The Bass and Gopher teams were disbanded into a battle of the sexes challenge that put their taste buds to the puke test.

    With bovine testicles, live bug insect pizza and dolphin hot dogs on the menu, not only was this the single biggest wretch fest this host has ever seen, but Jason and Heather’s rivalry came to a head in a hot dog eat-off of hot dawg proportions.

    While the guys set sail on a weekend retreat aboard the S.S. Lap o’ Luxury, the girls set out to talk things over.

    Will Heather’s overtures win over the overachiever Courtney, or did her overeating overreach?

    Can Gwen overcome Eva’s overbearing overdrive, or will she overdo it herself and end up overwhelmed?

    And can Lindsay recognize anything’s over without all stepping over it?

    For the answers to all these cliffhangers and more, stay tuned to the most exciting episode yet, on Total. Drama. Island!”



    Heather lounged in a chair by the dock, awaiting the imminent return of the boys. Lindsay likewise lounged on a chair nearby, and they were both reading beauty magazines while looking this way and that at the other girls. Like them, they had surreptitiously gathered around the dock to await the boys.

    Gwen sat on the dock, writing in her journal while occasionally sending glares at everyone else… except Eva, who stood next to her while doing biceps curls and staring straight ahead.

    Courtney sat in a chair halfway between the two groups, looking uncertain as she looked back and forth between them. Despite Heather’s best efforts over the past couple days, the Hispanic girl still didn’t want to pick sides.

    Suddenly, a fly entered Heather’s field of vision. She watched as it flew lazily in front of her face before finally landing on her nose. Very slowly, she raised her hand in preparation to-

    Sharp pain erupted from her nose when Lindsay’s rolled-up magazine bonked into it. “Ow!

    “Oh, oops,” Lindsay said as Heather got to her feet.

    “Lindsay, you are a total-”

    A loud honk interrupted her, causing Heather to widen her eyes and quickly cover her mouth with her hands. She looked over her shoulder and saw a white yacht – the one the boys had left on a couple days before – pull up by the dock.

    The boys were back.

    The boat’s boarding ramp lowered, and the boys rushed onto the dock, one after the other: Justin, Duncan, DJ, Trent, and finally… Jason, the metaphorical bane of Heather’s existence.

    Well, ever since she came to Wawanakwa, anyway.

    Duncan hollered. “What a weekend! Woo-wee!”

    “That spa was exactly what I needed,” Justin said and let out a contented sigh.

    Duncan chuckled and winked knowingly. “I think Justin and DJ took a real shine to those lovely ladies who served us hand and foot.”

    Hello! The spa treatments? My alligator elbows, totally gone!” DJ said and held up his elbows for inspection.

    Justin touched DJ’s elbow and whistled. “It’s like velvet!”

    Heather swore to herself as she joined the rest of the girls in walking up to the guys. Those should be my velvety elbows!

    “Anyone care for a chocolate-coated cherry blossom?” Jason asked as he walked up to meet them. He carried a tray in one hand that was covered with the sweet, sweet delicacies, and with a smile and wink he held it out toward Heather. “Heather?”

    Briefly overcome with self-righteous fury, Heather slapped the tray away, sending it and its contents into the water.

    Jason didn’t seem too concerned, however. “Guess not,” he said with a shrug and turned away, and Heather felt the urge to deal out another slap, this time to the back of the boy’s unprotected head.

    She resisted. Barely.

    “Oh, don’t be concerned about the chocolate,” Justin said, acting uncharacteristically calm as he walked up next to Jason. “The ladies are simply envious of our good fortune.”

    Duncan crossed his arms over his chest and smirked. “Yeah, who can blame 'em? They can barely stand each other, and meanwhile, us guys are tighter than family! Guys rule!

    To Heather’s shock, the guys exchanged high-fives and shoulder hugs amid a chorus of agreements. What in the world happened while they were at the resort?

    Suddenly, there was a mechanical squeal as the camp’s PA system activated, and Chris’s voice echoed across the camp.

    Listen up, campers! As of right now, all teams are officially dissolved. From here on in, it's every camper for themselves!

    As one, the guys detached themselves from each other.

    “Ahem, well, uh, it's about time we flew solo,” Duncan said simply.

    “I agree,” Eva said darkly. “Bring it on, Chris!”

    Then get ready for this!

    There was a loud honk, and Heather turned, along with all the other campers, as another boat pulled up to the dock. When she saw who was standing on the prow, Heather couldn’t help but gasp.

    “What? But, that’s impossible!” she breathed.

    “Wait, what is she doing here?” Gwen asked with a scowl.

    The person standing on the boat was…

    Back by popular audience demand, it's Beth!

    “That’s right, I’m back,” Beth said right before she jumped off the boat… and promptly slipped and fell, slamming her chin into the dock and dropping her glasses. She grunted and rose, rubbing her chin with one hand while her other searched for her glasses. Eventually she found them and put them back on. “And just to be clear: I am going to kick butt, and especially someone’s… Heather.”

    Heather felt her nails dig into her palms as she clenched her hands into fists. Beth being back was a potential disaster in and of itself, but what if, during her absence, she had learned that Heather had been the one responsible for getting her voted off? Worse yet, what if she had learned about the diary and decided to spill the beans?

    She could ruin everything I’ve worked for…!

    “Wait a sec,” someone said then, and Heather half-turned to see Gwen addressing the nearest PA speaker. “You said no one is allowed back.”

    For once in her life, Heather found herself not only agreeing with but even cheering for Gwen. Internally… where no one could hear her.

    I did?

    Gwen nodded and crossed her arms as she glared up at the loudspeaker. “And once you leave on the Dock of Shame, on the Boat of Losers, you can never, ever, ever come back.”

    Oh yeah. That… Yeah, I lied.

    “You can’t do that, it’s not fair!”

    “Yeah, what Weird Goth Girl said!” Heather agreed aloud before she could stop herself. She exchanged a surprised glance with Gwen before they quickly broke eye contact.

    “You two realize you’re arguing with a loudspeaker, right?” Eva asked bluntly.

    “To be fair, Chris is almost certainly watching through the cameras and listening through the mics,” Jason pointed out.

    No one asked you!” Heather snapped, mostly on reflex. She then looked away. “But yeah. That.”

    The moment she turned away from Jason, she came face-to-face with Beth, who had used the duration of the loudspeaker argument to walk up to her.

    “Oh, Beth,” Heather said sweetly and let out a nervous laugh. “H-how good to see you! How have you been?”

    “I know everything,” the bespectacled girl whispered tersely. “And I’m going to blow your secret wide-open.”



    CRAP!”

    In the confessional, Heather was less than happy.


    Crap, crap, crap, crap, CRAP!”



    Chris told me everything,” Beth said in the confessional. “I know Heather’s secret. I can’t believe I didn’t figure it out sooner; looking back, it’s all so obvious.”

    She smirked.


    From now on, I’m calling the shots around here.”



    “Now hang on,” Gwen said then, once more interrupting the proceedings. “Beth was audience favorite?”

    Heather could almost hear Chris shrug over the loudspeakers. “Not really. But we liked her. Also returning to camp, it's… Izzy!

    There was a chorus of “Oh, no!” from Heather, Gwen and Lindsay as everyone turned back to the dock, but unlike Beth who had arrived by boat, Izzy arrived by… swinging in on a vine while shouting like Tarzan.

    There was something seriously wrong with that girl.

    The curly-haired redhead waved as she let go of the vine. “Hey guys! It's good to be back at camp! Even though I never actually left the island. I've been living in the woods all this time!”

    Gwen stared. “But I thought the RCMP hunted you down!”

    Jason blinked at that. “Wait, the who?

    Izzy giggled. “They tried. But being a wilderness survivor, I was swift-footed and avoided capture,” she said, then pulled out a raw fish from behind her back and bit into it. She spent a moment chewing and swallowing, then added, “Once I was safe among my animal brethren, it was just me against the harsh elements.”

    Eva shot the girl a flat look. “It's been warm and sunny all week.”

    “Not where I was! But luckily, I was able to take refuge in the beaver dam,” Izzy explained in that manic way of hers. “Yeah, I befriended the family of beavers who lived there and together, we foraged for nuts and berries. Boy, I could use a bag of nachos right now.” She laughed and then got down on all fours and scratched herself behind the ear with her foot before letting out a wolf-like howl at the sky. “So, what's new with you guys?”

    “Can we keep her?” Jason asked of the loudspeaker, and to Heather’s surprise, she felt a twinge of irritation at the question.

    The loudspeaker squealed. “Sure, at least until you vote her off again! All right, campers! Report to the amphitheater where you'll learn all about this week's challenge! Ksh. McLean out!

    “Wait, did you just say ‘ksh’?” Jason asked. When he didn’t receive a reply, he waved at the loudspeaker. “Hello?”

    “He’s gone, you idiot,” Heather said flatly as she walked past the boy toward the camp.

    Seriously, for such a fiendishly smart boy, Jason could be really stupid at times… unless he was just playing dumb to annoy her. Yes, that was probably it.

    Jerk. As if I don’t have enough problems…



    “So, Izzy, Beth,” Courtney said in a welcoming voice as the girls all gathered in the Gopher cabin, “we have some empty bunks, so-”

    “I want that one,” Beth interrupted, pointing at Heather’s bunk. “Unless there’s a problem with that…?”

    Heather’s jaw visibly tightened before she smiled and stood up from her bunk. “Of course not. Go right ahead, Beth.”

    Beth smirked and sat on the bunk, then looked upward, toward the blonde sitting on the bunk above. “Hi, Lindsay!”

    “Hiya, Beth!” Lindsay returned, waving one hand happily. “I’m so glad to see you back. It’s been sooo boring without you.”

    “I’m glad to be back. We have a lot to talk about… don’t we, Heather?”

    “R-right. O-of course we do,” the Asian girl stammered. “We’re all friends, and friends have lots of things to talk about…”

    Courtney looked back and forth between the girls and blinked.



    I don’t get it. Does Beth have some kind of hold over Heather?” Courtney asked in the confessional. She had a perplexed look on her face. “She’s not normally that cordial with anyone, let alone people she dislikes… and I’m pretty sure she dislikes Beth. Some kind of blackmail, maybe? Hmm…”



    A while after leaving the dock, we all gathered at the amphitheater. There were tables, benches and chairs set up on the right side of the stage to create something of an improvised, multilevel gallery area like you might see on certain game shows on TV. The interns directed us to sit, and we took our seats as follows: the row the highest up and furthest back seated, from left to right: Trent, DJ, Duncan, myself, and Justin; in the same order, the middle row seated Gwen, Beth, Heather and Courtney; and finally the bottom front row seated Izzy, Lindsay and Eva. With this seating arrangement, Heather was in front of and below me, and she sent a glare my way as she took her seat. I simply shrugged and smiled in response, to which she scowled and turned away.

    I chuckled. Annoying her was fun.

    In the middle of the stage was Chris, standing in front of a spinning wheel upon which a number of crudely drawn sketches had been pinned in the different fields, each likely denoting a different event or challenge of some kind.

    Once everyone had finished taking their seats, the host began his introduction.

    “Welcome to your next challenge, the time-honored game of torture: Say Uncle!

    At his words, my thoughts went unbidden to “Uncle Rob”… the cause of my being here. For some reason, I had trouble remembering what his face looked like, exactly… but his mustard-yellow suit stood out in my memory. The guy had a lot to answer for… but I had to admit, I didn’t completely hate being here. Some of the challenges had been fun… and some of the people were interesting, too.

    Chris, of course, was unaware of my thoughts, and simply continued his speech.

    “You’re all about to be put through tests of endurance so insane that some of them sent our interns to the emergency room. If you back down from the challenge or do not last the required ten seconds, you will be eliminated. The winner will not only be safe from elimination, but will win this luxurious trailer, yours to take home at the end of the summer.”

    As he said the last bit, the host gestured to a creamy-white trailer set up a ways away from the stage. It looked to be brand new, and even sparkled in the sunlight. Clearly, it had been freshly waxed.

    “What kinds of torture?” Eva asked suspiciously.

    “Why don’t you ask my lovely assistant?” Chris replied, gesturing to Chef Hatchet… who, for some reason or other, wore a hockey mask and brandished a cleaver. “Alright, let’s do this! Duncan, you’re first up. Let’s spin the Wheel of Misfortune to select your torture!”

    Duncan apprehensively stepped up to the wheel, and the host spun itas upbeat game music began playing. Eventually it stopped on a piece of paper with what looked like a turtle drawn on it.

    “Turtle Puck Shots!” Chris declared gleefully. He walked up to Duncan and put what might have been a soothing hand on the nervous-looking teen’s back. “Our interns spent weeks collecting the grumpiest, angriest, crustiest, hungriest old snapping turtles on the island. While you stand in the goalie net completely unprotected, Chef will fire off turtle slap shots.”

    While he spoke, the interns set up a hockey goal on the left side of the stage, and also put down a good half-dozen angry-looking turtles that kept snapping their jaws menacingly. Chef Hatchet grabbed a hockey stick and took up position behind the turtles, facing the goal.

    Chris pushed a very unenthusiastic-looking Duncan over to the goal. Once he was in position, the host whispered, loud enough for all of us to hear, “If I were you, dude… I’d protect my coconuts!” Chris then jogged away, only to briefly return and add, “This could get ugly!

    As expected, Duncan quickly covered his groin protectively with his hands.

    “If you can stay in for ten seconds, you will go on to the second round,” Chris said once he was safely away from the line of fire. The host slammed his hand down on a button and a buzzer sounded… an instant before the first turtle went flying.

    Duncan let out a yelp and ducked, the turtle narrowly missing his head to smack into the goal’s net. The second one snapped its jaws shut on his shoulder, and the punk rocker screamed… right before a third, fourth, fifth and sixth came flying, all of them attaching themselves by their powerful jaws to various bits of his anatomy.

    “And Duncan moves on to the next round!” Chris announced as Duncan collapsed with a pained groan. “Isn’t this fun?

    “Not for him,” I muttered to no one in particular as I beheld the downed teen. I had never been bit by a snapping turtle, but it looked like it hurt.

    “Yeah, it’s a riot,” Duncan said weakly from the floor as a bell sounded from somewhere.

    Right then, Trent leaned forward to where Gwen sat on the row below him, and I leaned slightly over to my right to be able to hear better as he said, “Whoa. That was harsh.”

    Gwen, understandably, was not amused, and immediately crossed her arms. “Don't talk to me.”

    “Look, I’m sorry about… um… everything,” Trent said, his voice pleading. “I never meant for everything to get so-”

    “I said, don’t talk to me!” Gwen snapped, cutting the boy off. Surprised, he sat back in his seat.

    Yeah, leave her alone, I mentally chimed in as I, too, leaned back in my seat. You screwed up, dude. Move on. I had of course told the guy as much while we were at the resort, but he hadn’t seemed very interested in hearing what I had to say back then, so this development was unsurprising.

    “Next up, Lindsay!” Chris declared and spun the wheel. “Your torture is... marshmallow waxing! We're gonna wax every part of your body. If you can take the pain for a full ten seconds, you can go to the next level.”

    The wheel had stopped on the image of a burning marshmallow. I had to admit, I don’t think I would have guessed it was a waxing challenge just from the image. Who came up with these, anyway?

    Lindsay was strangely unperturbed by all this and eagerly took her place on the waxing table – one of those tiltable metal tables with an edge at the bottom to stand on – that the interns pushed onto the stage. “Oh, I so need this. I've been dealing with nasty razor stubble for weeks.” The blonde looked over at Chef Hatchet, who stood ready to grab the pot of melted marshmallows next to the waxing table “Try not to wax off my tan, 'kay?”

    Without further ado, the hockey-mask-wearing Chef grabbed the pot and emptied its contents all over Lindsay’s face. There was muffled screaming and wild flailing, but she held fast… and after ten seconds, Chef grabbed the edge of the melted marshmallow “mask” and pulled it off.

    “Ah! Ow!” the blonde gasped, before there was ding, signifying her successful completion of the challenge. She stepped off the table and gingerly felt her upper lip. “Oh, my gosh. I can't believe how smooth that is. Thanks, Chip.”

    “It’s Chris,” Chris corrected her with a flat stare. He followed the blonde as she returned to her seat and continued, “Well done, Lindsay. Since you didn't even complain once, you get to choose who goes next.”

    “No thanks,” Lindsay said casually, right before Beth tapped her on the shoulder. I tried listening in as the bespectacled girl whispered something to the blonde, but I couldn’t make it out. Lindsay looked back at Chris. “Wait, I changed my mind. I choose… Heather. With lake leeches. Because… she’s a backstabbing lowlife traitor who only survives by leeching off of others.”

    Lindsay!” Heather snapped, slamming her fists into the desk as she stared down at the blonde.

    “What? You always tell me to do what I’m told,” Lindsay said thoughtlessly.

    “What I tell you to do, not- Ugh!” Heather seemed to resign herself to her fate, because she got up out of her seat and walked out onto center stage. She glared back at Lindsay and Beth. “You’re both going to pay for this!”

    “Enjoy your leeches, leech,” Beth said simply, giving the Asian girl a small, sarcastic wave.

    Heather growled, but said nothing, instead turning around as Chef Hatchet brought a large barrel onto the stage and set it down alongside a small stepladder. He opened up the barrel’s lid, revealing that it was filled with water… and, supposedly, leeches. He tapped the side of the barrel as he looked over at Heather, motioning for her to get in.

    She gulped.

    “Alright, Heather, get in the barrel of leeches,” Chris said. “We ain’t got all day, you know?”

    “I’m working up to it!”

    “Well, work faster.”

    I meant to say something encouraging, but it came out as, “Hey, if you’re lucky, the leeches will think you’re so skinny that you don’t have any blood and leave you alone.”

    I swear I didn’t mean it. The big smirk on my face was totally incidental. Honest.

    Heather eyes flashed as she turned to me. “You-” She seemed to think better of it and turned away, crossing her arms as she did so. “Thank you for saying I’m thin.”

    I blinked. That… didn’t work out as planned. Uh, I mean, it didn’t work out as I expected it would after I totally said it on reflex. Yeah.

    “Oh, and if your victim can last ten seconds without saying uncle, you get eliminated instead, which means you lose your chance to win this!” Chris said, gesturing once more to the trailer.

    “Wait, really?” Heather asked, orienting on the host. “If I stay in the barrel for ten seconds, Lindsay gets eliminated?”

    The host nodded with a grin. “Mm-hmm.”

    Heather’s expression turned from surprise to smugness as she looked over at not Lindsay, but Beth. I followed her gaze and saw the bespectacled girl did not look happy at all.

    Heather climbed into the barrel, impressively keeping up both her smirk and her staring contest with Beth the whole time. Slowly, however, her expression turned… less jovial. Her eyes widened in obvious discomfort and she twitched several times… but eventually, the timer ran out and the bell dinged. The moment it did, the Asian girl let out a shriek and leapt out of the barrel and onto the stage, where she immediately began removing the multitude of leeches from her skin and clothes.

    Ow! Ow! Ow! Ow! Ow!

    As soon as the bell dinged, a couple of interns walked onto the stage, pushing a stockade on wheels between them. They removed Lindsay’s chair and replaced it with the stockade, then locked the blonde in it, forcing her to bend over standing up… much to Heather’s amusement, judging by the loud “Ha!” she let out at the sight.

    “Not bad,” I said earnestly once Heather returned to her seat. “I didn’t expect you to win that. Good job.”

    She looked up at me with a surprised expression, and for a moment looked like she was about to say something, but then shrugged and turned away again. “Whatever.”

    Okay, now I’m just confused…

    Chris spun the wheel, and it landed on a crudely drawn footprint. “Our next challenger will be spending ten seconds in a wooden crate with Sasquatchanakwa. Tough one. Oh, and Heather, since you didn’t complain while you were in the barrel… you get to pick who goes next.”

    Very slowly, Heather turned around in her seat to look up at me with a smug look on her face. Her eyes were positively shining. “I choose Jason.”

    “Of fucking course you do,” I muttered before I got up from my seat and walked over to join Chris on the stage as a large – very large, easily four meters in height and over two meters in width and length – crate was wheeled onto the stage. I could see small holes drilled into it along the top, likely to allow the creature inside to breathe, and there was a door at the bottom to allow entry. As I watched, there was a crash as something inside the crate smashed against it, and the entire crate wobbled alarmingly.

    “Uh, what did you say was in there, again?” I asked, my eyes flitting between Chris and the crate.

    “Sasquatchanakwa.”

    “Sasquatcha-what?

    “Just get in,” Chris said and opened the door. A very pungent musk emanated from the opening, stinging my nostrils.

    “Okay, then,” I said and walked inside. As soon as I had cleared the threshold, the door shut and clicked behind me as it was locked. Quietly swallowing, I looked up…. and up… and up. “Damn, you’re tall.”

    The creature in front of me was tall – something like two and a half meters in height – and very hairy, its elongated body covered in grayish-purple fur. It looked sort of like a cross between a human and a gorilla, and it looked down at me with beady red eyes.

    “So, uh… nice day for it?” I ventured hopefully.



    I don’t know why I’m even surprised anymore,” Jason said as he sat in the confessional with both hands on his lap. He had an alarming amount of shed, grayish-purple fur on his clothes. “A sasquatch? Sure, why the hell not? Luckily, it doesn’t seem like I’m allergic to it, so that’s something. I don’t remember seeing it around the island, so I’m kinda wondering where they got it… ‘course, it might just be good at hiding. I actually have one of those metal poster things back home. You know, the one with Bigfoot, calling him the hide-and-seek world champion? Yeah, that one.”



    To Heather’s chagrin, Jason emerged from the crate unharmed, if covered in what looked to be some sort of grayish-purple fur.

    “Can I get one of those fur roller things?” the boy requested. “The guy was a hugger.”

    Chris and Chef Hatchet blinked and exchanged looks, then shrugged as a group of interns appeared and wheeled the crate off the stage.

    “Well, looks like Jason won this one, Heather,” the host said slyly and turned toward her. “Enjoy your new seating!”

    A pair of interns showed up and – with some difficulty – got a stockade up on Heather’s level. It was virtually identical to the one Lindsay was stuck in, and Heather silently cursed as she leaned forward and let the interns lock her up.

    “This is so humiliating,” she said as Jason walked past her on his way to his seat. He was rolling a fur roller up and down his sleeves. “I hope you’re happy.”

    “Oh, I am,” the boy replied once he’d seated himself. “The view is quite nice!”

    Heather’s eyes widened. Jason was above and behind her, so… “Where are you looking?!”

    “Wouldn’t you like to know?” came the annoyingly playful reply.

    Stop looking this instant!

    “… Nah.”



    “Jason, who goes next?” Chris asked before Heather could continue her objections.

    “Justin,” I said without hesitation. I wasn’t quite as annoyed with the pretty boy as I had been in the past, but I still wouldn’t mind seeing him sweat for a bit.

    The pretty boy ended up wearing wooden shorts… while a very energetic woodpecker pecked all over them. Potentially very unpleasant, but seeing as it flew from spot to spot rather than stay in one place… Meh. He passed, but not without complaining, so he didn’t get to pick the next one. Instead, it was up to Chris… and he picked Gwen.

    The Goth girl had to endure having her nose hairs picked with a pair of tweezers. She passed, and I flicked my fingers in disappointment. Not because of her passing the torture, but because it wasn’t Justin who had his nose hairs pulled out. That would have been way better than the wooden shorts.

    Next, DJ had to wrestle with a python… and lost, ending up in a stockade.

    After that was Courtney… who had to stand still while her upper body was covered in bees. It went well at first, but then one of the bees landed on her nose and she screamed and ran off the stage, losing the challenge. Once the interns brought her back, they put her in a stockade.

    Eva had to do a game of whack-a-mole… except she had to use her hands instead of a mallet, and the “moles” were cacti. It was painful just to watch, but she stuck it out somehow, and returned victorious to her seat with her hands covered in band-aids.

    Trent had to jump over a bunch of skunks… who took offense to his presence and sprayed him in the face. Needless to say, he took a dive after that.

    Gwen finally lost after being forced to listen to some kind of New Age music on a pair of earphones. Now, I had personally heard New Age music that was relaxing, as well as New Age music that was absolutely terrible and made me want to scream, and I could only assume this was the latter, going by Gwen shivering and going into the fetal position after tossing the earphones off.

    Then it was Justin’s turn again… this time with Chef Hatchet picking up a chainsaw to cut off his hair. To my quiet disappointment, the pretty boy ran away screaming before the actual cutting could begin. Him losing was pretty sweet, though.

    Next it was Beth’s turn. She had to do the Ice Cream Brain Freeze challenge. The name was straightforward enough, as it simply entailed her eating copious amounts of ice cream over ten seconds. At 5.7 seconds, she fell over, gripping her head and screaming. She lost.

    At this point, there were only four campers left: myself, Eva, Duncan and Izzy. We ended up doing multiple rounds of tortures, but came out on top every time… until we didn’t.

    Duncan’s third round came… and it was a doozy. Chris called it “Japanese Watermelon Torture”, and it involved Duncan, wearing a blindfold, hitting watermelons with a bokken, or wooden sword in the rough shape of a katana. The problem? The watermelons were suspended by rope and swung back and forth with the aid of Chris’s interns. To his credit Duncan did manage to crush a couple watermelons… but not before he ended up black and blue from all the hits he took to the face, and he lost the challenge along with his consciousness.

    Next was Izzy. The interns brought back the tiltable table and Izzy stood upon it as Chef Hatchet pulled on a pair of rubber gloves. An aquarium was brought on stage, and Chef Hatchet reached into it and pulled out a pair of eels.

    Electric eels, judging by the way Izzy’s hair flashed and stood on end when he touched her with them. Oddly enough, the redhead only laughed as if being tickled… despite sizzling slightly.

    “That was great! Hit me again!” she demanded. The Chef did so, prompting another flash of electricity and round of laughter.

    Chris popped up from behind the table. “Izzy, who's your next victim?”

    Izzy immediately raised her hand. “Ooh, ooh, me! With a poison ivy spa treatment!”

    Suddenly there was a ringing noise, and Chris pulled a cell phone out of his pocket. “It’s Chris. Yeah, yeah, she wants to do it! Okay.” He put the phone away and turned to Izzy. “Okay… The judges will allow it, but they wanna know why?

    “I just wanna see how it feels,” was Izzy’s reply.

    The host shrugged helplessly. “Alrighty, then.”



    Okay, the electric shocks I can kinda understand, but poison ivy? Like, why?” Jason asked, looking perplexed as he sat in the confessional. “That girl’s way kinkier than I thought. I can dig it.”



    The bell dinged.

    “Time's up. Chef, remove the poison ivy,” Chris said.

    Izzy, whose face was wrapped in poison ivy – with a pair of cucumber slices covering her eyes – held up a hand. “No, no… It feels great.”

    Unperturbed, Chris said, “You stuck it out, but sadly, you eliminated yourself.”

    Izzy took off the poison ivy wrappings, revealing a bright red and swollen face. In a very muffled voice, I think she said, “Look how big my lips are!

    Chris ignored the redhead as he walked up to the gallery. “After twenty rounds of torture, we're down to two steely competitors and the sudden death round. Jason, you’re up.”

    The host looked over his shoulder as Chef Hatchet spun the wheel.

    “Alright, Jason, your final challenge is... the Grizzly Bear Log Roll!

    I blinked. “Log roll?”



    The sudden death challenge, unlike all the rest, didn’t take place on the stage. Instead, it took place in the water off the dock, on which I was currently standing alongside Eva, Chef Hatchet and Chris, while the rest of the peanut gallery – still stuck in their stockades – watched from a ways behind us. There was a log floating in the water before me, and a bear standing at one end of it. And it smirked at me.

    “Molotov the Bear performs with the Russian national circus and has been the European log-rolling champion for the past twelve years,” Chris explained as the bear rolled the log with practiced ease, as if showing off. “To win, you must last ten seconds on the log while avoiding certain death in the piranha-infested water.”

    As he said the last bit, a whole bunch of piranhas leapt out of the water, audibly biting again and again in midair before falling back into the water.

    It was a very strange situation, all told.

    “Jason, you could back out now,” Chris pointed out, evidently taking my silence for hesitation.

    “Yeah, and give me the win,” Eva chimed in. She crossed her arms over her chest, bringing my attention briefly to her still band-aid-covered hands. Like myself, she had gone through every challenge successfully. Say what you want about Eva, she was a trooper.

    “Fuck that,” I said and turned to Chris. “As long as I don’t fall in the water for ten seconds, I win, right?”

    The host nodded. “That’s right.”

    I stepped onto the log. I wobbled slightly before finding my balance and looked up at the bear, who was still smirking at me.

    “Bring it,” I said, giving the ursine a smirk of my own.

    “Aaaaand... go!

    With Chris’s signal, the challenge began, and I leapt. The bear barely had time to widen its eyes in surprise before my foot struck its chest and knocked it off the log and into the water. I landed unsteadily on the log, and for a brief, vertigo moment I felt as if I was going to fall off too… but I spun around and regained my balance.

    Behind me, there was a pained roar, and I looked over my shoulder to see the bear resurfaced with most of its fur missing and several piranhas hanging from it, their teeth stuck in its pink flesh.

    I winced at the sight. “Sorry, dude.”

    I backed off as the bear climbed back onto the log, but it didn’t seem hostile; if anything, it looked sad. I had to resist the urge to give it a comforting hug.

    “Jason wins!” Chris declared once the bell dinged, “… in a rather unorthodox way, but a win’s a win. Eva is out!

    What?! No way!” Eva protested.

    Way,” Chris shot back and then pushed the gym girl away. “He wins the challenge, invincibility, and the grand prize!”

    I followed the host’s gesturing and saw the trailer, still glinting in the sunlight. Now I wouldn’t have to sleep in the cabin with everybody else. “YES!

    “While Jason checks out his trailer full of food, the rest of you can go to the confessional booth and vote off a camper. Other than Jason.”



    Following the challenge – and Jason running off to check out his new trailer – Heather went to the confessional to vote, as did everyone else. After finishing her vote, she went back to the Gopher cabin… but along the way she was intercepted by a determined-looking Beth and confused-looking Lindsay.

    “B-Beth, Lindsay, hi,” Heather stammered. Although she had done her best to make sure Beth got voted off – and felt reasonably certain she had succeeded – the girl was still dangerous as long as she remained on the island… so playing nice was paramount. “How are you?”

    Lindsay, who clearly didn’t get the seriousness of the situation, smiled dumbly. “Oh, I’m fi-”

    “Stop pretending to be nice,” the bespectacled girl said, her voice and face both betraying her displeasure as she glared at Heather. “That’s all you ever do: lie to people.”

    Heather’s eyes flitted this was and that, but fortunately, there didn’t seem to be anyone else in earshot. “I’m not-”

    Shut up! I wasn’t finished!” Beth snapped. She seemed to take a moment to calm herself down, then said, “Remember what I said about knowing your secret? It’s true. I can’t believe I didn’t see it before… it’s so obvious, now!”

    Heather grit her teeth. This was bad. Really bad. If Beth told everyone at this stage, even with the day’s voting over with, Heather would surely be voted off in the next-

    “You’re crushing on Jason!”

    The statement brought all of Heather’s thought processes to a screeching halt. “What?!

    “Ooooh, that’s why you’ve been so obsessed with him,” Lindsay said. “I thought all that digging you had me do was weird. You like him!”

    “Lindsay! That’s not it-”

    I knew it!” a new voice said, and Heather turned her head, her eyes wide with panic, to see Courtney emerge from around the corner of the Gopher cabin. “I knew you were crushing on Jason!”

    Heather could only stare as the three other girls exchanged smug, knowing looks.

    This was so much worse than she expected!

    “I can’t believe you gave me a hard time about liking Taylor!” Lindsay said teasingly. Then she blinked. “Uh, or was it Tylenol…? No, no, it was definitely Taylor.”

    “That was different!” Heather protested. Then, seeing the girls exchange more knowing looks, she immediately added, “I’m not crushing on Jason!

    “Oh, really?” Courtney asked as she crossed her arms over her chest. “Then what do you really think about him…?”

    “He’s a childish, perverted freak who-”

    My ears are burning~!

    Heather’s heart leapt into her throat as the subject of their conversation came walking up behind her, all smiles.

    Where did you come from?!

    “My parents, I’m pretty sure,” Jason replied thoughtfully. “Unless I’m a clone or something… What?”

    Heather groaned and turned away. Her face felt like it was on fire, and she was in no mood for Jason’s stupid comments, or his-

    “So, Jason, are you seeing anyone?” Courtney asked suddenly. “A girl at home, perhaps?”

    “Nah, I haven’t dated in a while,” Jason said with a shrug. “Why?”

    “Oh, you haven’t dated in a while? Isn’t that interesting,” Courtney said and looked very meaningfully over at Heather. “Don’t you think so?”

    Heather gave the girl a cold glare, then turned to Jason. “Don’t you have something to do?”

    The boy blinked. “Something to…? Oh, right, yes, I’m on my way to vote. See ya, ladies.”

    To Heather’s incalculable relief, he walked off in the direction of the confessional… just in time for her to feel someone elbow her in the side.

    “Isn’t that great, Heather?” Lindsay asked. “He’s single. You should totally go for it!”

    “Yes! Go for it!” Courtney agreed gleefully.

    “I will not,” Heather shot back. “There is nothing between me and that… that…!”

    “Oh come off it, you tsundere bitch!” Beth interjected before Heather could properly vocalize her disdain for the very idea that she- Hold on a moment.

    “What did you call me?!”

    “You heard me! And if you don’t want me to tell Jason, you will do exactly what I say from now on!”

    Heather stared, her mouth hanging open in surprise. Was Beth not trying to get her kicked off, but rather blackmail her way into being at the top of the alliance? The sheer audacity left the Asian girl momentarily speechless.

    Alas, the same could not be said for the other girls present.

    “Wait, why shouldn’t we tell Jason?” Lindsay asked, confusedly. “Oh, wait, is it because Heather’s shy? Aww, that’s so cute!

    That got Heather’s jaw working again. “It’s not like that!”

    “Don’t worry, we’ll keep your secret,” Courtney said with sly smile. “Just make sure to make your move soon, okay?”

    You’ve got it all wrong!



    Later that evening, we all gathered at the campfire for the elimination ceremony – the very first one where everybody was present, given the teams’ dissolution.

    Chris spoke, “Okay. So first up, we ran out of marshmallows. A bear stole them all.”

    I hummed thoughtfully as I thought back to the first time I had run into the bear in question, nearly a week earlier. Maybe I should have done something about that when I had the chance…?

    “I've reviewed the confessionals and I have to say, there's lots of hate-on in this group, which is awesome! While I normally protect your privacy, in the spirit of airing your dirty laundry, I'm gonna go live with your confessionals!”

    Judging by the surprised gasps from, well, everyone, nobody had been warned about that. No doubt the host had planned it all along for additional drama. As he spoke a TV dropped down from a wooden pole next to him.

    I watched apprehensively as the TV’s static gave way to an image of what was obviously the confessional. It was kinda weird seeing it from that angle, though.



    Since Jason’s immune, I’ll do the next best thing and vote for Beth,” Heather said in the confessional. “If she thinks she can come back here and threaten me, she’s got another thing coming!”



    I have nothing against Beth, but Heather wanted me to vote for her, so I did,” Justin said casually. “Sure, the teams are dissolved, but she told me that the best way of winning is sticking to the alliance, so I did.”



    Sorry Beth, but diary-stealing ain’t okay in my book,” DJ said right before blinking. “Hey, I made a pun! That was totally unintentional!”



    I just can’t get over how smooth this is!” Lindsay said as she touched the area above her lips with her fingers. “Oh, and Heather said if I didn’t vote for Beth, she would paint my toenails purple while I slept. Purple is sooooo not my color. Sorry, Beth!”



    You don’t even need to ask,” Trent said without a trace of hesitation in his voice. “Beth’s the one who ruined things between me and Gwen. Of course I was gonna vote for her!”



    Beth stole my diary,” Gwen said matter-of-factly. “Need I say more?”



    Dammit, I was so close to finally beating Jason!” Eva cursed at the ceiling. Then she sighed. “I’m voting for Beth. She stole Gwen’s diary, and Gwen is my… friend… so...”



    I vote for Heather,” Beth said with a scowl. “And as soon as I’m done in here, I’m gonna confront her! She’s finally getting hers!”



    I’m sure you’d expect me to vote for Heather now that I have the chance, right?” Jason asked mirthfully. “Sure, she’s a bit of a bitch, but she’s fun, so I think I’ll keep her around. It’d be great if I could kick her ass in the final challenge! … Oh, and I’m voting for Beth, I guess? Yeah.”



    The vote was… interesting, though I noted there were a few voters missing; no doubt Chris deemed them not dramatic enough to show off to the rest of us. But damn, there was a lot of information, there! Beth threatened Heather? Justin was in Heather’s alliance? Trent thought Beth stealing the diary was what caused the falling-out between him and Gwen? Eva and Gwen were friends now? And Beth confronted Heather about something?

    Actually, was that what I walked in on before voting, before? Could have been. Maybe I should have stayed to listen… Eh, whatever. I actually had a hunch what it was about – Heather being the one who actually stole the diary. I didn’t have any proof for my assertion, of course, but it just made so much more sense for her to steal it and then use Beth as her fall girl after she left their alliance. Though it did raise the question of why she never made use of the diary itself… unless her plan was to drive Gwen crazy with paranoia from the very beginning? Kind of a dick move if so, but fiendishly clever.

    Oh, and judging by the weirded-out look Heather’s giving me, she picked up on that bit about me keeping her around because she’s “fun”. Great. That’s not gonna bite me in the ass or anything.

    Chris chuckled. “Lots of dirt revealed there, huh? But in the end, it was still seven votes against Beth. So, adios.”

    “Wait a second!” Beth protested as she got to her feet. “Gwen, I never meant to steal your diary, honest! It just fell out of the sky!”

    Gwen shot the bespectacled girl a dubious look. “You seriously expect me to believe that?”

    “It’s the truth! You have to believe me,” Beth continued, even as Chef Hatchet appeared and started pushing her onto the dock, despite her best efforts to resist. Once upon the boat, she turned back to face us.

    Fine, but before I go, there is something I need to say.” Her gaze swept over the crowd before settling on me. “Jason! Heather is-”

    Before she could finish, one of Duncan’s carved wooden skulls smacked her in the head and knocked her over.

    “Hey, I was still working on that!” Duncan complained while glaring at Heather, whose entire pose screamed “I just threw something”. Noticing us, she straightened.

    “What? It’s a souvenir. She likes souvenirs.”

    “Uh-huh,” I deadpanned, my eyes narrowed.

    Unheeding of its passenger’s plight, the Boat of Losers began to pull away. I watched it, pondering. I wonder what she was gonna say…?

    Then Izzy spoke up out of nowhere. “Alright, party at Jason’s crib!”

    “Hey, I never agreed to that!”



    End Chapter 15



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 16: Bootylicious
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Okay, so this chapter was written in far more sittings over a far longer time period than normal. As a result, it may potentially be a little less coherent than normal in terms of how it flows from one scene to the next. I’ve tried to make things work, of course, but you never know. You have been warned.



    Chapter 16: Bootylicious

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Last time, on Total Drama Island…”

    Clips began rolling, showing scenes from the previous episode.


    The teams were dissolved, leaving each and every camper to look out for number one. And just to add a little more drama to the mix, Izzy and Beth returned for more fun!

    The campers remained to suffer all manner of abuse in the No Pain, No Game Challenge!

    In an act of vengeance, Beth stepped up and doomed Heather to the perils of the leech barrel, and, in a deft display of log… uh… jump-kicking, a grizzly got a piranha haircut, winning Jason invincibility.

    Now that the campers are forced to fend for themselves, who will be selfless? Who will be selfish? And who will eat shellfish? Stay tuned for the most thrilling episode yet on Total. Drama. Island!”



    It was the day after the last challenge, maybe an hour or so after breakfast.

    “Hear ye, hear ye, I hereby call to order this meeting of the People Who Don’t Hate My Guts Club.”

    “Snazzy name,” Gwen said dryly, while next to her Courtney giggled.

    I shot the Goth girl a look, then smirked. “So, how’s the coffee?”

    “I’ll be good,” Gwen said quickly. As she spoke she protectively cradled the steaming cup in her hands.

    Coffee was one of the many things my new trailer had been stocked with. I didn’t drink it myself, but there was nothing stopping me from using it to bribe- er, “entertain” guests. Like Gwen, who had been so elated to be presented with coffee that she had spontaneously given me a hug while having tears of joy in her eyes.

    Courtney raised her hand. “Aren’t we missing someone?”

    I looked around the trailer. Arranged in a semi-circle around me, alternately sitting down or standing up as the space and furniture allowed, were Eva, DJ, Gwen, Courtney, Duncan and Izzy. Oh, and one of the cameramen. All in all, it was far more crowded in the trailer than I would have preferred.

    After a moment’s consideration, I said, “I’m not sure Chef could fit through the doorway.”

    “That’s not- Never mind.” The Hispanic girl took a sip of her orange juice and looked away.

    “… Okay, then,” I said and turned my attention back to the rest of them. “As I was saying, all you in here don’t hate my guts. To the best of my knowledge, anyway,” I said jokingly, giving everyone a quick, suspicious glare. “And so, I figured you’d be the people to have a bit of a discussion with.”

    “About what?” Izzy asked. Then she giggled. “Ohhh, is it about me? I can give you all the dirt!”

    I chuckled and shook my head. “About Heather.”

    There was a muffled “Yes!” from somewhere, but when I looked around I didn’t see anyone in the midst of speaking. Did I imagine that? Well, whatever.

    “Specifically, about Heather’s alliance,” I continued. I crossed my arms over my chest and leaned back against the wall. “I’m sure you all know about it by now, but she, Lindsay and Justin are apparently in some kind of alliance to help each other advance in the competition.”

    “Yeah, the confessional reel kinda made that obvious,” Duncan shot in, to widespread nodding.

    I nodded as well. “Right. Now, I already knew about Heather and Lindsay, but Justin being in it too was a bit of a curve ball. That’s three votes right there, and since there’s… eleven of us, that’s a sizable chunk of the vote.”

    “So, what, you wanna make some kinda anti-Heather alliance?” Duncan asked, only to instantly receive a glare and an elbow to the ribs courtesy of Courtney. I studied the girl briefly, but she looked away in an oh-so-nonchalant way.

    The hell’s that about…? I wondered, while aloud I said, “Sort of, except not really. I’m thinking something less… formal than an actual alliance. Think of it something like a loose coalition, of sorts. Or maybe a non-aggression pact. Now that the teams are dissolved, sooner or later we’re gonna have to go up against each other, no matter who we ally with… so instead of an alliance I’m thinking we just watch each other’s backs as long as we can.”

    “So are we voting Heather off or not?” Eva asked. She smiled a predatory smile.

    I shook my head. “Not. I’m thinking we vote off Justin.” Looks of surprise and puzzlement followed my statement, and I quickly continued, adding, “There might be more people in Heather’s alliance than we know of, and I’m sure she’ll try to recruit more. Hell, there might even be one or two in here right now, for all I know, though I’m hoping not. I’m thinking we should erode her power base before she has enough people to just vote off whoever she likes.”

    “So why not just vote her off right away, instead?” Eva asked impatiently. “If she’s the leader-”

    “The devil you know,” I interrupted with a smile. “We know Heather. I know Heather. I know how to distract her and how to counter her. If she’s voted off, somebody else will take over the alliance… probably someone less intelligent, but also less predictable. It’s safer to keep Heather around while getting rid of all her allies.”

    “Oh, dude, I never thought of it like that,” DJ commented. He was idly petting Bunny who rested contentedly on his lap. “That’s real clever!”

    “Wow, you’ve… really thought about this, haven’t you?” Courtney asked, looking at me with wide eyes. “I didn’t know you could be so… so sneaky.”

    I shrugged. “Sometimes you gotta be sneaky.”

    “Isn’t this just because you’re envious of how hot Justin is?” Gwen asked. She was smirking playfully over her cup as she looked at me.

    I shot the Goth girl a flat look. Then I smiled. “Did you want some more coffee?”

    She immediately bowed her head and held up the mostly empty cup towards me. “I’m sorry, please forgive me!



    Upon leaving Jason’s trailer, Izzy looked around and hummed thoughtfully. As she did, the other campers walked past her, headed every which way.

    Psst! Hey!

    Blinking, Izzy looked this way and that before spotting Heather crouched behind the corner of the main lodge. The Asian girl was motioning for her to come closer and, seeing as she had nothing else planned, Izzy obliged. The moment she steered her steps in that direction, Heather ducked behind the corner and out of sight.

    “Hey, Heather, what’s happenin’?” Izzy asked once she reached the corner and once more had the girl in her sights, only to find herself roughly yanked behind it.

    “Don’t talk so loud!” Heather hissed. She looked this way and that suspiciously before she focused on Izzy. “So what happened in there?”

    Ohhh, we had coffee, and tea, and juice!” Izzy supplied eagerly. “And cookies, too!”

    “I didn’t mean the refreshments,” Heather deadpanned. “Why did Jason call you all in there?”

    Izzy tilted her head in thought. “Hmm… to talk.”

    A triumphant look made its way onto Heather’s face. “I knew it! Did Jason try to get everyone into an alliance to get rid of me? That sneaky, two-faced-”

    Izzy shook her head. “Nuh-uh.”

    Heather blinked. “What?”

    “He didn’t try that at all.”

    “Really?”

    “Really.”

    “… Wait, then he didn’t say anything about me at all?”

    Weeeeeell… now that you mention it, Jason did say something…”

    “He did? What did he say?”

    “He said you were predictable.”

    There was a brief pause. Nearby, some birds chirped happily.

    PREDICTABLE?!

    The birds flew off in a panic.



    The next day, some time after breakfast, it was time for the next challenge. To that end, Chris had a bit of a surprise planned.

    An explosive surprise.

    “Oh, man, this is gonna be awesome,” Chris said between giggles as he aimed his recently-acquired cannon… right at Jason’s fancy new trailer. The cannon was a reproduction of a ship cannon from the Age of Sail, and while the cannonballs weren’t explosive in and of themselves, they certainly hit with enough force to utterly wreck something like a trailer. “I can already see the look on his face! … Hey, Chef, what’s with the body bag?”

    Chef Hatchet, who was indeed carrying a black body bag folded over one arm, gave the host a flat stare. “You’re about to fire a cannon at the trailer of the guy who made Boney Island his bitch. If he survives, you won’t.”

    “Oh, he’s not in the trailer, he’s- Okay, I see your point.”

    “So, will I be needing this?”

    Chris sighed irritably and petulantly kicked the ground. “No…”

    Chef Hatchet nodded and walked away, carrying the body bag. Chris watched him go, then turned his attention back to the cannon and quietly cursed.

    “Darn it, what am I gonna fire this at, then…? It was a big part of the budget for this challenge, you know! I can’t just let it go to waste…”

    The host thoughtfully looked around. Surely, there had to be something that- Oh.

    A smile slowly blossomed on the sadistic man’s face. Oh, that might work…



    The past few days had been rather warm, so was it any surprise that I spent a lot of time in the water? Certainly not – it had even become something of a routine for me, to go for my morning walk, return and have breakfast with everyone else, and then go for a swim.

    Today, Gwen had decided to accompany me. Not into the water, mind you, but to the shore. While I took a swim, she sat down under a tree near the shore and sketched… something in her sketch pad. It was such a common occurrence that a lot of the time I didn’t even ask her what she was sketching; if she liked the end result, odds were she’d show it to me after, anyway. So I just took it easy swimming back and forth and occasionally floating on my back and looking up at the sky.

    Everything was peaceful… until it wasn’t.

    There was a loud bang not far off, followed by a whistling noise… and then I found myself flying through the air, violently ejected from the water when it suddenly decided to explode on me. Unprepared as I was, there was precious little I could do to adjust my trajectory, and I somehow ended up slamming into and knocking over Gwen, the pair of us tumbling along the ground before coming to a stop in a tangle of limbs, pencils and loose papers.

    It was rather unexpected, all told. I mean, how often does water just explode? Obviously, the bang and the whistling noise I heard before had something to do with it. It sounded kinda like a cannon, come to think of it…

    Jason, what the heck?!” I heard Gwen exclaim in a high-pitched voice from somewhere underneath me.

    “Don’t ask me, I didn’t ask to go flying,” I murmured as I pushed myself up on my hands. Opening my eyes, I saw that Gwen’s blushing face was almost right below mine. I blinked, then smiled and gave her an upwards nod, the action causing droplets of water to fall from my hair onto her face. “Yo.”

    “Jason… you’re getting me all wet.”

    Heh.”

    The Goth girl’s cheeks turned a deeper shade of crimson. “Not like that! Get off me!”

    I winked at her. “You sure?”

    “Yes!”

    “Alright, then,” I said and got up before offering my hand to her. She took it, and I pulled her to her feet. “You okay?”

    “I’m fine,” she said while looking down. She groaned and immediately knelt and began gathering up her belongings. On reflex I mirrored the action, but stopped myself when I realized my hands were still wet. After a split-second’s hesitation I settled for gathering up the pencils while leaving the papers and sketchpad to the Goth.

    “What were you drawing, anyway?”

    N-nothing!” she answered, her voice going high-pitched again as she pressed the sketchpad to her chest as if to hide it from view.

    I quirked an eyebrow at the display, but didn’t question it; clearly, she wasn’t ready to show anyone whatever it was she’d been sketching. No biggie. I stood back up and looked out over the lake, but the lake’s surface had already returned to normal following… whatever that was. I was about to ask Gwen if she’d seen what happened when a familiar, megaphone-amplified voice rang out from the other side of the camp… though for some reason, on this particular day it carried an unusual, if highly distinct, accent.

    Arr, mateys! Meet me at the amphitheater in five minutes and I’ll tell you about today’s challenge!

    “Five desserts says today’s challenge is pirate-themed,” I deadpanned.

    “Yeah, as if I’m taking that bet,” Gwen returned with a roll of her eyes. “Let’s just go see what Chris has cooked up for us this time.”



    As it turned out, I was right. We – meaning the campers – sat ourselves down before the amphitheater, while upon the stage Chris stood waiting. Once we were all seated, he struck a pose.

    “Well, my little scallywags. Have we got an adventure in store for ye!”

    Oh, yeah, and he was wearing a pirate costume, complete with a black hat adorned with a white skull-and-crossbones symbol, an eyepatch and what appeared to be a stuffed parrot on his shoulder. It must have been sitting on a mechanism of some sort, because as the host talked there was a metallic creaking noise as the parrot fell forward. He quickly adjusted it.

    “What’s under the sheet, Captain Chris?” Duncan asked sarcastically, indicating the large pile of something covered by a white sheet in-between the host and Chef Hatchet. The Chef hadn’t gone quite as all-in with the dressing-up as Chris had, having simply switched out his chef’s hat for a pirate hat identical to Chris’s.

    “All in good time, laddie. Who here has a hankerin’ for a good ol’-fashion treasure hunt?”

    Next to me, Gwen rolled her eyes and hummed noncommittally. I lightly elbowed her in the side and said, “Oh, come on. It could be fun!”

    “Says you,” she murmured, even as she gave a wan smile.

    “Now, this treasure hunt’s got a twist, mateys,” Chris continued. “What yer looking for isn’t hidden and it isn’t treasure.”

    “If there’s no treasure, then what’s with the eyepatch and the plastic parrot?” Duncan asked.

    In response, Chris grabbed said parrot and tossed it off the stage. “Arr, shiver me timbers! Good question, me boy! Yer lookin’ for keys to a treasure chest!”

    As he spoke, Chef Hatchet pulled the sheet away to reveal a pile of pirate-y treasure chests underneath.

    “Inside each of these chests is a treasure that will pamper you landlubbers and one of these chests will even give you... invincibility! Ha-har! Now, come ’round and pull a clue out of this bucket or you’ll have to walk the plank!”

    Chef Hatchet presented a metal bucket filled with what looked like pieces of flotsam. We all got up on the stage and, on Chris’s signal, withdrew a piece each.

    “These clues will tell ye where your key be stowed,” Chris explained.

    I looked down at my piece. There was a piece of paper tacked to the flotsam, and upon it was drawn an image that looked like… “Crocodiles?”

    Chris chuckled and dropped his pirate accent. “I was hoping you’d get that one, dude.” He turned to Heather and said, “Haha, Chef’s fridge. Nice. I hear he brushes it daily for fingerprints ever since Jason’s kitchen raid.”

    Heather shot me a flat look, but I merely whistled innocently and looked away.

    Chris, meanwhile, turned to Justin. “That there is the septic tank. For the washrooms.”

    As Justin stared in abject horror at his clue, Chris turned to address all of us, once more adopting his fake pirate accent. “All you scallywags, go find yer keys and bring them back by six P. M. Eastern Standard Time, to open up your chest and get yer loot! Fair thee well, young scallywags. Now, get to it!



    Heather sighed as she sat in the confessional. “I don’t know who came up with these lame-o challenges, and memo to Chris: Those pirate tights do not exactly flatter your legs. Savvy?”



    Okay, I’m all for a treasure hunt, but why is my clue a bunch of crocodiles? Or alligators, or whatever,” Jason said as he sat in the confessional, holding up his clue for the camera. On it was a crude drawing of what appeared to be a pair of crocodiles sticking their heads out of a hole, their maws open and displaying rows of sharp teeth. “I can’t seriously be the only one feeling concerned, here, can I?”



    After Chris’s explanation, I found myself too busy pondering the clue in my hand to really think about where I was going, and ended up following along with Gwen.

    When the Goth girl let out a disgusted groan, I looked up. “Something wrong?”

    “My key is in that skunk hole,” Gwen said. Following her gesturing hand, I saw what looked like the entrance to a burrow between some bushes. “Skunks totally freak me out.”

    “Hey, I haven’t even figured out where my key is, yet” I said, shrugging, “so why don’t I help you out with yours, and then you can help me find mine?”

    “But this is practically impossible.”

    “Pfft. As if. You just need the right approach…”

    If there was one thing I had learned in my time on this island, it was that the animals around here were a lot more receptive to human communication methods than they were in my world… provided they were in the mood to listen, anyhow. With that in mind, I bent over and called out into the burrow.

    “Hello? Excuse me? Anyone home?”

    There was a rustling noise. After a moment, a skunk emerged from within. It looked this way and that, as if checking for danger, before it focused on me.

    “Yeah, hi, sorry to bother you,” I said as the skunk looked up at me with inquisitive eyes. “I was wondering: have you seen a key? It should be about this big and is probably made of metal. I think someone might’ve tossed it into your burrow. Have you seen it?”

    The skunk tilted its head and frowned in apparent thought. Then its eyes lit up and it scurried back into the burrow. After a moment or two, it returned, carrying the key in its mouth. It dropped it right outside the burrow and looked up at me with an expectant expression on its furry face.

    “Yes, that’s it exactly!” I exclaimed happily. I straightened and then bowed in gratitude. “Thank you very much!”

    The skunk let out a pleased noise, then returned to its burrow. I picked up the key and presented it to Gwen.

    “Here you go.”

    “You are the weirdest guy ever,” she deadpanned. Then she smiled and took the key. “Thank you.”



    That was moderately cool of Jason to help me avoid the skunks. He’s okay,” Gwen said casually in the confessional. Then her expression changed from laid-back to delighted. “Okay, he’s more than okay! He’s so incredible! But don’t tell anyone I said that!”



    Jason is helping Gwen, now? That does it! They’re definitely in an alliance!” Heather exclaimed in the confessional. She scowled and crossed her arms. “I saw it with my own eyes, so there’s no mistaking it. I can’t allow another alliance besides mine, especially if Jason’s in it! Did he figure out Izzy’s in my alliance and intentionally mislead her with that ‘tea party’ of his the other day so she wouldn’t notice? I wouldn’t put it past him, that cunning bastard. And I’m not predictable!”



    “Oh, you’re not getting the key out that way,” Chris said, barely containing a snicker as he watched Justin working a plunger inside one of the toilets. They were in the communal bathroom, and the host had followed the youth inside along with one of the cameramen to watch.

    Justin straightened and turned to face him. “Then what am I supposed to do?!” he asked, spreading his arms wide in exasperation.

    “Don’t worry your pretty little head,” Chris said, smiling. He pulled out a snorkel from behind his back. “We’ve got you covered. Here’s a snorkel. The way inside the septic tank is out back.”

    Justin’s face visibly paled. “You… You’re joking, right?”

    Chris shook his head. “Nope. You’re gonna have to really, heh heh, plunge into it.”

    The statement was followed by complete and utter silence. After several moments, the host spoke again.

    “Justin? Hello?”

    The handsome youth did not answer. He was staring into nothing, his face frozen in a mask of horror. Chris waved his hand in front of Justin’s face, but there was no reaction.

    “Whoa, wait,” the host said, amazed. “Did you seriously just faint standing up? That’s awesome!

    There was another moment of silence before Chris gently poked Justin in the chest. The handsome youth dropped backwards like a felled tree, his eyes rolled into the back of his head.

    Chris snickered.



    Eva had gone further inland in search of her key, and finally she found what she was looking for: the entrance to the bear cave where her clue indicated her key was hidden. She stalked inside, head swiveling left and right as she kept her eyes open for signs of danger.

    “There you are,” she murmured as she saw the key hanging from around the neck of a bear lying in the middle of the cave. It looked to be asleep. Sneakily – or as sneakily as she could, as stealth was not her forte – the gym girl approached the ursine.

    Alas, someone had strategically placed a small twig on the ground, and without seeing it she stepped on it, snapping it in two with an audible snap.

    The bear rose up, yawned, and scratched itself. It looked around blearily, its gaze sweeping over and past Eva before suddenly reorienting on her. They stared at one another for several seconds before the bear stood up and growled menacingly.

    Not to be outdone, Eva adopted a wide-legged stance, her arms held up and out to the sides, and growled right back.

    The bear blinked, taken aback, clearly not having expected the action.

    Not one to waste an opportunity, Eva lunged.

    The poor bear didn’t stand a chance.



    Courtney was faring better than some, but worse than others. While she and Duncan had initially searched the camp together, they soon decided to split up to cover more ground. Courtney, for her part, had wandered into the woods, thinking that the drawing of a bunny on her clue indicated the key was in the possession of – you guessed it – a bunny. And where would a bunny be but in the woods?

    … Okay, so she actually checked with DJ’s pet Bunny, first, but he turned out not to have it, so clearly she had to find a different bunny.

    After a good while wandering around the woods, Courtney came to a small clearing where she did, indeed, see a small, fluffy bunny sitting next to a key lying in the grass.

    “Oh, finally!” the Hispanic girl exclaimed at the sky. Then she cleared her throat and slowly approached the bunny. “Hey, there, little bunny! Who’s a nice-”

    The bunny bared its teeth and let out a roar that was far too loud and too deep to have possibly been produced by such a small critter… or so she would have thought right up until that moment.

    Then the bunny lunged and Courtney screamed and ran for all she was worth.



    It took a while, but eventually we found the location where my key was. There was a particularly wide section of a brook on the island, where two low, wooden towers had been erected on either side and a primitive suspension bridge hung between them. I had never bothered to use the bridge in my wanderings, as it was very old and rickety, and there were plenty of places I could easily jump across. However, in this instance it turned out I didn’t have much choice but to make use of the bridge. Why?

    Because my key was lying inside a glass which itself was set on a rock jutting out of the middle of the brook, right beneath the bridge. Normally I would’ve just waded out and grabbed it, but there were two crocodiles in the water, slowly circling the rock. Clearly the idea was for me to climb the bridge, reach down, and grab the key out of the glass while avoiding the crocodiles.

    “Be careful, Jason!” Gwen called out from the sidelines as I climbed up the tower on our side of the brook.

    “Nothing to worry about,” I said casually, giving her a smile before turning my attention to the bridge. Several of the boards were missing while others hung loose, and the ropes holding it all up didn’t look to be in the best of condition, either. It was kinda iffy if the bridge could hold up my weight without the ropes snapping in twain.

    Oh, and the crocodiles were eyeing me intently from the water. As I watched, one of them opened its elongated jaw and licked its teeth, its eyes never leaving me.

    I shot the reptiles a flat stare, then stepped out onto the bridge, making sure to divide each foot’s weight between two boards to minimize the risk of one breaking. Step by step, I moved to near the center of the bridge, and the entirely board-free middle section. At that point, I had to put my feet directly on the ropes.

    The crocodiles raised their heads and started taking turns snapping at me. Fortunately, they couldn’t leap high enough out of the water to reach me, but there was no doubt in my mind they would reach me easily once I went for the key.

    Stupid Chris and his stupid challenges!

    I took a deep breath and locked my ankles around the ropes as I let myself fall forward and downward. If I relaxed my hold for even a second, I would drop off completely. As expected, the crocodiles immediately lunged for me.

    I backhanded the first crocodile on the side of its face, causing it to fall back into the water, and used the momentum from the impact to swing out of the way of the other’s lunge. I heard its jaws snap shut before it dove back into the water with a splash.

    I reached out for the key, but swinging like a pendulum as I was I found my fingertips barely grazing the glass. The glass wobbled alarmingly, but remained standing, and I resolved to wait until I swung closer.

    Unfortunately, the crocodiles weren’t content to watch. They lunged at me again, and this time I was able to deliver a straight punch to the underside of one’s jaw. The impact sent me swinging the other way, closer to the glass, and I reached out and narrowly grabbed the key. Letting out a triumphant shout, I pulled back and prepared to get back up on the bridge… only to have my oncoming victory celebration halted as the other crocodile’s jaws snapped shut…

    … around the rope someone had attached to the key.

    The crocodile fell back into the water, and the momentum threatened to pull me with it, but I managed to retain my hold on both the key and the bridge. Then began the strangest game of tug-o’-war I’d ever been engaged in.

    “Let go!” I exclaimed, holding the key with one hand while the other closed around the rope for extra leverage. The crocodile did not heed my command, however, and instead swam backwards as it pulled on the rope. “Drop it, damn you!”

    I felt rather concerned that the other crocodile would take the opportunity to bite me – seeing as how I was now basically hanging at something like a rigid 45-degree angle down from the bridge, what with its companion pulling on the rope with all its might – but it didn’t. Instead, it lunged upward, opened up its jaws and…

    … bit into the rope, slightly higher up than the first one, and joined in trying to pull me off the bridge.

    Are you fucking kidding me?!

    When I got out of bed that morning, I had not expected to engage in a tug-o’-war with a pair of crocodiles. Indeed, I freely admit the thought had never so much as crossed my mind on that day or any other. I struggled to keep my various holds as the reptiles pulled harder and harder, the bridge creaking more ominously with every passing second.

    “Let go, you fuckers! Loss! Loss, säger jag! Släpp, för i helvete, era jävla små-!
    "Loose! Loose, I say! Let go, for hell's sake, you fucking little-"
    And then, as one, they let go of the rope.

    It was my second involuntary flight that day.



    Sans Justin, who was unconscious in the medical tent, Heather gathered everyone in her alliance – Trent, Lindsay and Izzy – on the Dock of Shame to discuss what she had discovered earlier that day: that Jason was officially in an alliance with Gwen.

    “Okay, listen up. We’ve gotta break up Jason and Gwen’s alliance.”

    “They have an alliance?!” Trent exclaimed, his eyes wide, his expression going from surprise to hurt to anger. “I knew it, he’s got her wrapped around his little finger! Don’t worry, Gwen, I’ll save you! I swear!”

    Internally, Heather rolled her eyes at the boy’s melodramatic declaration. “Right. Anyway, I have a plan. Lindsay, I need you to- What happened to you?”

    Lindsay winced at the question. All the bare parts of her skin were covered in angry red welts. “Izzy tried to help. Bees stinging. Terror. Lost keys.”

    Almost as if to agree, the rattlesnake that was attached by fang to Izzy’s skull and coiled around her body released its bite and hissed, right before it bit the girl again. Izzy herself paid it no heed, her content smile unwavering.

    “Uh… yeah,” Heather said, her eyes flitting from the redhead to the blonde. “Now here’s the plan: First, I need you to-”

    At that precise moment, something whooshed past her. Heather barely had time to widen her eyes in surprise before something impacted the water with a loud splash that rained droplets of water down on the dock. She stared as the water bubbled for several seconds before none other than Jason broke the surface with a gasp. The young man quickly swam up and climbed onto the dock.

    Heather watched the boy with wide eyes. “What did you-”

    “Not a word,” he said curtly and stomped past her, water dripping from his drenched clothes and hair as he clutched a key in one hand. “Not a fucking word.”

    Before Heather could say anything else, they were interrupted by Chris’s voice coming from the camp’s PA system.

    Okay, campers, meet me at the campfire in ten! Oh, and bring your keys.

    Heather silently cursed. Her plan to break up Jason and Gwen’s alliance would have to wait.

    “Wow, I didn’t expect that,” Izzy said as she began awkwardly hopping toward the camp. “Jason was all whoosh and then splash!” The girl giggled.

    “Yeah, he’s really unpredictable,” Lindsay chimed in in agreement. Upon noticing Heather’s glare, she blinked. “What? Ow! Why’d you hit me?!”

    Heather didn’t dignify the question with a response.



    For once, people gathered at the campfire with plenty of daylight left. As I drew near the people already there, I caught the tail-end of a conversation.

    “You ran from a bunny?” Duncan asked, stifling a laugh.

    “It was a bad bunny!” Courtney replied defensively next to Gwen, who giggled.

    “Oh my gosh, Jason! Are you okay?!” she asked upon noticing me. Then she paused as she looked me over. “Did you land in the lake?”

    “Yes,” I said and scowled. I shrugged, spreading droplets of water everywhere.

    “Hey guys! Wazzuuup?!” Izzy asked as she hopped up to the group, trailed by Lindsay, Heather and Trent.

    Duncan gave the redhead an amused smirk. “Heh, Izzy, you’ve got a snake on your head.”

    Indeed, she did have a snake coiled around her body, its head resting on her. Looking back through my recent memories, I actually had noticed it when I climbed onto the dock, but I’d been so annoyed that I hadn’t paid it any heed.

    Izzy, for her part, didn’t seem upset at all. “I know, but don’t worry. He’s friendly,” she said, right as the snake bit into her head, to widespread gasping from everyone around. “See? Kisses!

    The redhead’s eyes then rolled into the back of her head right before she fell over with a thud.

    “Uhhh, should we get her to the medical tent?” I asked, feeling mildly concerned. The girl clearly had a masochistic streak, but losing consciousness was another matter entirely.

    “Yarr!” Chris exclaimed then, and we all turned to see the pirate-outfit-wearring host stand before us with one foot on the pile of booty, which the interns must have brought over from the amphitheater while we were off searching for the keys. “It be time to claim yer treasure! Who’s fortunate enough to bear the precious key, come forth with it!”

    And so, while a pair of interns hauled Izzy off to the medical tent, we all – or those of us with keys, anyhow – claimed our hard-earned booty.

    “Is this the best you can do?” I heard Duncan ask, clearly unhappy with – I looked over – the snacks he’d pulled out of one of the chests.

    “My key won’t open any chests,” Eva complained.

    “Oh, yeeeaaah,” Chris said and let out a brief chuckle. “I forgot to mention that some of the keys don’t open up any chests.”

    Eva, of course, did not take kindly to this revelation. “Are you kidding me?!”

    “Eva, temper,” I said curtly, and the gym girl lowered her fist as Chris hurriedly backed off.

    I continued testing chest after chest with my key while around me people kept doing the same. I watched with half an eye as Gwen opened up a chest and pulled out a toaster, while next to her Heather rummaged through another chest before pulling out a gift basket with a card attached to it.

    “Oh, and look, an invincibility pass!” the Asian girl exclaimed happily after detaching the card. “Lucky me.”

    I tsked in irritation as I tried another chest. This time, there was an audible click when I turned the key. Score!

    I opened the chest and pulled out…

    “The hell?”

    … a floor lamp, with a foot in the shape of a woman’s leg in fishnet stockings and a high-heeled shoe. I stared at it, feeling more than a little nonplussed.

    “I hope everyone got the treasure they were looking for,” Chris said a few minutes later, once we had all finished collecting our booty. “And more. But now, it’s time to do your duty and send one of you off the island for good. So cast your votes.” Then he switched to his pirate accent. “And I’ll see ye buccaneers back at the campfire after sundown! Arr har har!



    Okay, well… I wasn’t expecting a lamp. Better than nothin’, I suppose. At least it’s got a nice leg!”

    Jason shrugged as he sat in the confessional, holding the lamp under one arm as he faced the camera. His face broke into a grin.


    Sooo… My gambit the other day paid off. Justin’s finally gone! Yes!”

    The boy fist-pumped the air before turning somber.


    Oh, but that’s just the first step. Next up? Trent. Yarr!”



    Damn him!” Heather cursed loudly in the confessional. She shook her fist at the door before turning her attention to the camera. “Justin got voted off. I don’t know how, but I know it was Jason’s fault! He’s trying to undermine me, I’m sure of it.”

    The Asian girl crossed her arms over her chest.


    This makes things more dangerous for me, for sure… but I’ve got a plan to break up that little alliance he’s got going with Gwen. Just you wait, Jason! I’ll show you just how unpredictable I can be!”



    The gay moose sat in the confessional, bawling its eyes out and cradling a framed photo of Justin in its forelegs. The photo was even signed!

    Clearly, there were some questions in the world that were better left unanswered.




    End Chapter 16



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 17: Peek-A-Boo, I Seek You!
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: At long last, here we are! Where is “here”? No idea, but here we are! Now go read the chapter.

    Oh, and because it’s been such a long time coming, I’m not 100% sure I caught all typos and grammatical blunders. Let me know if I missed anything.



    Chapter 17: Peek-A-Boo, I Seek You!

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Previously, on Total Drama Island…”

    Clips began rolling, showing scenes from the previous episode.


    The campers searched for treasure and yours truly put in an impressive performance as a pirate.

    But this was no ordinary treasure hunt. Some campers put their lives on the line to snag their booty, while Justin put his stunning good looks on the line… or would have, if he hadn’t fainted, first.

    But in the end, the campers who went the limit were rewarded with treasures that, in hindsight, probably weren't worth the effort. Heh heh. Oh well. Except for Heather, who managed to win the coveted invincibility prize and avoid getting voted off.

    But really, Heather was already safe anyway, thanks to Jason's surprising scheming, and it was Justin who walked the plank. Ha-ha-harr!

    Who will be the next unlucky camper to walk the Dock of Shame? Who will lose their cool? Who will lose their lunch? Find out on the most shocking episode yet on Total. Drama. Island!”



    Heather had a plan. Or, well, the beginnings of one, anyway.

    Okay, so she didn’t really have a plan.

    It was the day after the treasure hunt challenge, and Heather sat on the porch of the girls’ cabin, looking absently toward Jason’s trailer at the edge of camp. She had spent much of the previous night trying to think about how to put a wedge between Jason and Gwen, but everything she came up with had a flaw of some sort.

    She considered stealing Gwen’s diary again and hiding it in Jason’s trailer. The flaw? There could be some time before anyone found it, and with the level of trust that seemed to exist between the two campers chances were slim that Gwen would actually believe he’d stolen it, and without Beth around to take the fall suspicion would naturally fall upon Heather herself.

    She also considered stealing something of Jason’s and hiding it with Gwen’s things, but that plan had many of the same issues, not to mention she wasn’t sure Jason even had anything personal enough to elicit a strong enough reaction. What could she take from him? His book of weird sayings? His fairy-tale book? One of the books with nonsensical titles? The book he used to jot down notes on the other campers? Actually, that last one might have worked, if he’d written anything particularly damning about Gwen… except Heather didn’t remember anything of that nature from when she’d read the book herself, and given how well the pair of them seemed to get along it was unlikely he would have added anything particularly incriminating in the time since.

    Besides, even if Heather stole something of Jason’s and planted it on Gwen somehow, it was unlikely the boy would overreact as a result. As much as she hated to admit it, Heather had a hard time seeing Jason fall for something so crude – the boy was simply too smart and easy-going most of the time; even if he fell for it, chances were he’d simply forgive Gwen for it right away, though possibly after administering some kind of punishment.

    Heather sighed and gently massaged her temples. Jason wasn’t like the other campers; sure, he had weaknesses, but none of them were easily exploitable, and the boy was nearly impossible to manipulate, it seemed. He would see through all the simple schemes pretty much instantly, and many of the more complex ones wouldn’t work at all due to his eccentric personality. Thinking about ways to reliably trick him was making Heather’s thoughts – and resultant plans – more and more convoluted. In short, anything she thought of that might actually work was so ridiculously complex that carrying it out in the first place would be an almost impossible challenge with her limited time and resources.

    Of course, she did have the option of simply sabotaging Jason’s trailer and then pinning it on Gwen – the boy’s surprisingly regular daily schedule offered plenty of chances to sneak inside and do just that – but suffered from the same problem as stealing something in that he was unlikely to actually believe the Goth girl was the guilty party.

    “Thanks for the coffee.”

    “No worries. See ya later.”

    Heather’s eyes narrowed. It was a little while after breakfast, and Gwen had just exited the trailer, looking annoyingly perky. From the brief exchange, it was obvious she’d just received her latest dose of coffee from Jason – a ritual Heather had confirmed with Izzy after probing the crazy girl further on what had gone on during Jason’s “tea party” the other day. Why the boy felt the need to invite the Goth inside the trailer every time instead of just handing her the coffee in a paper cup or something Heather didn’t know, but it annoyed her immensely. What did they talk about in there, with nobody else to listen in? Was talking all they did? What if they-

    There were steps behind her as someone stepped out of the cabin and then abruptly stopped. A puzzled voice asked, “What are you doing?”

    “I don’t care what they do in there!” Heather snapped, perhaps a little too defensively.

    There was silence. After a moment, Heather looked over her shoulder to see Courtney standing there, wearing a smug expression and a half-lidded stare.

    Great. Shipper on deck, Heather thought sarcastically. Really, the way the other girl went on and on about how she and Jason would be just perfect together was annoying in its own right, but her habit of relating absolutely everything Heather did to Jason just made it worse. As if she didn’t have more important things to do than spend her time thinking about… um…

    To her annoyance, Heather saw the Hispanic girl look over towards Gwen walking away from the trailer before she focused on her once more. “Worried about Gwen spending so much time with Jason, huh?” Courtney asked. She nodded knowingly. “I get it.”

    “That’s not it!” Heather protested. “I’m not-”

    “Shh, it’s okay,” Courtney said soothingly and sat down next to her. She was being far too close and personable for Heather’s liking, especially considering the subject matter. “You don’t need to say anything. I get it!”

    No, you don’t! You’ve got it all wrong!

    “Don’t give me that look, I’m on your side,” the Hispanic girl continued reassuringly. “I’m rooting for you! Jeather all the way!”

    “I told you, I’m not- That’s a horrible name.”

    At the very least, Courtney had the decency to look abashed. “Yeah, the name might still need some work. But I really am on your side! You and Jason would be just per-”

    Don’t say it! I keep telling you, I don’t-” Hold on a moment. I might be able to use this. Doing a mental one-eighty, Heather adopted a feigned nonchalant look. For show, she even started to nervously finger a small indentation in one of the planks that made up the porch. “Okay, hypothetically, if I was… you know…”

    “Mm-hmm?”

    Here goes nothing. “… obviously, I would feel… concerned… over Gwen spending so much time with… um…” Come on, take the bait, already!

    I’ll help!” Courtney exclaimed, her voice rising a couple octaves in excitement. “Whatever it is you need, I’m your girl!”

    Internally, Heather smirked. Hook, line and sinker!



    After finishing up her talk with Courtney, Heather proceeded to carry out step two of her – admittedly hastily improvised – plan. And for that, she needed to have another “talk”… with another person entirely.

    Heather found the gullible sap- er, poor, naive boy sitting by himself on top of one of the stumps at the campfire pit, wearing a forlorn expression on his face and sighing as he stared at nothing. The pathetic sight almost made her feel a twinge of guilt at what she was about to do.

    Almost.

    “Trent, just the person I wanted to see!” Heather greeted the boy cheerfully. She seated herself on the stump next to him. “How are you today?”

    He didn’t even look at her. “What does it look like?” he spoke unhappily. “And before you say anything: yes, I know I’m pathetic. But I just can’t get Gwen out of my mind!”

    “I don’t think you’re pathetic at all,” Heather assured the boy, making sure to add an extra note of sympathy to her voice. “And in fact, Gwen is exactly who I wanted to talk to you about…”

    Trent slowly turned to look at her. “What about her?”

    Heather graced the boy with a warm, comforting smile before she began relaying her plan – or at least, Trent’s part in it.

    It was almost too easy.



    A while later Heather sat once more on the porch outside the girls’ cabin, relaxing with a bag of chips from her reward in the treasure hunt, feeling secure in the knowledge that her latest scheme was well underway.

    There was a fizzy sound as, next to her, Lindsay popped open a glass bottle filled with a purple liquid. “I am so glad they included Grapetastic Pop in your reward last night, Heather! It's totally my favorite. It’s the only thing I've really been craving on the island.”

    “Yeah, yeah, whatever,” Heather replied, rolling her eyes. “It can’t be that good. Give it here.”

    Before Lindsay could so much as protest, Heather took the bottle from her and took a sip. She spat it back out immediately as the horribly sweet taste threatened to overwhelm her taste buds.

    “How can you drink this sugar water?!” she asked and tossed the bottle away. It broke into pieces when it landed, spilling its contents all over the ground. The action elicited a horrified gasp from Lindsay, which in turn made Heather smirk.

    This was shaping up to be a great day!



    Heather is my best friend on the island,” Lindsay said happily as she sat in the confessional. Then she began counting off on her fingers. “I mean, sure, she steals my food and borrows my clothes and calls me names, but that's what BFFs are for. Best female friends!”



    Heather snorted derisively as she sat in the confessional. “Who cares about friends? In this world, there are shepherds and there are sheep. And Lindsay is a major sheep. Baa!”



    I think she really respects me and my strategical ideas.”



    I've got flip-flops with more brains than her. But hey, she's useful right now, so I'll keep her close. And when I don't need her anymore… I'll dump her.”



    Sometime after lunch, Heather and the other campers found themselves summoned to the dock, where Chris began regaling them with yet another challenge.

    “Today's challenge is a good old fashioned game of hide-and-seek. You all get ten minutes to hide before Chef Hatchet comes looking for you. With his military background and advanced degree in man-hunting, he's uniquely qualified to make this game excruciatingly hard.”

    To emphasize the host’s words, Chef Hatchet pulled a pump-action water gun from behind his back and pumped it. Naturally, this elicited some amount of confusion from among the campers.

    “What's with the water gun?” Duncan asked, a split-second before Chef aimed it at his forehead… complete with a laser-pointer attached to the water gun.

    Apparently unaware of what was going on, Chris walked up to the dock’s lifeguard chair, all the while continuing his explanation. “The lifeguard chair is home base. When he finds you, Chef will try to spray you. If you escape his blast, you can try to run to home base, but if he catches you on your way, he'll douse you.”

    Duncan smirked. “Ooh, so we're gonna get splashed by a bit of water! Now I'm terrified!”

    Chris chuckled. “Why don't you demonstrate, Chef?”

    Chef Hatchet grinned and pumped the water gun a few times more, then promptly turned and shot it not at Duncan, but Chris. The toy weapon unleashed a massive spray of water that sent the host flying off along the ground, not stopping until he was a good thirty or forty meters away.

    Spitting water, he stood up and shouted, “Not on me, dude!

    Once the host made his way back to the dock, Heather spoke. “So how do we win this game?”

    Chris held up three fingers. “You've got three options. One: don't get discovered in your hiding place. Two: run to home base before Chef blasts you. Three: once you've been caught, help Chef find other campers. Do any of those, and you win invincibility. All clear?”

    Lindsay raised a hand. “Uh…”

    Chris ignored her and looked at his watch. “You get ten minutes to hide. Go!

    The campers ran. As she headed off toward the camp proper, Heather looked back over her shoulder, and saw something exceedingly suspicious.

    Jason. Standing absolutely still on the dock with his arms crossed, wearing a relaxed expression. He even yawned!

    Why isn’t he running?



    I waited for all the other campers to scatter, then walked calmly along the dock.

    “Uh, what are you doing?” Chris asked behind me.

    I climbed up the lifeguard chair and casually sat down in it before I looked to him and spoke. “Well, Chef can’t ‘find’ me until after the countdown’s over with, yeah? So if I’m already in the chair at that time, I get automatic immunity.”

    Chris and Chef both blinked. Chris opened his mouth to speak, but was interrupted by a sudden ringing. He pulled out a cell phone from his pants and answered it. “McLean.”

    I exchanged a quizzical look with Chef as the host turned his back on us. His end of the conversation was clipped, consisting of singular words like “Yeah”, “Sure”, “Nah”, and the like. Eventually, he turned around to face us.

    “Yeah, the producers say that’s cheating,” he said, holding the phone away from his face.

    I tilted my head. “How? It’s not against the rules.”

    “It breaks the spirit of the rules,” Chris supplied after spending another moment listening to his phone. “Which is apparently a thing. I’m as shocked as you are.”

    I rolled my eyes. “Fine, whatever. Hey, you said we can also get immunity by helping Chef hunt down the other campers, right?”

    Chris raised one eyebrow, a small smile making its way onto his face. “Yeah…”

    “So if I help out, do I get one of those nifty water guns?”

    Chris listened to his phone, then shook his head. “Absolutely not.”

    I tsked. “Darn. Well, can I at least traumatize a few people?”

    Chris briefly listened to his cell phone before his lips split in a wide grin. “Yes.”

    “Alright!” I jumped off the chair and proceeded to stand at rapt attention in front of Chef. I saluted. “Reporting for duty, sir!

    The man promptly returned the gesture. “At ease, soldier!”

    I relaxed my stance and grinned.

    This was shaping up to be a great day!



    “Listen up, boys. We’re in trouble. Okay? There are alliances all over the place, and we’re not in ‘em.”

    Duncan had hid in a cave a ways away from the camp. And, right at the moment, he was talking to DJ and Trent, who had just entered the cave in their own attempts at finding a good hiding spot.

    “Didn’t Jason kinda take care of that already?” DJ asked, looking nonplussed. “I mean, he got Justin voted off, didn’t he?”

    “Exactly!” Duncan agreed. “He might not wanna call it an alliance, but Jason’s got one with Gwen and Eva, and maybe Izzy, too. And then there’s still Heather and Lindsay. Sooner or later, they’re gonna vote us off. We gotta do something before that happens!”

    “So what do you suggest we do?” Trent asked and rubbed his chin thoughtfully.

    “It’s just like Jason said about eroding power bases,” Duncan explained slyly. “Since Heather already lost one ally, the strongest alliance right now is Jason’s. So we pool our votes and do something about it.”

    Slowly, the musician nodded. “I’m listening.”

    “I-I dunno, guys,” DJ said nervously. “Jason an’ me, we’re kinda tight, an’ I don’t know if-”

    “This isn’t preschool, it’s a competition!” Duncan snapped. “It doesn’t matter if you’re tight with him or not, only one person can win in the end. And yeah, that goes for all of us, too, but right now Jason is a way bigger threat than we are.”

    DJ fell silent. His expression made it look as if he’d just bitten down on something sour.

    Duncan looked around. “So are you guys in or out?”

    Trent and DJ looked at one another, then at Duncan. Trent nodded. “I’m in.”

    DJ sighed ruefully. “Fine. I’m in, too.”

    The trio put their hands together, formalizing their agreement.

    “All right, now clear out,” Duncan said.

    DJ blinked. “What? Why?”

    The delinquent shrugged and shot the other boys a smirk. “I was here first, dude. This is my hiding spot.”



    Shaking off her suspicion to concentrate on the game, Heather cautiously made her way around camp, deciding that moving from place to place was a better idea than just sticking to a single hiding spot. Her decision was rewarded when she surreptitiously watched Chef Hatchet systematically explore all the buildings in the camp, and once the man left the camp entirely the Asian girl made her way into the main lodge. If she focused on hiding in places after they had been searched, the risk of discovery surely had to be lower.

    Making her way into the lodge, Heather crept slowly through the main hall and ducked under the saloon-style swinging doors to enter the kitchen. She cautiously looked outside through the windows, but saw no one. Satisfied that she wasn’t being observed, she ducked under the large table in the center of the room and dropped into a crouch.

    Scarcely a minute later, she heard the door to the lodge open and close, followed by soft footsteps. She held her breath and waited. The footsteps came closer, the swinging doors whining as they were opened.

    Oh, crap. Is it Chef? she wondered. Surely, none of the campers were stupid enough to make so much noise if they were trying to hide in-

    “Hey, Heather!”

    Heather jumped in surprise and in doing so hit her head against the underside of the table. Biting back a curse, she nursed her now aching head with one hand and turned to see none other than the resident blond moron poking her head in under the table. “What a coincidence! We're just like, destined to hide together.”

    Heather got out from under the table, silently vowing that she would strangle the blonde one day. “What? What are you doing here? Can't you find your own hiding place? This challenge is called ‘hide-and-seek’, not ‘hide-in-groups-and-seek’!”

    Lindsay’s eyes grew large. “But…”

    Heather groaned. “Dig yourself a hole, disguise yourself as a canoe, I don't care! Just do it somewhere else!”

    Suddenly, there was a sound like someone exhaling. Only, it wasn’t Heather herself, nor Lindsay. The Asian girl looked around with wide eyes, but saw nothing and no one.

    “Did you hear that?!” she asked, taking a half-step closer to her ally/stooge.

    Lindsay cocked her head. “No, I didn’t hear any-” There was a sound like a gargled inhale, and the blonde promptly cut herself off. “Okay, I heard that,” she said worriedly.

    “Wh-what’s going on here?!” Heather asked, looking around wildly. “This isn’t funny! Show yourself, or-”

    The Asian girl found herself grabbed and twisted around to stare into a set of bared teeth poised to bite. At the same time, there emanated from behind the teeth a horrible, horrible, high-pitched hissing noise like nothing she’d ever heard before, while behind her she heard Lindsay shriek in terror.

    Heather screamed and covered her face with her arms in a vain attempt to protect herself. Several long seconds passed before she realized she wasn’t being horribly mutilated and eaten alive and she opened her eyes to look…

    … to see Jason, soundlessly laughing his head off, his body and face contorting as he barely kept himself from laughing out loud.

    Anger the likes of which the Asian girl had rarely felt bubbled up inside of her, and she rose up to yell, “YOU ASSHOLE!

    Jason gradually found his voice, soundless laughter giving way to hoarse noises that, with a bit of imagination, might have been confused for uncontrollable laughter.

    Heather smacked the boy hard in the shoulder. He didn’t seem to notice.

    “Oh, man, your faces!” he gasped out after several more moments of hoarse noises. “Your faces!

    “That wasn’t funny!” Lindsay said, her face a mask of worry, concern and confusion. “I… I think I need to change my underwear!”

    Ignoring the blonde, Heather narrowed her eyes at the inexcusably mirthful boy. “What’s wrong with you?!”

    “Oh, do us both a favor and ask me what’s right with me,” he replied, grinning. “It’ll save a lot of time, trust me.”

    “Fine, what’s right with you?” Heather asked after a moment of reproachful glaring.

    To her dismay, the boy’s grin gave way to a look of hesitation. “Um…”

    “Are you kidding me?!” she almost yelled.

    “I didn’t think you’d actually ask!” Jason returned defensively. “Just gimme a minute, I’ll think of something…”

    Restraining the urge to strangle the boy, Heather instead took a deep, calming breath. And then another, because the first one didn’t take. “Why are you here?”

    His face scrunched up in a look of intense concentration, Jason blinked. “Huh?

    “I said, ‘why are you here?’” Heather repeated. Her blood pressure was rising, she could feel it.

    “Oh, that.” Off-handedly, he said, “I was helping Chef hunt you guys down. You lost, and I got invincibility. Sucks to be you.”

    Having said his piece, the boy promptly resumed his look of intense concentration, leaving Heather to stare at him with her mouth ajar.

    Once she got her jaw muscles back under control, there was only one thing the Asian girl could say.

    What?!



    Heather, feeling at once dejected and upset, trudged out of the kitchen into the dining area, closely followed by Lindsay and, trailing behind, Jason.

    Her plan had been going so well! If it wasn’t for that meddling boy and his stupid-

    Ohh! I got it!”

    Heather blinked, snapped out of her thoughts when Jason spoke. She slowed to a stop and turned, giving the boy a quizzical look as Lindsay did the same. “Got what?”

    “I am perfect in my imperfection!”

    “… What?”

    “You asked me what was right with me,” he clarified, in a voice like he was talking to a small child. “And the answer is: ‘I am perfect in my imperfection’.”

    Once she got her faculties back in gear, Heather said, “That doesn’t make any sense!”

    “Exactly!”

    Do not kick him, Heather quietly urged herself. It probably wouldn’t help, anyway…

    But it would feel so, so good, though,
    another, treacherous, part of her mind interjected. She ignored it. For the moment. Massaging both sides of her forehead, the Asian girl turned her back on the boy. Maybe if she didn’t have to look at him, she could keep herself from grabbing something heavy and using it to rearrange his face.

    Just then, there was a sound like a soft sneeze… from above.

    Irritation giving way to bemusement, Heather looked upward. There, right near the very top of the lodge, was Izzy, clinging to the ceiling.

    “Oops. I guess you heard that, huh?” the redhead said and giggled. She dropped down, landing casually, almost cat-like, on the floor as Heather reflexively stepped back. So did Lindsay, of course, but Jason simply narrowed his eyes as he stared at Izzy.

    The boy cracked his knuckles. A moment later, so did Izzy, who upped the ante by cracking her neck.

    Jason mirrored the gesture and cracked his neck, then pulled his arms behind his back and, to Heather’s mounting horror, loudly cracked his shoulders.

    Izzy cracked her shoulders as well, then followed up with her lower back, working her way up her spine all the way to her shoulder blades.

    Not to be outdone, Jason mimicked the redhead’s motions exactly, then raised his right leg into the air and tensed, letting out a crack that seemed to echo in the lodge and threatened to make Heather lose her lunch.

    Izzy tsked. She sank into a low fighting stance, raised one hand, palm upward, and made a “come hither” gesture.

    It was like something straight out of a martial arts flick.

    In response Jason charged, and to Heather’s growing amazement he and Izzy exchanged a flurry of blows that ended only when Jason’s hand snaked its way past the redhead’s guard and smacked into her chest. The impact sent her skidding backward across the floor.

    Izzy skidded to a halt, off-balance but seemingly unharmed. Both her and Jason’s eyes narrowed as they adjusted their stances and stared each other down. The tension was palpable.

    It was then promptly broken when both combatants exhaled at the same time and began letting out exaggerated noises and posing.

    “Wooooo!” “Waaaaaah!” Hooooo!” “Wooh-tah-hey!”

    Heather felt her right eye twitch as the verbal… whatever-it-was continued. Eventually, it ended, and the two fighters charged once more. Their hands and arms blurred as they exchanged blows too quickly for Heather to follow fully, and despite herself she held her breath at the sight.

    The exchange ended, not from anyone getting a hit in, but from the pair of them promptly running past each other as if responding to some unspoken signal. They jumped at the exact same time and then bounced off opposite walls to sail into the air and meet, once more, in the middle of the lodge, this time while midair.

    For a brief, brief moment, it looked to Heather as if they hung there, somehow suspended in midair while they exchanged yet another flurry of blows. This time, it ended when Izzy got a kick in that struck Jason in the abdomen. The boy grunted, and whatever magic had held the two of them aloft faded, forcing them to land once more. Jason stumbled slightly when his feet touched the floor, and in the split-second it took him to recover his balance Izzy crashed her way through the window, completely ignoring the adjacent – and fully ajar – door, all the while screaming her head off.

    You’ll never get me alive! Ahhhhh!!

    Heather could do little else but stare as Jason rushed outside, roaring a wordless battle-cry.

    Apparently, when crazy met crazy, things went crazy. Who knew?



    I chased Izzy outside the main lodge and across the camp toward the dock. Clearly, she intended to make a final, mad dash for the lifeguard chair and win herself invincibility.

    Not on my watch!

    I willed my legs to run faster. The girl was wily, and amazingly agile, but I was faster at a dead run. Just a… little… further...

    I caught up to her when she was almost within reach of the lifeguard chair. I grabbed her by the upper arm and tried to pull her away, but found myself slipping on the unexpectedly wet dock. Unable to stop or even slow down, I fairly flew off the dock and into the lake.

    Oh, well, at least I pulled her off with me, I thought as water rushed up around me. I looked at the redhead in my grip. Under water, her curly red hair became a snake-like mess, and there was a huge grin plastered on her face, like she was having the time of her life.

    To my surprise, I found myself wearing the exact same expression. Though it ended in a mutual ring-out – Or should that be dock-out? – it had been fun as hell.



    “Are you about done?” Heather asked tersely once Jason climbed back onto the dock, dripping water. She and Lindsay had followed – much more slowly, mind you – after the island’s resident crazy people as they went on their merry chase, and walked out onto the dock at about the same time as the latter two began climbing out of the water.

    “For now,” he replied. He then took off his shirt and began wringing it out, and Heather very briefly found herself at a loss for words at the sight of his arms and chest flexing as he-

    The Asian girl cleared her throat and turned her back on the boy. She crossed her arms over her chest. “I lost the challenge because of you! Show some remorse!”

    “Why? We’re not on the same team or anything.”

    Anger flashing through her, Heather began to turn, but immediately twisted back around, her face flushed. “Put your pants back on!

    “In a minute,” came the annoyingly calm reply.

    At that moment, Heather couldn’t tell if it was anger or embarrassment that made her face hot. Probably both. “Well, it’s still your fault!”

    She could almost hear the boy roll his eyes at her. “If it’s such a big deal, just go catch someone and get invincibility, too. Duh.”

    Heather mentally smacked herself. Why hadn’t she thought of that?! … Probably because he’s so distracting, she mused. She then quickly added, Uh, not like that! Because he’s so annoying! That’s it!

    “I think I saw DJ up on the roof of the main lodge,” Jason said, so off-handedly that she almost missed it. “Hint hint, nudge nudge.”

    Heather slowly blinked. Did Jason just… help her? Or was he just messing with her again by sending her off on a wild goose chase? She almost turned around to ask him exactly that, but didn’t want to risk him still being pants-less. Because it was improper. Right.

    It didn’t matter, she decided. Staying on the dock wouldn’t accomplish anything, and if DJ was up there…

    You better not be lying, asshole, Heather thought and walked off without uttering another word, Lindsay falling into step behind her.



    As it turned out, DJ really was up on the roof of the main lodge, on the opposite side from the one facing the dock. Getting up there turned out to be a bit tricky, but with some “help” from Lindsay, Heather managed it. And without being noticed, too.

    “You are so busted,” she said smugly when DJ finally turned around and saw her.

    “Aww, man,” the Jamaican boy said dejectedly.

    “Hey, I’ve got an idea,” came Lindsay’s voice from down below, “how about we go find someone for me to bust so we both get invincibility?”

    Heather shook her head and sarcastically replied, “Hey, I've got an idea. Find your own!

    Lindsay gasped. “But-”

    “But nothing! Besides, it looks like they found everyone, already.”

    As she spoke, Heather watched Chef Hatchet stride into the camp, with Trent, Gwen, Duncan and Courtney all trailing behind him. Their expressions, coupled with some of them dripping water, told Heather everything she needed to know.

    The Asian girl climbed back down from the roof. Followed by the two moping – albeit for different reasons – DJ and Lindsay, she walked up to meet the impromptu caravan as they entered the camp.

    “I just found DJ in the lodge, so I guess I have invincibility now. My job here is done. Gwen, looking fetch as always.”

    The Goth girl shot her a sour look, but said nothing, instead merely throwing off the moss carpet she’d been wearing and, presumably, using for camouflage.

    “Yeah, I got Heather, Lindsay and Izzy,” Jason said as he walked up to the group. To Heather’s relief, he was once more fully clothed, if still a bit damp. “So does that mean it’s game over?”

    “What about Eva?” DJ asked, looking around.

    That caught Chef Hatchet’s attention immediately. “Eva? But I searched everywhere…”

    As one, Jason and Chef Hatchet looked at one another, their eyes wide. ““The water!””



    I ran, closely followed by Chef Hatchet while all the other campers followed behind the pair of us. Before long we reached the dock to find Eva sitting in the lifeguard chair. She was in her swimwear, and graced us with a rare, smug smile when we approached.

    “What took you so long?” she asked smugly.

    “Whoa, wait,” I interjected, “I didn’t see you in the water! Where were you?”

    Eva drew herself up. “I ran to the other side of the island, jumped in the lake, and swam all the way around the island to get back to the dock!”

    I blinked. After a moment, I shook my head. “Huh. Ibland kanske en senväg är en genväg, trots allt…”
    Rough translation: "Huh. Sometimes maybe the long way is the short way, after all..."

    Eva blinked. “What?”

    “Nothin’. Congrats on winning, I guess.” I shrugged and smiled as, behind me, cheers went up from the other campers.

    Although there were three people who had won invincibility, perhaps only one of us could be said to have done so “properly” this time around.

    My way had definitely been way more fun, though.

    At that moment, Chris walked up to join us on the dock. “All righty, campers. Game's over. Time to pick the loser and send them home.”



    “Okay, so Jason’s got invincibility, but so does Eva. You guys know what that means, right?”

    Duncan was on the dock along with DJ and Trent. With the day’s challenge over, it was time to discuss their plan of action. With the way things had gone, however, there wasn’t all that much to discuss.

    DJ sighed. “Yeah…”

    Trent simply nodded, prompting Duncan to blink in surprise.

    “You sure? I thought you’d be, y’know…”

    “It’s okay, Duncan,” Trent said resolutely. He curled his fingers into a fist and held it solemnly against his chest, right over his heart. “I know what I’m doing.”

    Duncan considered commenting further, but decided against it. “All right, as long as you’re sure…”

    He put his hand out, and with little hesitation, DJ and Trent each reached out a hand and put it on top of Duncan’s. The three boys gave each other grave looks and nodded.

    The decision was made.



    At the elimination ceremony that night, as always, Chris called out the campers’ names one by one, starting with the ones who had won invincibility: Jason, Eva and Heather. He proceeded down the list until, at long last, only three campers remained without marshmallows: Trent, Izzy and Gwen. The three exchanged worried looks.

    “There are only two marshmallows left on this plate,” Chris said as he watched the trio. “You each racked up a lot of votes. One of you is going home tonight, and cannot return. Ever. The next marshmallow goes to… Izzy.”

    Yes!” The redhead jumped to her feet and grabbed the tossed marshmallow out of the air. She happily scampered her way over to stand with the other campers watching the proceedings from the sidelines.

    “The final marshmallow of the night goes to… Trent.”

    The assembled campers gasped.

    Chris tossed the now empty plate over his shoulder. “Okay, that was a shocker. Even I'm shocked and I knew the answer!”



    Sure, Gwen’s pretty cool for a chick, but you know she was gonna vote with Jason no matter what, right? And with Jason and Eva both getting invincibility, what choice did I have?”

    Duncan was in the confessional, facing the camera. He scratched the back of his neck as a slightly abashed expression made its way onto his face.


    And besides, Courtney kinda… well…”



    Courtney sat in the confessional, wearing a satisfied smirk.

    Heather talked to me, and then I talked to Duncan,” Courtney said in the confessional, “and then he talked to the guys. We had it all planned out. Don’t get me wrong: I like Gwen, I really do, but I couldn’t just refuse when Heather made such a heartfelt plea. Besides, Gwen was getting in the way of my OTP, you know? Heatherson for life!”

    Courtney pumped her fist in the air, then paused and lowered it as her expression fell.


    Oh, wow, that was embarrassing. And yeah, the name still needs work…”



    Trent sat in the confessional, looking equal parts relieved and unhappy. It was a very conflicted expression. He looked at the camera and sighed.

    Look, I didn’t wanna do that to Gwen, believe me! But Heather said she saw her and Jason kissing in the trailer the other day. If I can’t get rid of Jason, then I at least have to keep them apart. It’s for Gwen’s own good!”



    A small lie and some faked sympathy was all it took.”

    Heather looked immensely pleased with herself as she sat in the confessional.


    I knew I couldn’t go after Jason directly, so I did the next best thing. I can’t believe I didn’t think of it sooner! It was so obvious!”

    Then her expression changed to one of concern or, perhaps, self-doubt.


    There’s just one thing I don’t get…”



    Gwen couldn’t believe it. Between her and Trent, she got voted off! It made no sense!

    No, it makes perfect sense, she thought as she looked back at the campers gathered at the Dock of Shame to see her off. Her gaze swept over them before landing upon a smirking Heather. Gwen didn’t know how, but the Asian girl was definitely responsible for her elimination. Gwen sent her an ineffectual glare before her face softened as she looked at Jason, who stood at the head of the pack.

    “I’m really gonna miss you,” she said to the boy.

    “I’m gonna miss you, too,” he returned with a wan smile. Then he held his arms out. “Hug?”

    Gwen smiled. She wasn’t usually much of a hugger, but she would make an exception just this once. The two embraced and she marveled, not for the first time, at how safe he made her feel. After a final, reassuring squeeze, they broke apart, smiling.

    “You’re gonna win this, right?” she asked, even as a part of her already knew the answer.

    “Of course.”

    “And make sure to kick Heather’s ass.”

    “It’ll be my pleasure, I ass-ure you.”

    Gwen giggled at the horrible excuse for a pun. “See you, Jason.”

    “See you, Gwen.”

    The Goth girl let out a sigh, then picked up her bags and turned. The Boat of Losers awaited. She had just stepped out onto the gangplank when she came to a decision. She tossed her bags onto the boat, then rushed back and embraced Jason one more time, and then kissed the surprised boy right on the lips. Without giving him time to protest or ask what she was doing, she then dashed onto the boat, her face burning.

    She could scarcely believe she just did that!



    As the Boat of Losers drew away, the campers left the dock one by one. At the last, only two remained.

    Jason stood on the dock itself, waving good-bye until the boat had passed out of sight. Once it had disappeared into the night, he turned and began walking back toward the camp, a bemused expression on his face.

    “Hey,” Heather said as he walked past, catching the boy’s attention and stopping him dead in his tracks.

    He shot her a puzzled look. “What?”

    Heather briefly debated saying something snide about Gwen suddenly kissing him, but decided against it. She steeled herself and fixed the boy with her gaze. Then, her voice resolute, she spoke the words that had been on her mind ever since the challenge ended.

    “Why did you help me?”



    End Chapter 17



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 18: Karmic Gymnastics on a Bicycle
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: Is this my longest chapter yet? Could be! It’s definitely up there.

    Not entirely happy with how I portrayed the bike race, but then, I was never good at that sort of thing…



    Chapter 18: Karmic Gymnastics on a Bicycle

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Previously, on Total Drama Island…”

    Clips began rolling, showing scenes from the previous episode.


    In a challenge of hide-and-seek, the campers had to avoid capture by Chef ‘It’, or join his guerrilla tactics to tag fellow campers.

    Some had weak hiding spots, while others won invincibility. Meanwhile, Heather tricked Courtney into getting Duncan to, uh, ‘convince’ DJ and a surprisingly compliant Trent to join forces and vote off Gwen.

    Man, I did not see that coming, and neither did she!

    Will Heather find out why Jason helped her? Will DJ find himself crushed under the weight of his conscience? Will I be stuck hosting reality TV for the rest of my life?

    Find out on this episode of Total. Drama. Island!”



    “Why did you help me?” Heather asked. It was still evening, and she – along with the object of her query – was at the dock, having just seen off Gwen as the Goth girl left on the Boat of Losers.

    Jason gave Heather a puzzled look. “With what?”

    “With the challenge!” she snapped. What else could she possibly have been asking about?! “Why did you tell me DJ was on the roof?”

    The boy nodded slowly. “Oh. I felt like it, I guess.”

    “You felt like-” The Asian girl cut herself off. She would not let him get to her. Not this time. She shot the boy a suspicious look. “What’s your angle?”

    “Which one? I got lots of angles.” He held his right arm straight out and gave it a thorough look as a slight, amused smile tugged at his lips. “This one’s about ninety degrees, I’d say.”

    Heather clenched her fingers, her hands curling into tight fists. She breathed in and out in an effort to calm herself. Then, “Aren’t you ever serious about anything?!”

    Jason nodded again as he lowered his arm. “Yeah, but I try not to be. Life’s less stressful that way, y’know?”

    The Asian girl let out a frustrated noise. “Fine, don’t tell me. Just know I’m watching you.”

    “Alright, but remember: my eyes are up here. These are my guns, and this is my ass, but my eyes are-”

    “That’s not what I meant and you know it!” she protested, even as she quietly hoped that the relative darkness of the evening kept the heat she felt rising in her cheeks from being visibly noticeable.

    If he did notice, the boy gave no sign, instead simply shrugging and smirking. “Sure it wasn’t.”

    Heather growled, but to her dismay her attempt at intimidation was met with an amused chuckle.

    “Well, I gotta go,” Jason said after a moment and then turned around. “See ya later.”

    The Asian girl raised her hand as if to grab his shoulder, but stopped halfway. She watched quietly as he walked away toward the camp, leaving her alone by the dock. Once he was out of sight, she kicked the ground in frustration.

    Why couldn’t she figure out what he was thinking?!



    I spent much of the night lying awake in bed or pacing around, and I was grateful, not for the first time, that I had a trailer to call my own. I had a habit of pacing around in the dark when I was thinking, and since I was in my trailer I could do so without waking anyone.

    Plus, you know, this way I didn’t have to explain my sudden insomnia to anyone, either.

    I was thinking about lots of things, as was so often the case for me, my mind awhirl with a million thoughts. Most, however, revolved around two things: Gwen, and my presence in this world.

    I had assumed from the get-go that ROB would send me home as soon as the competition was over with. Hence, there would be little reason to try to form any kind of lasting relationship with the other people on the island. However… he’d never actually said anything about it. Like, at all. He basically just told me he was going to put me on a reality show and then tossed me into another universe.

    But if my original assumption was correct… then that meant any sort of romantic development with Gwen – or anyone, really – was doomed to end in tears, metaphorically if not literally. With that in mind, wouldn’t it be better to just try and let the girl down easy as quickly as possible? But then, how could I? We’d been living at the same summer camp for over six weeks, now, but at the moment I couldn’t even talk to her.

    And the kiss? That had come out of left field. Sure, I’d gotten some pretty serious hints she found me attractive, but I just assumed that, since I hadn’t really acted on it, she would have dropped it. Only… she didn’t. Apparently. And then she kissed me in front of however many viewers the show had. Or would have. Come to think of it, was the show even airing? Or did the producers want to film the whole thing before putting anything on air?

    Eh, where was I? Oh, right, the kiss. That was surprising. Not unpleasant, though… and I do like her personality. Plus, I, uh, kinda do have a thing for Goths. The ones that don’t smoke or have a bunch of piercings everywhere, anyway.

    Oh, yeah, and then there was the age thing… Sure, ROB had reduced me to about the same age as her, physically, but experientally – or whatever – I was… what? Almost twenty years her senior?

    Okay, so I didn’t actually care much about chronological age – outside of the obvious legal stuff, of course – but cared far more about physical and mental age than anything. Hell, I’d met teenagers in the past who were more mentally mature than most senior citizens, and I’d met senior citizens who were less mature than most teenagers. So, yeah, chronological age basically meant nothing on its own, as far as my own experience was concerned. Doubly so because I’d never let such things hinder my interactions with others; I judged everyone individually by their actions, not just based on whatever age or race or gender they happened to belong to. Everyone deserved a chance. Well, except romantically; alas, as much as it might have made my life easier if it were otherwise – as ironic as some people would find that statement had they been able to somehow peer into my mind, like if I was just some character in a story or something – I was firmly straight. And I generally preferred women who were at least physically in their early to mid twenties. Of course, that was before I got turned back into a teenager, and…

    Hang on a second. What’s the age of consent in Canada? Am I technically jailbait, now? Do they have close-in-age exemptions? Does it vary by province, like it does with states in the U.S.? Where the hell am I, anyway?

    I groaned. I was getting sidetracked again. Where was I? Something about Goths? Oh, yeah, Gwen. She did have some nice hips on her, didn’t she? And she was fun to talk to. Less intellectually closed-minded than most. Had a pretty good head on her shoulders, even if she could be a bit naive at times.

    Wait, no. That wasn’t it. I was thinking about… Age? No, that came after. Something about ROB…

    And so my thoughts continued to whirl throughout the night.



    The next day, I awoke with the sun, as usual. As somewhat less than usual, I awoke feeling sleepy, but seeing as how I likely wouldn’t be able to fall back asleep I got up anyway.

    After doing my morning business, I headed for the woods, as I always did. This time, however, I planned on doing more than just walking around and working out.

    I made my way through the woods, headed for a place where there were no stationary cameras: the overlook where I’d taken Gwen, weeks earlier. I didn’t need to scale the cliffside or anything, either, as there was nobody following me; the interns had long since given up on trying to follow me on my sojourns.

    Upon reaching the overlook, I spent a moment looking out across the island. It wasn’t the highest point on the island – the even taller mountain where we’d jumped off on the very first day held that particular honor – but it was still high up, and presented a gorgeous view of Wawanakwa, the lake, the nearby islands, and even some distant mountains.

    Once I finished taking it all in, I stepped away from the edge of the cliff and walked up the side of the mountain. I put my backpack down on the ground and leaned my back against the rock and closed my eyes. After a moment spent collecting my thoughts, I spoke.

    “Yo, ROB. You there?”

    There was silence, but for the wind and some birds chirping. I tried again.

    “I need to talk to you about something.”

    I sensed rather than heard movement nearby and opened my eyes and looked sharply to the side, only to blink in surprise and step back upon seeing not the suit-wearing man I expected, but instead a… chalk drawing, for lack of a better description, on the rock I’d been leaning against a moment before. The lines were mustard yellow – because of course they were – and formed the rough shape of a stick figure wearing a solid yellow suit. And it was moving, the lines distorting and reforming of their own volition. It was rather freaky to watch.

    “Talk away,” the stick figure said. The voice was oddly distorted, perhaps the result of going from 2D to 3D… which made no sense whatsoever, when I thought about it, as sound waves always propagated in three dimensions. But whatever the exact mechanics involved, it sounded rather like he was talking with his face pressed up against a flat surface while I was standing a ways behind him and hearing his words partially distorted by the echo.

    Told you it made no sense.

    I spent a moment staring at the smiling stick figure before I shook my head and decided to hell with it. I had seen plenty of weird things since all this started, so what was one more?

    “I’m sure you know what’s been going on here,” I said, fixing the stick figure’s gaze… or so I thought. It was hard to say for sure, what with the guy being two-dimensional and mostly expressionless and all.

    The stick figure nodded. “Of course. I’m watching everything with great interest. As will the viewers once the show goes on air.”

    Ah, so they are filming everything before putting in on air, huh? I thought so! “Then you probably know what I wanted to talk to you about.”

    Another nod. “Gwen, yes?”

    “Right. Kind of. First of all: are you sending me home when this is over?”

    “That was the original plan, yes,” the stick figure confirmed. “But plans can always be altered, as I’m sure you’re aware. And I consider myself a very… flexible ROB.”

    As the stick figure spoke it put its legs behind its head and rolled around in a wide circle on the rock face before untangling itself and standing back up. I watched his shenanigans impassively.

    “… Right. So what you’re saying is-”

    “If you want to pursue a relationship or three, I won’t stop you,” the stick figure interrupted me, having either anticipated my words or flat out read my mind. Maybe both. “And I won’t callously toss you out of the world, either. Unless you want me to, of course.”

    “So… I get to choose my own destiny, kinda thing?”

    “More or less. I did bring you here for the sake of entertainment… and you’ve been doing quite well in that regard, so I’m feeling generous. What happens after we’re done is up to you. Go home. Stay. Player’s choice.”

    I hummed thoughtfully. It would be an understatement to say I felt suspicious… but then, most of said suspicion stemmed from a combination of what I’d read in ROB stories and my own personal brand of paranoia. This ROB – despite being a bit of an ass – hadn’t done anything particularly malicious to me as far as I was aware. Setting aside selling me out for the phobia challenge, anyway. Maybe…?

    I crossed my arms over my chest and nodded. “All right, I’ll trust you. For now.”

    The stick figure laughed, its mouth growing comically wide as its laughter reverberated. “So suspicious! Fine, let’s shake on it.”

    I am proud to say my only reaction was to raise one eyebrow when the stick figure’s right arm came loose from the rock and pointed toward me. It was still two-dimensional, and became invisible at the right – or perhaps wrong – angle, but it was definitely no longer stuck to the rock. I gingerly took it – taking particular care to avoid the point and the edges, just in case – and shook it.

    “See you around, my little butterfly,” the stick figure said once I let go, and spontaneously transformed into a yellow butterfly which fully detached itself from the rock and flew away, leaving me alone on the lookout. I watched it until it flew far enough away that I could see it no longer.

    Well. That was weird.



    “Oh, man. Oh, man.”

    DJ was not having a good day. He’d spent most of breakfast sneaking glances at Jason and not eating. His stomach was full of butterflies, and not in a good way; he felt about ready to hurl, and could barely force himself to eat a bite, and so had filled up on water, instead. Still, he’d made it through breakfast, and the butterflies calmed down slightly once he no longer had to be in the same room as the boy whose trust he’d betrayed.

    Of course, DJ wasn’t the only one guilty of betrayal: Duncan and Trent were just as guilty as he was, even if they didn’t show it at all. Well, Duncan was; to be fair, Trent hadn’t really been friendly with Jason at any point… but it had still been a pretty crappy thing, to vote off Gwen the way he did. Wasn’t Trent supposed to be in love with her, or something?

    What kind of guy votes off his crush, huh? That’s stone-cold, man…

    DJ’s eyes drifted across the camp. Several campers had already disappeared from sight by going into the other buildings besides the main lodge or by leaving the camp entirely. Some, however, hung around, Trent among them. The young musician sat on the porch outside the boys’ cabin and looked busy tuning his guitar.

    DJ swallowed. He needed to talk to someone, anyone… And Trent knew the story already. Besides, he had some questions for the guy.

    “Hey, Trent,” DJ greeted the other boy as he approached him.

    Trent looked up from his guitar, nodded, and turned his attention back to his task. “What’s up, DJ?”

    “Uh, yeah, what’s up,” DJ said, nervously scratching at the back of his own neck. “I, uh… sorta wanted to talk to you about somethin’.”

    The other boy shrugged. “Go ahead, man. I’m not going anywhere.”

    Gathering his courage, DJ inhaled and sat down next to the other boy. “Okay, look: about the vote the other day-”

    “Okay, no, I’m going to stop you right there,” Trent said suddenly, holding up a hand in a placating gesture. “I don’t regret what I did one bit, and there’s nothing you can say to change how I feel on the matter. I voted off Gwen because it was the only way to get her out of Jason’s clutches, okay? People don’t get what a horrible manipulator he is, but I do!”

    DJ opened his mouth, but no words came out. “Uhhh…”

    “And don’t give me that ‘But Trent, how could you vote off the girl you’re crushing on?’. Do you think it was easy for me?! I felt horrible after, but it was the only way!”

    “Um-”

    “But you know what? I’m glad I did it! At least this way I don’t have to see Gwen sneaking into Jason’s trailer three times a day!”

    “But-”

    “And no, I didn’t do it just because I’m jealous! I did it because of love, okay? I did it because I want to protect Gwen no matter what, even if she doesn’t realize she’s in danger! You understand me, right?”

    “I’m not-”

    “And yeah, sure, it’s kinda eating me up inside, remembering the look on her face when she didn’t get the last marshmallow… But you know what’s even worse? The way she kissed Jason before leaving! What the heck was that all about, huh? That should have been me getting a kiss, not that jerk!”

    “I don’t-”

    “Yeah, what I did was right. Jason’s a villain, and someone has to stop him. And that someone is me! Every story needs a hero, right? And if he’s-”

    Shut up, already! Dude, you are whack!” DJ snapped, his patience finally worn thin. He stood up and scowled at Trent, who looked back up at him with surprise written all over his face. “I came to you because I wanted to talk to you, maybe see if I could get a second perspective on things, ‘cause I felt all confused, but now I know exactly what I have to do! So, yeah, thanks for that!”

    With those words, the Jamaican boy turned his back on Trent and stomped away.



    The heck was that about? I’ve never seen DJ snap like that before,” Trent said as he sat in the confessional. He had his guitar on his lap and his face wore a bewildered expression. “Like, all I did was explain why I did what I did. Why’d he take it so hard? And what was that about being confused…?”

    The young musician shook his head and gently strummed the strings on his guitar.


    The guy’s not cut out for this kind of competition. He’s probably just stressed. Right?”



    Following my brief sojourn to the overlook, I returned to camp in time for breakfast. After that, I decided to try and get some rest, and so I went and had a lie-down in one of the beach chairs over on the dock. It wasn’t long before my rest was interrupted by heavy footsteps sending vibrations reverberating through the wooden planks beneath me. When a shadow fell on me and didn’t go away, I sighed and opened my eyes to see the unmistakable form of DJ standing before me, blocking out the sun.

    “What up, DJ?” I asked, peering up at the boy. I couldn’t see his face very well with the sun behind him, but I figured I’d still make an effort to look him in the eye. “Something on your mind?”

    “Yeah.”

    I blinked. The boy’s voice sounded… gravelly, kinda? Like he was about to cry?

    Suddenly, DJ sank to his knees and grabbed my right hand, burying it within his own, massive hands. Now that he was out of the sun I could see his face clearly, and I realized his eyes were red and he had tears streaming down his puffy cheeks. He stared at me for a long moment, his lower lip quivering, before his stoic facade finally broke with a wail.

    “I’m soooooooooorrrrrrrreeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee-!”



    Well, well, well. That was… illuminating. And loud.”

    Jason sat in the confessional, one foot on the floor while the other was on the seat, his arms around his knee as he looked at the camera. There was a calculating expression on his face.


    To think Trent would stoop so low as to vote off Gwen. That really surprised me. Guess he’s the kind of guy who can’t take a ‘no’, huh? At least DJ had the balls to come clean about it.”

    Jason leaned back and looked up at the ceiling, his expression turning thoughtful.


    And then there’s Duncan…”



    Oh, crap. Oh, crap. Oh, crap!”

    Duncan sat in the confessional, hunched over, with his arms wrapped around his head. He peered up at the camera, his face half-hidden by his arms.


    Everyone saw that. Everyone HEARD that! I’m dead. I am SO dead!”

    The normally confident, even bold, boy sounded absolutely terrified.


    You don’t know, man! You don’t know what happened on Boney Island! But I do!”

    Duncan’s arms slipped down to his sides as he hugged himself. He visibly shook.


    I am so fucking dead!”



    DJ breaking down and ‘confessing’ to Jason? No big.”

    Heather casually leaned back as she sat in the confessional. She had a slight smirk on her face as she looked at the camera.


    As far as that guy knows, only Duncan and Trent were in on it, so they’re the ones in Jason’s cross-hairs. I’m perfectly safe.

    This whole thing actually worked out better than I’d hoped… I was planning on pinning everything on those idiots anyway if it came to that, but this way I don’t have to lift a finger.”

    The Asian girl laughed gleefully.




    Shortly after breakfast the next day, there was a squeal of feedback as the camp’s PA system came online and Chris’s cheerful voice echoed across the camp.

    Morning, campers! Your next challenge awaits you at the arts-and-crafts center.

    Within minutes of this announcement, we all gathered outside the small building that made up the arts-and-crafts center. It wasn’t much – barely a shed, really – but apparently it was to be integral to the day’s challenge.

    Chris gave us his trademark grin. “Welcome to the arts-and-crafts center!“

    Eva snorted and crossed her arms over her chest. “More like the arts-and-crap center.”

    The host’s smile didn’t waver. “Yeah, it used to be an outhouse, but now it's where Chef parks his road hog.”

    He kicked in the door – which fell clean off its hinges, a testament to just how deteriorated they were – to reveal the interior. It was a small workshop, and in its center was a rather impressive-looking red motorbike with flame decals.

    “Which brings us to your challenge: building your own wheels!” Chris said once the guys’ impressed noises died down.

    “Oh, awesome!” Trent exclaimed.

    “You'll find all the parts you need in our bike depot,” the host continued. As he spoke, he gestured toward a pile of scrap next to the shed. Looking closer, it appeared to be composed mostly of bicycle parts along with a random assortment of metal pieces and wood bits.

    “So… we’re building bikes from scratch?” I asked, arching an eyebrow at Chris, who nodded.

    “Right on. As soon as you collect the basics, you’re free to trick them out however you want with props from the arts-and-crafts center.” While he spoke, the host climbed onto his ATV, which was conveniently parked next to the shed. He revved the engine and started to drive away. “Best design wins! Oh, and to prove I’m a nice guy, I’m even throwing in a bike manual.”

    Heather caught the book, but quickly tossed it back into the air with a cry of, “Eww, it’s furry!”

    This time, I caught the book, idly noting the mold covering parts of the cover. “Yoink!”

    “Hey, that’s ours!” the Asian girl protested, but I simply snorted at her.

    “If you can’t stand the mold, stay outta the… uh… I dunno, Spengler’s lab?”

    Heather gave me a nonplussed look. “What?”

    “You know, in Ghostbusters? Egon collected molds and spores and shit?” I looked around, but received nothing but blank looks. “No? Ah, you damned kids and your music. Book’s mine, so bite me.”



    Okay, I’ve never built a bike before,” Jason admitted in the confessional. “But I’ve changed the tires, the wheels, and the chain before… so as long as I get a whole frame, how hard can it really be? Besides, I got the bike manual.”



    I proceeded to flip my way through the bike manual, paying especial attention to the stuff I didn’t already know. Much as I’d expected, it wasn’t that hard… as long as I had a whole frame to use as a base for everything else.

    Unfortunately, by the time I had checked and double-checked everything to make sure I knew what I was doing, I found that the pile of bike parts and non-bike parts had shrunk considerably. I dug through it as best I could, but couldn’t find compatible parts to build a whole frame.

    “Well, fuck. How the hell am I supposed to build a bike with this?” I muttered to no one in particular as I surveyed the pile of parts I’d gathered. I had the wheels, the tires, the pedals, the stem and about half the frame, but I was completely missing the bottom bracket and cranks, not to mention the seat stay and fork. And those were the hardest parts to build from scratch!

    “Woo-hoo! Hey, Jason, come with me, ‘kay? I’ve already built my bike!”

    Indeed, as I turned I saw that Izzy had already finished building her bike. Not only that, she seemed to have built it almost entirely from non-bike parts, somehow.

    “How the hell did you build that so fast?” I asked, feeling more than a bit nonplussed. Looking the bike over, it looked like everything was mechanically sound… though I did have my doubts about the integrity of some of the parts. The top tube was a freaking hockey stick, for crying out loud!

    “Oh, my brother was a mechanic before he got run over and developed a fear of motor vehicles. Come on! Let's take it for a test-drive! Woo-hoo!

    Well, couldn’t fault her enthusiasm, at least. I looked from Izzy’s bike to the sorry pile of parts behind me, then back to her. “Yeah, alright. Why not?”



    In the confessional, Jason shrugged. “Hey, she’s crazy, but she’s the fun kind of crazy. Plus, she’s obviously got more mechanical expertise than I do. And it’s not like Chris said we couldn’t share bikes or anything. So I thought, ‘what could go wrong?’”



    Izzy slid backward as I neared the bike, obviously intending me to sit in front.

    Ahhh, so that’s it. She wants me to do the labor, huh? That’s fine.

    I climbed onto the bike and tested it for balance. It seemed fine, but you never knew. I looked over my shoulder at the redhead, who gave me a huge grin.

    “Sweet! Your extra weight will totally help out with our speed!”

    I blinked, not having expected a comment like that. “Uh, well, if we’re going downhill, I suppose-”

    “Yeah! Let’s go!” Izzy stomped down on the pedals.

    “Whoa, wait, I thought I was pedaling! Hey, where are you- Slope! Slope, slope, slope, SLOPE!



    Jason tilted his head thoughtfully as he looked at the confessional’s ceiling. In the process, drops of water fell from his hair. “Is there such a thing as retroactively jinxing yourself?”



    A while later, Chris had gathered everyone back at the arts-and-crafts center.

    “Well, campers, we gave you the parts. Let's see what you came up with,” Chris said and walked up to the first contestant: Heather. “Excellent aerodynamics, Heather.”

    The Asian girl’s bike was made mostly from improvised parts, and looked fairly bog standard as far as improvised, built-from-scratch bikes went, though with the addition of a bag and what looked like electrical parts under the top tube.

    “It only weighs two ounces,” she proclaimed proudly.

    “Like your brain,” Eva said with a derisive snort.

    “Get bent, Gym Girl,” Heather shot back.

    “Heavy, yet practical,” Chris said, inspecting the other girl’s bike. It, too, was mostly improvised, but used much thicker pieces and looked to be designed vaguely like a spinning bicycle you might see at a gym. “Well done.”

    Next was Duncan. “Wicked Mad Max mobile, dude!”

    The delinquent’s bike was designed somewhat closer to an actual motorbike – sans the motor, alas – and featured a carved skull at the front, beneath the handlebars. It conspicuously lacked pedals.

    Lindsay came next. And her bike was… interesting.

    “Go ahead, ring her bell,” the blonde said, indicating the small bicycle bell strapped to the handlebar of her bike, which also featured a stuffed horse toy head at the front and a broom at the back.

    Chris obliged, and the bell produced a fairly bog standard ringing sound. He shot the girl a questioning look.

    “The real bike has sound effects like this,” she said, then proceeded to poorly imitate a neighing horse.

    “Okay, then,” the host said and continued on to the next contestant: Courtney.

    “My bike is simple and elegant,” the Hispanic girl declared, gesturing proudly at her bike, which didn’t look all that dissimilar from Heather’s, except, “It also features additional brakes and extra reflectors in case you go bicycling at night.”

    “This is an island,” Chris pointed out. “In the middle of nowhere. There are no cars here. Or roads, really. And the race is in daytime.”

    Courtney’s face flushed. “Well, yeah, but-”

    “Moving on,” Chris said simply and walked past her to DJ. “Dude. Seriously? This is lame.”

    Indeed, not only did DJ’s bike have training wheels of all things, but the youth himself was decked out in pillows strapped to various parts of his anatomy, oven mitts on his hands, and his head was covered in a cheap knightly helm replica complete with a plume. There was a metallic squeak as the boy hung his head in shame.

    Chris shook his head in disappointment and walked up to Trent, whose bike didn’t stand out much on its own, except for one, critical piece: the ornament at the front.

    “I call her Gwen,” Trent said simply, smiling wistfully as he looked over at his bike, the front of which featured a poorly drawn picture of Gwen glued to the front of the handlebars.

    “I see,” Chris said, deciding not to comment further. He looked past the boy, paused, and looked around. Hey, where’s Izzy and Jason?”



    Izzy had gathered a lot of momentum going down that slope, and hadn’t bothered even trying to slow down as we raced across the island. The only reason I didn’t try to snag control of the pedals away from her was because I harbored a very real fear that the momentary loss of control would cause us to slam into one of the many trees that Izzy had – surprisingly – expertly avoided up until now. Exactly how she was able to do that considering both the speed and the fact that my body was no doubt blocking most of her forward view, I had no idea.



    Chris shrugged. “Oh, well, their loss, 'cause this is where it gets good. We're gonna race these babies… hard!”

    Heather let out a triumphant laugh. “Ha! Awesome, because my bike is built for speed. Right, Lindsay?

    The blonde nodded enthusiastically. “Totally!”

    Chris grinned. “Yeah, unfortunately, you won't be riding it, Heather. You'll be switching bikes. Yeah, cruel twist, huh? Alrighty, then. See you at the beach.”



    Exactly what Jason and Izzy were up to, Heather had no idea. All she knew was that with Jason out of the way, the race would be all that much easier for her to win, and with it, invincibility.

    Or it would have been, if not for Chris’s idiotic rule stating they had to switch bikes. What use was a hidden motor stolen from Chef’s stealthily dismantled motorbike if she wasn’t the one riding the bike it was attached to?!

    Once they had all gathered at the beach, Chris addressed them from atop his ATV. There was an old, yellow bike helmet upside down in his hand.

    “Okay, here's how it works: everyone picks a name out of the helmet to see whose bike you're riding. If your bike makes it across the finish line, then you get to ride it in the final round for invincibility.”

    One by one, the campers drew a slip of paper from the helmet with a name. To her chagrin, Heather had to ride DJ’s safety bike – the one with the training wheels. She crumpled the paper in her grip at the same time as Lindsay walked up to her.

    “Hey, lookie, I got your bike!”

    Heather’s eyes widened and she quickly pulled the blonde aside. “Excellent. If you cross the finish line on my bike, then I get to ride for invincibility. So, if it looks like you're losing, just press the red button.”

    Before Lindsay could reply, the host spoke up once more.

    “Now, before we start, has anyone seen Jason or Izzy?“



    We went down another – thankfully smaller – slope and up the other side… only the other side ended abruptly in an alarmingly deep gorge. For what felt like several seconds we sailed upward into the air.

    But alas, our accumulated momentum could only last for so long, and as our ascent slowed, I got a good, long look at the gorge and the intimidating pile of rocks at the bottom. By this point feeling rather resigned to whatever pain was coming my way, there was only one thing I could think to say.

    “Oh, gravity… thou art a heartless bitch.”

    Izzy, meanwhile, offered her own commentary by way of laughing hysterically the whole way down.



    Once everyone was lined up on the beach before the white line painted over the sand, Chris, his arm held straight up, spoke.

    “Okay, racers! On your marks, get set... paramedics on standby... and drag!

    The host threw his arm down and the campers were off. Or most of them were, anyway.

    “Hey, where are the pedals on this thing?!” Courtney asked in exasperation as she looked around her – or rather, Duncan’s – bike. Indeed, the design completely lacked pedals.

    Heather, for her part, was also having trouble. While her – that was, DJ’s – bike didn’t lack pedals, it turned out almost impossible to actually pedal the damn thing. No matter how hard she pushed down on the pedal, the bike refused to budge. Annoyed, the Asian girl got off and gave the bike a glare and then a kick for good measure.

    Unfortunately, she forgot that she was wearing sandals, and stubbed her toe.

    “Ow!”



    Meanwhile, the race was on, with Chris watching as he rode alongside on his ATV.

    At first, Duncan was in the lead, riding Lindsay’s horse-head-adorned bike. “Okay, this is messed up… but yee-hawww! This is one booming ride!”

    “I know, right?” Lindsay agreed as she pedaled past him on Heather’s bike, taking the lead.

    “Out of the way, scumbag!” Eva exclaimed as she, too, rode past Duncan. She was on Courtney’s bike, and while it looked overly decked-out in reflectors there didn’t seem to be anything wrong with the mechanical aspect of it, and so Eva’s powerful thighs, conditioned by what was no doubt hundreds of hours of spinning at the gym, allowed her to race on past Lindsay and take the lead.

    Further back, DJ was having trouble, riding Trent’s bike, “Gwen”. Not because of the bike itself so much as his own rather excessive protective gear; oven mitts weren’t made for gripping handlebars, and the pillows strapped to his thighs slammed into the frame every time he raised his knees while pedaling. It was a bumpy ride.

    “Smooth ride, huh?” Trent asked as he approached from behind, riding Eva’s spinner-like bike. The boy was visibly sweating as he stood up to pedal; as expected of a bike made by Eva, it required a lot of power to get moving.

    “Uh, yeah, sure,” DJ agreed halfheartedly, doing his best to concentrate on his riding.

    “Hey, wait, are you saying Gwen’s not a good ride?” Trent asked, an edge to his voice.

    “Ah good what?!” Distracted by the odd and hopefully unintentional turn of phrase, DJ actually looked back over his shoulder at the other boy… and rode “Gwen” right into an inconspicuous piece of wood lying in the sand. He rode over one side of the length of wood with his front wheel, causing the other side to stick upward out of the sand – at an angle perfect for getting it caught in the spokes of his back wheel.

    The spectacle of seeing DJ lose control of his bike, fall, and then Trent slamming into it a split-second later was too good for Chris to ignore, and the host let out a hearty laugh at the sight. His laughter intensified when Heather, having decided to push her unruly bike forward, failed to react in time and likewise slammed right into the wreck.



    Back at the starting line, Courtney was at her wits’ end, having tried absolutely everything to get Duncan’s bike moving. She was even considering getting off and just pushing it, like Heather had done with DJ’s bike.

    However, when her eyes landed on the carved skull serving as a hood ornament, a flash of inspiration struck her. She grabbed the ornament and pulled.

    To her delight, there was a revving noise as an engine – cleverly built into the frame of the bike – roared to life, awakened by her pulling taut the thin cord fastened to the underside of the skull ornament.

    Unfortunately, the Hispanic girl had never ridden a motorbike before – improvised or not – and quickly careened out of control as the bike sped down the beach. It was only with the greatest of effort – all while screaming her head off – that she was able to keep the bike from going straight into the lake.



    When he heard a sudden, drawn-out scream, Chris looked back to see Courtney racing down the beach at breakneck speed, tearing up a huge cloud of sand behind her. For a brief moment as she rode past him and all the other campers still in the race, the host got a good demonstration of the Doppler Effect, courtesy of her high-pitched screaming. The Hispanic girl raced on, out of control, and cleared the finish line ahead of everyone else… then rode straight into the lake.

    Not long after, Eva cleared the finish line as well, followed by Lindsay and then Duncan.

    As Courtney surfaced from under the water and began swimming for the shore, Chris turned to address the campers.

    “Ye-e-e-es! We have three awesome wipeouts by Heather, Trent and DJ. Four invincibility-race winners – Courtney’s safety-first ride, Heather’s speed machine, Lindsay’s Sunset Sally, and Duncan’s lethal weapon.”

    Courtney climbed onto the beach, sputtering and spitting water. “Wha-what? Did I win?”

    Chris laughed. “Awesome finish, Courtney! It’s time to head over to the TDI motocross.”

    “Uhh, before that, can anyone help me drain the engine?” Duncan asked as he dragged his crashed bike back onto dry land.

    Courtney whirled on the boy. “Help you? That thing of yours almost killed me!”

    “Well excuse me, Princess!”

    I am not a princess!



    A while later, Heather and the other “finalists” – Lindsay, Courtney and Duncan – lined up at the starting line… to the newly-constructed motocross race track. As they waited, Chris rode up on his ATV, stopped, and turned to address them.

    “Campers! Welcome to the... Moto… cross...Challenge...! Using your own bikes, you'll race the course, avoiding hidden pitfalls.” The host turned toward the motocross race track and called out, “Cue the deathtraps!

    “There's dodging the land mines,” he continued, as several explosions were set off in succession, to Heather’s alarm.

    “Maneuvering through the oil slick,” he added as a large spot of black oil was poured onto the track.

    “And, finally, jumping the piranhas!” he finished as one intern lowered a large ham tied to the end of a rope into what looked like a moat in the middle of one section of the track. There was an alarming bubbling in the water before the rope snapped off.

    Heather quietly gulped.

    “Oh, and one more thing: first one to cross wins invincibility. Last one to cross gets voted off the island. No bonfire, do not pass go, do not collect a marshmallow.”

    With the introduction over, Heather leaned over toward Lindsay. “Okay, so here’s our strategy: we have to stick together so that one of us wins the race. So you go first and clear a path through the mines.”

    “Uh-uh,” Lindsay replied apprehensively.

    Then go through the oil slick, so I can see how to get through it.”

    “O-okay…”

    “If you make it through those two parts, then the third part is easy: just keep the piranhas busy while I sneak through.”

    “Wait. Then you'll win, not me!”

    Heather smirked. So the blonde wasn’t entirely devoid of brain function, after all. “Exactly!”

    Lindsay still seemed to have some doubts, however. “You know, I was thinking it would be really fun if I won a challenge for myself for once.”

    Heather barely kept herself from laughing at the ridiculous suggestion. “Yeah, that's a great idea in theory, but then who would come up with all the new strategies to get us through to the next week?”

    “Um, right,” Lindsay said hesitantly. Then she smiled and nodded, like the good little stooge she was. “Okay!”

    “Don’t worry,” Heather said reassuringly, deciding to toss the blonde a bone. “If the piranhas don’t eat you, then you’ll definitely be second, which means Courtney or Duncan gets voted off, and we make it through another bonfire ceremony.”



    In the confessional, Lindsay smiled at the camera. “Heather is really smart. I'm lucky to have her as a friend.”



    I have no way of knowing if she'll come in second,” Heather said with a shrug in the confessional. “The only thing that's really important is that I come in first. Invincibility is everything. I don’t know where Jason got off to, but his absence is my opportunity!”



    Heather closed her eyes and smiled. “I can almost taste the marshmallows. Can't you, Lindsay?”

    The blonde licked her lips. “Mmm, yes!

    “Racers, take your position,” Chris spoke up then, announcing it was time for the race to start. Once everyone was ready, he continued, “Aaaaand go!

    They were off.

    Courtney took an early lead, pedaling as if her life depended on it – and given all the booby traps, it very well might have – only to be sent hurtling through the air along with her bike when the ground underneath her exploded. She had hit one of the land mines. The Hispanic girl landed in a moaning heap at the edge of the track, her “safety bike” scattered around her in a hundred pieces.

    Duncan took the lead next, using the pedals he’d been forced to install to replace the drowned engine on his bike. He swerved through the minefield, triggering several mines but managing to avoid getting knocked off the track by the explosions. The oil slick turned out to be his undoing, however, as the extra-wide tires on his ride failed to find purchase, and he skidded this way and that before finally falling, the oil covering his form.

    Lindsay, who’d similarly managed to navigate the mine field through a combination of dumb luck and many of the mines having already been triggered, rode past the downed delinquent. The blonde let out a triumphant shout as she, to Heather’s utter amazement, rode past the oil slick reared up on the back wheel of her bike, the mop tied to the back of her bike wiping up the oil as she passed.

    Not one to waste an opportunity, Heather – who had wisely stuck to the back of the pack, as part of her ingenious plan – rode through the wiped clean portion of the oil slick. At this rate, nothing could stop her!

    Something stopped Lindsay, up ahead of her, though. Although the blonde managed to ride through the shallow piranha moat without incident, she got stuck trying to get back out of it.

    Deciding not to risk the same fate, Heather pressed the button to activate her bike’s hidden engine. The wind whipped at her hair and pulled at her cheeks as she suddenly accelerated, but she managed to keep herself steady. Aiming straight for a low rise right before the moat, she pulled back on the handlebars and let her accumulated momentum carry her into the air.

    Though she would not have admitted it if anyone had asked, Heather felt a mixed thrill of excitement and fear as she soared across the moat, clearing it to land – bouncing – right at the finish line. The impact almost caused her to lose her grip, but she remained steadfast, and barely managed to shut off her engine and swerve to a stop, her wheels digging ridges in the sand.

    “And we have our winner!” Chris announced as he drove up on his ATV. “Heather!

    Yes! I won! Take that, Jason!

    As the other campers walked up and groaned – no doubt jealous of Heather’s glorious victory – Lindsay ran up to her, having apparently managed to get out of the piranha moat unharmed. The blonde was of course exuberant and to Heather’s chagrin embraced her.

    “Yay! You won! We did it! We’re safe!”

    “That’s not exactly true, Lindsay,” Chris interjected. “Heather is safe because her bike crossed the finish line first, but since Duncan and Courtney wiped out and didn’t complete the race, they technically didn’t cross the line at all. Which makes you the last one to cross the line, which means… it’s Dock of Shame time, baby!

    To Heather’s relief, Lindsay let go of her to look at the host. “Okay, I am so confused.”

    The Asian girl rolled her eyes. “It means I can't save you unless I give you my invincibility. But I can't do that; too risky.” She turned and began to walk away. “You understand.”

    “But I won,” Lindsay protested and grabbed her wrist. “I even built your bike!”

    Heather tore herself free and laughed nervously. “I don’t know what she’s talking about. You should just leave with your dignity intact. It will make you seem much more cuter in the instant replays.”

    “But we were going to the final three together!”

    “Guess we’re not,” Heather said simply.

    “Aren’t you even sad?” Lindsay asked, her expression concerned. “We’re BFFs!”

    “Yeah, for the contest,” Heather returned, crossing her arms over her chest. “I mean, it’s not like we’re gonna be best friends for life or anything.”

    Lindsay covered her mouth with her hands and gasped. “I can't believe you just said that! But we pinkie-swore!” Then her expression hardened. “You mean… I’ve been helping you all this time, and you didn’t even like me?”

    Heather gave the blonde a sidelong glance. “Uhhh, truth? Not really, no. What? We're not here to make friends, we're here to become celebrities, remember?”

    “Ooh, that's cold, brah,” Duncan, still covered in pitch-black oil, interjected.

    “Oh, like you're such a team player,” Heather shot back. “All you do is go around scaring the crap out of everyone. Well, except for Jason.”

    Hey, I’m not afraid of that- Uh, he’s not here, is he?” Duncan’s protest turned to a question as the delinquent looked around nervously.

    Heather rolled her eyes. “Whatever. I have invincibility. No one can touch me.”

    “This week,” Eva said ominously.

    “You really are mean!” Lindsay exclaimed. “And all that bad stuff people say about you is true! Like how you're a two-faced, backstabbing, lying, little-”

    What followed was a tirade of insults the sheer audacity of which could only be imagined by those who weren’t there.

    “I always told them they were wrong,” Lindsay added, after finishing her parade of insults. “I stood up for you because I thought we were BFFs. But they’re right, you really are a two-faced, backstabbing, lying little-”

    Heather’s eye twitched in irritation as the insult parade came around for a second go.

    “And guess what? I don't wanna be BFFs anymore. I'd rather spend the day staring at Owen’s butt than shopping with you. And P.S.: your shoes are tacky!

    Heather gasped. The personal insults and curse words were one thing, but to insult her fashion sense?! She had a half a mind to-

    “Yeah! You tell her, Blonde Girl!” Eva called out from the sidelines as the other campers laughed.

    “Oh, go jump in the piranha pool,” Heather snapped and walked away.

    MOVE IT, PEOPLE!

    The sudden shout made Heather stop and turn, just in time to see Jason and Izzy – both riding the same bike, for some reason – come careening off a nearby cliff and land in the lake with a loud splash.

    Where the heck had they been?



    “Thanks for all your support, Kelsey,” Lindsay said a while later as she walked onto the Dock of Shame, dragging her luggage behind her. The other campers were lined up waiting for her.

    “It’s Courtney,” Courtney corrected her absently.

    Lindsay turned to the next girl in line. “And I love you, Ava!”

    “Don’t touch me,” the gym girl said in a warning tone.

    “Kick Heather’s butt for me, okay?”

    “Oh, that I can do,” Eva said, smirking evilly.

    Lindsay nodded at Izzy and walked past her to the guys – Duncan, DJ, Trent and Jason.

    “Bye guys. See you at the finale!”

    “Take care, Blondie,” Jason said with a slight smile and a nod.

    Finally, it was the glaring Heather’s turn. Lindsay smiled. “Good luck, Heather. I hope you get everything your karma owes you.”

    The Asian girl didn’t reply, and so Lindsay looked to the Boat of Losers. “Okay. I’m ready,” she said and walked up the gangplank and onto the boat.

    Her time at Wawanakwa was at an end.



    Wait a minute!” Heather exclaimed as she sat in the confessional. “Jason and Izzy showed up exactly when the challenge was over. What’s that about? Did Jason know crossing the finish line last meant getting eliminated, so he made sure not to cross at all? Is someone feeding him information, or was he watching the whole time? And why was Izzy with him? Did she switch sides? Why- Wait.”

    The Asian girl’s eyes widened as though something horrible was just occurring to her.


    The final race had me, Lindsay, Courtney and Duncan. No matter who lost, Jason got rid of a potential enemy… and as useless as Lindsay was, her vote was mine, so now I have one less. And now that Duncan’s fearing for his life, he probably won’t go against Jason again. And with DJ confessing like that, he’s for sure in Jason’s camp from now on. And if Jason turned Izzy, somehow, then…”

    Heather gasped, her expression going equal parts impressed and horrified.


    No way… Did he plan it this way from the start?! Did he trick me into voting off Gwen last time just so he could turn it around and-?! Was that whole thing with fighting Izzy just a ploy? Was she in his alliance even back then? Is that why he helped me, so I’d be distracted and not notice?! That’s… That’s DIABOLICAL!”



    Okay, apparently I missed the mother-of-all insult trains or something,” Jason said in the confessional, looking tired and still a bit moist from his trip to the lake. “And get this: Eva said it was Lindsay insulting Heather. Can you believe it? Man, I wish I’d been there!”

    The boy straightened and sighed. “Oh, yeah, and remind me never to go biking with Izzy again. Fuckin’ hell, man…”




    End Chapter 18



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold




    Author’s Afterword: I was very tempted to call this chapter “Something, Something, Reverse UNO Card”, but I couldn’t think of anything witty enough.
     
    Chapter 19: Total Screamarama
  • JasonSanjo

    Your Overlord and Jester
    I Don’t Wanna Be Famous

    A Total Drama SI story

    Disclaimer: Total Drama belongs to Fresh TV Inc. I’m simply borrowing it to tell some stories.

    Author’s Notes: I had a canceled appointment on Sunday, so I got time to finish the chapter early. Enjoy!

    Oh, and (slightly early) Happy Halloween, everybody!



    Chapter 19: Total Screamarama

    Chris stood on the dock as he addressed the camera.

    Previously, on Total Drama Island…”

    Clips began rolling, showing scenes from the previous episode.


    After some juicy drama following Gwen’s departure from the island, the campers had to build their own hot wheels in a motocross challenge to race for invincibility.

    There were big winners, and big-time losers. There was even some wicked, off-the-track motocross stunts!

    But in the end, it was Heather who crossed the finish line and double-crossed Lindsay by leaving her and their alliance in the dust, proving Heather really is a backstabbing user who will do anything to win. But this time her backstabbing may have backfired, as Jason’s position is now stronger than ever!

    Lindsay ultimately lost the race and the challenge, which meant goodbye to Lindsay and her luxury luggage.

    Who will be the next winner? Who will be the next loser? Who will renew my contract for next season?!

    All these mind-probing questions revealed on this episode of Total. Drama. Island!”



    During breakfast the day after the bike challenge, Heather found her gaze drifting to Jason again and again. The boy – or rather, the bane of her existence – was happily chatting with Izzy, DJ and Eva, showing no sign of anything unusual.

    Heather sighed. Was he a genius? Or just crazy? Was there even a difference, in his case? No matter how hard she tried, she couldn’t pin him down. It was like trying to grapple with smoke. Everything she did he either countered or turned back against her, somehow, like he was catching a ball and throwing it back in her face. His methods were as inexplicable as his sudden shifts in personality; he could go from friendly to mocking to playful to… to anything in an instant. She had never met anyone like him in her life.

    And she had underestimated him. Again. And thanks to that, now her position was more perilous than ever.

    Heather sighed again as she looked back to her mostly untouched breakfast. She was not in the mood for eating at all. Her thoughts kept going back and forth, between considering Jason as a person, on the one hand, and trying to figure out how he had managed to anticipate her latest schemes with such ease, on the other.

    He’s not a mind-reader, is he…? No, that’s preposterous.

    Sighing for a third time, Heather looked away. To her dismay, when she did her eyes met those of another: Courtney. The Hispanic girl had a sly smile on her and kept winking and not-so-subtly jerking her head in Jason’s direction. Her right eye twitching, Heather turned her back on the girl.



    Courtney frowned. What was Heather being so shy for? With Gwen gone, now was the perfect opportunity for her to make a move! So why hadn’t she?

    It had been several days already, and Heather had done… nothing. Zip. Nada. Zilch.

    Was she chronically shy or something? She hadn’t struck Courtney as such, but maybe she simply hid it well? It would have made some amount of sense; she knew that, like it or not, Heather was a bit of a schemer. Maybe she had trouble doing things directly, and had developed her scheming as a workaround?

    “Hey, Duncan,” Courtney whispered as she elbowed the delinquent in the ribs.

    The boy turned to her. “What?”

    “I think we need to give Heather another push,” she said conspiratorially. “At this rate, nothing’s going to happen because she’s too shy to do anything!”

    Yeahhh… No.”

    Courtney blinked. “What?”

    Duncan looked this way and that before leaning in and whispering, “Call me crazy, but... I’d like to live, okay? I’m staying as far away from that psycho as I can.”

    “What? Heather’s not a psycho!”

    “Not her. I’m talking about Jason, of course.”

    “What are you on about? Jason’s a great guy! Sure, I guess he might have a bit of a temper, but-”

    Duncan shook his head. “No way. I’m out.”

    “Duncan, you- Hey, get back here! Duncan! …Fine, then! I’ll do it by myself!”

    But how…?



    The rest of the day transpired pretty much as rest days usually did, sans me spending time with Gwen since, well, she wasn’t around anymore. Instead, I went on another walk.

    Come the evening, however, something rather unusual happened. Chris showed up with a couple interns to deliver a projector and one of those roll-up projector screens. In addition to having the day off, we would be allowed to watch a movie!

    And the movie? It was a third-rate horror flick featuring a guy with a-

    “He’s coming out of the woods with a big hacky chainsaw!” Izzy exclaimed and immediately gasped, adding, “That’s sooo cool!

    -chainsaw killing a bunch of teenagers, played rather unconvincingly by no-name actors in their mid-twenties. Currently, there was a scene with-

    “Oh, no, the psycho killer’s going for the car!” Trent exclaimed in turn.

    -two teenagers parked in a car and-

    Courtney leapt to her feet. “Hey! Idiots! Stop making out and start the car, already!”

    … You know what? Screw it.

    “They’re gonna be chainsaw sushi!” Izzy chimed in with a laugh, then gasped when the girl in the movie shrieked.

    Trent gasped as well. “And now the car won’t start!”

    “Oh, man. I hate scary movies,” DJ complained, even as he peered at the movie in-between his fingers covering his face.

    “Run, the psycho’s gonna get ya!” Izzy called out.

    DJ gasped and dropped down onto the ground, putting his lower body behind his stump as he shielded his head with his arms and whimpered.

    I shot the Jamaican boy a pitying look. “Seriously, man?”

    “Oh, no, they’re too late!” Courtney said, her eyes growing wide with horror as the chainsaw roared, right before the killer sliced up the young couple on the screen. She shielded her eyes with her arms and then turned right around and buried her face in the chest of the – pleasantly, by the look of it – surprised Duncan. “I can’t watch!”

    Duncan snaked one arm around the Hispanic girl even as he laughed in delight at the movie. “Ha ha! Gross!

    Izzy stood up, cheering. “Aw, gross! Aw, the chainsaw psycho’s going back to the woods! He’s gettin’ away! Yeah! Good ending! Izzy loves scary movies!”

    Moments after Izzy's impromptu review, the credits started rolling.

    DJ sighed. “Am I ever glad that’s over. I really hate scary movies.”

    Duncan smirked. “Oh yeah? What scares you most? The, uh, part where everyone meets a grisly death? Or the psycho killer with the hook?!

    As he spoke, the delinquent used his free hand – the other still holding on to Courtney’s shoulders – to pull out his hook prop, the same one we’d used to scare everyone on the camping trip weeks before.

    DJ screamed in terror and hid behind Trent as the rest of us laughed. Yes, including me. I may have had a bone to pick with Duncan, but that was downright funny.

    “C’mon, DJ,” I said aloud from my seat. “For a slasher flick, it wasn’t all that bad. They barely showed anything.”

    “Yeah, there was hardly any hacking. Not like Bloodbath 2: Summer Camp Reign of Terror!” Duncan chimed in in agreement before looking over at me with a look that I judged to be half-amused, half-pleading. It was a weird look.

    “Never heard of it, but the point stands,” I said with a shrug.

    “Oh, well, yeah, it’s a really great movie! You should watch it!” Duncan said, giving an obviously forced smile.

    “Eh, maybe,” I said noncommittally. If he wanted to pretend things were square between us, I wasn’t going to call him on it. At least, not right at the moment.

    Heather rolled her eyes at us. “Aww, looks like Jason and Duncan have more in common than just a bad fashion sense,” she said. “It’s just mindless guts and gore.”

    “Hey, horror movies can be way more than just guts and gore,” I protested.

    “Yeah, they’re loaded with psychological trauma,” Duncan agreed. “Heh, look at DJ.”

    Indeed, DJ had latched onto Trent in a quite literal fashion – sitting on the boy’s lap much like Izzy was sitting on mine, only with his arms wrapped around the other boy’s head rather than draped around his neck. Annoyed, Trent tried vainly to get the Jamaican boy off him, but alas, DJ was far stronger than he was.

    Heather rolled her eyes again. “Whatever. Does anyone have any idea what our next challenge is going to be?”

    “Hey, yeah,” Eva said in a suspicious tone as she looked around. “Where’s Chris?”

    It was at that moment we all heard the sound of an engine coming from over on the nearby dock. Looking over, we could see the Boat of Losers pulled up to the dock, and the shadowed figure of Chef loading what looked like luggage onto the boat.

    Very suspicious.

    One by one, we all stood up and headed for the dock. Duncan was in the lead, and was the first to address the man.

    “Hey, yo, Chef! Where’s the fire?”

    Chef Hatchet gasped in surprise and directed a fearful look at Duncan, then the rest of us as we approached. Without saying another word, he jumped onto the boat and ran into the cabin. Through the window, we could see both him and Chris, looking strangely fearful right before the engine revved and the boat pulled away at high speed.

    “Uh, dude?” Trent asked as he picked up the lone backpack that had been left behind on the dock. He called out, “You forgot this! Huh?”

    A rolled-up newspaper dropped from the backpack. Picking it up, Trent stood closer to one of the lit torches decorating the dock and read aloud.

    Escaped psycho killer on the loose. Be on the lookout for a man wearing a hockey mask with a hooked hand and carrying a chainsaw,” he read, his eyes growing wider and wider as he spoke.

    Izzy laughed. “Haha! He’s on the loose!

    “Oh, come on! They don’t expect us to fall for this? ‘Scary movie’ followed by ‘hasty exit’ followed by ‘strategically placed lame prop’?” Heather said and crossed her arms over her chest.

    DJ gulped. “I-I dunno. He looked pretty spooked.”

    The Asian girl directed a disdainful look at the Jamaican boy. “Puh-lease. It’s all part of their little stunt to freak us out.”

    “Yeah, this seems a bit too coincidental,” I agreed.

    Trent, meanwhile, pulled what looked like a small bottle out of the abandoned backpack. “If this was a stunt, would Chris leave behind his… hair gel?

    At the revelation, everyone but myself and Heather gasped in alarm. For my part, I simply blinked as I stared at the bottle, and the tiny photo of Chris on the label.

    “Seriously? Chris has his own line of hair gel?” I deadpanned.

    Heather snorted. “He would.”

    “Whoa, whoa, whoa,” Courtney interjected. “This is for real?!

    “So let me get this straight,” DJ said, his voice starting to go up, “Chris left us for dead and now we’re alone while that escaped psycho killer with the chainsaw is on the loose?!”

    Duncan smirked. “Nooo. We’re alone while that escaped psycho killer with a chainsaw and a hook is on the loose!”

    Once again, the delinquent pulled out his hook prop and, predictably, DJ screamed like a little girl and cowered on the dock with his arms over his head. “I told yo, dude! Not. Funny!

    “And neither is your Chicken Little routine,” Eva interjected. “Be a man, DJ.”

    “I can’t help it. I feel like we’re being watched!”

    Heather tapped herself on the forehead. “Uh, duh. It’s a reality show. We’re always being watched.”



    Meanwhile, in an undisclosed location somewhere on the island…

    Chris chuckled as he turned to the camera. “Heather’s right. And tonight, we’re watching to see who can survive a real life scary movie, with special guest appearance by… the escaped psycho killer with a chainsaw and a hook!”




    “Yeah, DJ,” I agreed, trying to sound soothing. “There’s fixed cameras and cameramen everywhe- Wait, where are the cameramen?”

    There was a moment of silence as everyone looked around, but there was not a single cameraman in sight. While their numbers did tend to thin out as the day turned into night, it was rare for there not to be a single one about as long as any of us campers were still up and about. And since we were currently all up and about…

    “Oh, shit,” DJ summed it up.

    “Okay, look,” Courtney said. She was pacing back and forth and kept wringing her hands in obvious fright. “It doesn’t matter if this is real or a challenge. Right? We need a game plan.”

    DJ nodded vigorously. “Yeah, yeah, we need a game plan!”

    Okay, this might actually be serious… Unless they’re trying to trick us? I wonder if-

    Heather put her hands on her hips. “You little fright wigs might need a game plan, but I need a facial.”

    My thought process came to a screeching halt. That was just too good to pass up. I caught Heather’s gaze and quirked one eyebrow at her while an amused smirk made its way onto my face. Almost instantly, her cheeks became tinged red.

    “Not that kind of facial! You’re so gross!

    “I didn’t say a word. You came up with that one all by yourself.” If anything, Heather’s face only became redder as I pointed this out. I chuckled. “Hey, it’s nothing to be ashamed of. I like a girl with a dirty mind!”

    “I do not have a dirty mind! Augh, I’m leaving!”

    “Lemme know if you need any help with that facial~!”

    Shut up!

    I laughed as Heather angrily stomped off towards the public bathroom, thoroughly humiliated.

    “And the bossy mean chick seals her fate,” Izzy interjected and then slid a finger along her neck while making a sort of messy shick sound.

    “Oh, nice sound effect,” I said appreciatively. Then I grinned as an idea entered my mind. I leaned over and whispered, “Hey, Izzy. Do you like pranks?”

    “Izzy loooves pranks!”

    I chuckled. “Perfect. Come with me…”

    “Where are you guys going?!” I heard Courtney call out behind us as we walked off toward camp. “We need to stick together! Hey!



    Courtney grunted irritably. Normally, she would be all for Jason trying to spend more time with Heather – after a fashion – but this was an emergency situation!

    … Also, did his flirting have to be so crude? They were going to be on TV, for crying out loud! There could be children watching!

    Shaking her head in exasperation, the Hispanic girl turned to the remaining campers. “I say we go back to camp and discuss strategy. Who’s with me?”

    Duncan shrugged, DJ nodded vigorously again, and the rest of the campers just mutely nodded their agreement.

    Courtney smiled. “Great! Let’s go make a game plan.”



    A few minutes later, Courtney, Duncan, DJ, Trent and Eva were all gathered around the newly-lit bonfire. The others were seated on the stumps while Courtney paced back and forth in the area between them and the bonfire.

    “Okay, we need to establish some ground rules,” she began. “In scary movies, people always go off on their own and get killed, so not doing that has to be rule number one. Rule number two… don’t go into secluded areas, like the woods or an empty building. Rule number three-”

    “Is there a point to this?” Eva interrupted. She looked bored. “If there really is a psycho killer, I say we arm ourselves, set up an ambush, and then kick his butt.”

    Courtney let out an irritated groan. “No way! Those two guys tried that in the movie, remember? They got chainsawed to death!”

    Eva snorted and crossed her arms over her chest. “Only because they shouted ‘Geronimo’ before they jumped the guy.”

    “That’s not the point! We have to stay away from danger!”

    Trent looked around. “Speaking of danger, should we really have let Jason run off like that? I hate to say it, but he seems like a handy guy to have around when there’s a psycho killer on the loose.”

    There was a pause as everyone considered this.

    There was a meaty smack as Courtney’s palm met her forehead. “Crap!



    Meanwhile, I was in the kitchen with Izzy, busily putting my prank idea into action. I had pulled a bowl out of a cabinet and was deftly making sure I got just the right mix for what I had planned.

    “So we take some of this, and mix it with this…

    Izzy giggled. “Oh, this is gonna be sweet!

    “I know, right? Heather’s gonna flip! Now, come on, let’s heat this up for the right consistency…”



    In an undisclosed location somewhere on the island, Chris flipped a switch on the console in front of him and spoke into the microphone.

    Hey, Chef? Lay off the lodge and the bathroom for a bit. I wanna see where this goes.”



    Heather had just finished putting on her exfoliating face mask and then shaved her legs when she heard a scratching noise at the door leading outside the communal bathroom. Clad as she was in only a towel around her body and another around her hair, she would have felt very exposed and vulnerable… if she didn’t know exactly who was out there.

    “Very funny, Jason,” she said aloud. “I know it’s you, so you can just drop it. I’m not scared. Now get lost, jerk.”

    The scratching stopped. Smirking, Heather took a step toward the waiting shower stall, only to stop and spin around in alarm when suddenly the door opened.

    “Jason? What are- Izzy?!

    “H-Heather,” the redhead gasped and staggered inside. She almost fell, but managed to catch herself on the sink. As she came into the light, Heather could see there was something red splattered all over her chest.

    Izzy covered her mouth with her free hand as she began coughing violently. When she removed her hand, it came away bloody. She looked at Heather, her eyes coming unfocused.

    “R-run… away…”

    With those two words spoken, Izzy lost her hold on the sink and collapsed onto the floor, more of the red liquid spilling from her mouth with the impact. Her eyes stared vacantly at nothing as her breathing stilled.

    To say Heather felt shocked would have been an understatement. She knelt next to the redhead, her fingers going for the girl’s throat, trying in vain to feel for a pulse. “I-Izzy? You… You’re joking, right?!”

    Right then, a figure appeared in the open doorway. The figure stepped inside, revealing its face was almost entirely obscured by a tightly-drawn hood. And clutched in its right hand was a knife, covered in blood. The figure let out an angry roar and lunged, knife reared back to strike.

    Heather screamed in terror and vainly covered her face with her arms as she closed her eyes. When the end did not come, she felt suspicion blossom inside her. When she heard a low chuckle that soon turned into gasping laughter, suspicion made way for confusion.

    She opened her eyes. There, standing before her, was her knife-wielding attacker, only he was now holding himself up against the wall with his knife hand, the other clutching at his stomach as he laughed hysterically.

    Heather stared. “Wha…?”

    Heh heh heh heh heh, we gotcha!” she heard Izzy speak, and she looked down to see the redhead giggling to herself on the floor. She slowly got up on her knees as she looked up at Heather, her face a mask of mirth. “We gotcha good!

    Her brain not quite processing what was going on – filled as it still was with terror-induced hormones – Heather looked from the redhead to the knife wielder, who by now had removed his hood to reveal the countenance of Jason, his expression one of hysterical amusement.

    Slowly, confusion began to make way for blind rage inside Heather’s mind. She opened her mouth to give the boy a piece of her mind when she was interrupted by a loud, echoing gasp. She turned.

    There, standing in the still-open doorway, were DJ and Trent, their eyes wide with surprise and horror as they beheld the scene inside the bathroom. For a long moment, everybody simply stared at one another.

    Izzy was the first to actually react. She picked herself fully up off the floor and began to stagger toward the newcomers, her arms outstretched, fingers grasping at the air.

    Braaaaaains… Braaaaaaaaaaaaains!

    The two boys hugged each other and screamed.

    Braaaaaaaains…!

    Still holding onto one another, DJ and Trent abruptly turned on a dime and ran, Izzy staggering on after them with a surprising burst of speed, all while repeating “Braaaaains!” over and over. Soon enough, the noise died away into the night.

    There was silence. Slowly, Jason and Heather turned to look at each other. Jason spoke first.

    “Well, guess we got three for the price of one! Not bad for a-”

    GET OUT YOU ASSHOLE!



    And stay out!” Heather said firmly as she pushed me outside. She grabbed the door and began to slam it shut, but stopped right before the last light disappeared. Slowly, she opened the door a bit wider, in the process increasing the amount of light coming through the opening. As I still had my back to the doorway, I didn’t see her directly, but I could see her shadow on the ground.

    There was a pregnant silence. I could feel she wanted to communicate something, but for whatever reason couldn’t find it in herself to actually say it out loud.

    “… Want me to wait out here until you’re done?”

    There was no reply, but I saw her shadow nod before the door closed, leaving me in darkness.

    Heh. What a scaredy-cat.

    Of course, Izzy and me did just scare the living crap out of her, so it wasn’t all that unexpected. Still, she should’ve at least had the courage to say so out loud.

    “Ah, well, whatever,” I muttered as I leaned against the wall. “Guess I’ll wait for a bit.”

    I looked up at the night sky.

    Stars are nice tonight…



    For a long while after kicking Jason out, Heather stood with her hands resting on the sides of the sink, staring into the mirror. Despite the rage that had welled up inside her, her eyes were still wide with the terror she’d experienced beforehand.

    That asshole. That freaking asshole!

    Despite putting her weight on the sink, she could feel her entire body was still trembling. Her arms felt weak and rubbery, her legs like jell-o.

    I just need to shower… and go to bed, she told herself, again and again. Shower… and then bed. Shower… Bed.

    … Damn it all, she couldn’t see herself leaving the bathroom. Not by herself. Jason better still be out there!

    W-wait. What if he… No, he wouldn’t. Would he…?

    Her eyes darted to the door. She couldn’t hear anything outside. No scratching, no muttering, no breathing. Nothing. A fresh wave of fear welling up inside her, Heather went for the door, only to find her legs barely obeying her commands to move. She staggered over, barely catching herself by grabbing the door knob. The sound of the impact seemed to echo inside the empty bathroom. And still, there was no sound coming from outside.

    He didn’t actually…? No. No way.

    Heather turned the knob and the door clicked. She swung the door slowly open, the hinges vainly protesting with a high-pitched whine that made her skin crawl. She looked to the left and to the right, but there was no sign of Jason.

    He left?! That no-good, irresponsible-

    “Oh, you’re done already?”

    Heather fairly jumped out of her skin when she heard Jason’s voice from around the vicinity of her waist. Looking down and behind the door, she saw him sitting on the ground, partially obscured by the door’s own shadow. His fingers gently clutched the pommel of the knife, slowly twisting it around, the point digging a shallow hole into the dirt.

    “N-no!” she stammered, “I’m not done yet!”

    The boy cocked his head at her. “Then why’d you come out here?”

    None of your business!” she snapped and then slammed the door shut. The nerve of him, hiding like that!

    Heather briefly closed her eyes and took a few slow breaths to calm herself. It was no use, however, and she moved instead to the shower stall, tossed her towel over the side of it, and turned the shower knobs. She waited for the water to reach the right temperature, then stepped inside. The pleasantly warm water felt soothing, not just for her skin, but for her nerves. How dare Jason scare her like that! And Izzy was in on it, too!

    Still, it felt a little reassuring to find that Jason hadn’t actually left, after all.

    Just a little.



    “What was all that screaming about?” Courtney asked. She’d been busy making a chart and had only been dimly aware of the commotion. She looked around. “And where are Trent and DJ?”

    “DJ needed to take a piss and took Guitar Boy with him,” Duncan said with a shrug and a slight smirk. “Pretty sure they were the ones screaming, too.”

    Courtney groaned. “Why am I surrounded by idiots? I told them we have to stay together!

    “Yeah, I don’t see the point,” Eva said then and rose. To Courtney’s rising annoyance, she began to walk away toward the girls’ cabin. “Nothing’s happening. I’m going to bed. See ya.”

    “W-wait a minute!” Courtney stammered. She grabbed Eva by the wrist, only to find the gym girl turning on her with a snarl.

    “You’d better let go if you know what’s good for you,” she said threateningly, and Courtney complied with an “Eep!”.

    “L-look,” the Hispanic girl said, mentally regrouping as Eva crossed her arms over her chest. “With DJ and Trent gone, we’re the only ones left! If you leave, then-”

    “Life’s not a horror movie,” Eva said resolutely. “Heather’s a bitch, but she’s right this time. I’m going to bed.”

    But-!

    Without uttering another word, Eva soon disappeared into the darkness. After a few moments there was the sound of a door opening and closing, then nothing.

    “Looks like it’s just you and me now, Princess,” Duncan said smugly as he leaned back in his seat, his hands behind his head. A few seconds later, he blinked. “Hey, are you okay…?”

    Exasperated, Courtney threw her hands at the sky.

    Why doesn’t anyone listen to me?!



    Braaaaaains! Braaaaaaaaaaaaains!

    Zombie Izzy’s guttural voice echoed in the night as DJ ran, holding onto Trent for dear life as tears of terror streamed down his face. He was dimly aware that the other boy had stopped running and was simply being carried along, but he didn’t care.

    I don’t wanna be a zombie!

    “D-DJ!” Trent stammered. “We gotta split up!”

    NO!

    “We gotta!” Trent insisted. “She can’t catch both of us if we run in opposite directions!”

    Okay, not being caught by Zombie Izzy sounded good. Alas, in his terror-addled state, DJ found himself unable to actually let go of the other boy.

    “I-I can’t!

    “Yes, you can! Just let me go, and-”

    “No, I mean I can’t let go! My arms are stuck!”

    What?!

    Braaaaaaaaaains!

    Oh, God, she’s getting closer! How is she getting closer?!

    “DJ, let go!”

    “I ca-a-a-a-a-a-an’t!

    “Damn it, I didn’t wanna have to do this!” Trent exclaimed. DJ felt the boy move about in his arms, and soon after he heard a plop followed by a wet, cold sensation on his arms. Then Trent abruptly disappeared, leaving behind only a lemony scent.

    DJ gasped in alarm, but didn’t stop running for an instant. “T-Trent?! Where’d you go?!

    Suddenly, he heard the sound of running feet catching up to him. His eyes wide with terror, DJ looked over his shoulder and almost fell over from relief to see it was Trent and not Zombie Izzy.

    The other boy held up a small bottle. “Guitar oil!” he said triumphantly. Then his expression hardened and he gestured toward the large rock a ways in front of them. “All right, when we reach the rock, you go right and I’ll go left.”

    “Don’t leave me, man! Please!

    “It’s our only chance! Go!

    They reached the rock. As planned, Trent turned left, while DJ continued toward the right.

    He was alone.

    Nooooooooooo!” he howled, holding his face with his hands as he ran. There was no going back. He was alone in the dark, with only the stars and the moon to light his way, and he was being chased by zombies!

    Well, a zombie.

    … Actually, hold on. Now that he thought about it, DJ realized he could no longer hear Izzy’s strange, shambling sprint, nor the drawn-out “Braaaaaaaaains!”.

    Did it actually work?! Was he sa-

    “Oh, hey, DJ.”

    DJ jumped in fright, but with his forward momentum the jump turned into a tumble which turned into a crash when he slammed into and got his limbs stuck in what turned out to be a fold-out chair.

    “Oh, no! I’m stuck! I don’t wanna diiiiiiiiiiiiiie-!

    “Dude, you’re safe!”

    DJ opened his eyes. It wasn’t dark anymore. In fact, it took several agonizing seconds for his vision to adjust enough to the light that he could see Chris standing before him.

    Chris?! I thought you ran away! I- Where are we?”

    “In my command tent,” the host said smugly. He gestured toward a table, upon which stood a console with a keyboard and several screens mounted above it, showing images from across the island.

    “Your… Huh?”

    “It was all a challenge,” Chris explained. “Watch a scary movie, then live a scary movie. Chef even dressed up for it and was supposed to scare the bejeezus outta you… But apparently Izzy beat him to it.”

    DJ stared as his fear-addled mind slowly put two and two together. “Wait, so Izzy’s not a zombie?!”

    “Nope. She and Jason played a prank on Heather and then you and Trent walked in on ‘em.”

    “Oh, man, that’s a relief,” DJ said and wiped the sweat from his forehead. Then he blinked. “Hold on… Where’s Trent and Izzy?!”



    Trent mentally berated himself over and over as he ran quickly – but carefully – through the shadowy woods, closely pursued by the surprisingly quick Zombie Izzy. When he suggested the plan to DJ, he’d assumed Izzy would go after the other boy! After all, being bigger overall meant bigger head which meant bigger brains, right? That was how it worked, wasn’t it?

    Braaaaaaaaains!

    … Apparently not. Damn it all, maybe if he climbed a tree he could shake her? Zombies couldn’t climb, right?

    Alas, Trent never got the chance to test his theory, because when he dashed around another tree in his path he found himself unexpectedly slam face-first into something that, while it didn’t feel like a tree, might as well have been one for all the yielding it did. He landed on his back, the air knocked out of his lungs with the impact.

    He looked up. There, silhouetted by the moon peering down between the leaves, was a massive figure, face covered in a hockey mask, left hand ending in a hook, and the right clutching… a hockey stick tied to a chainsaw?

    Trent’s eyes widened. It was the psycho killer from the newspaper!

    It was then he heard the strange, shambling, yet high-speed gait of Zombie Izzy approach and slow.

    Braaaai- Huh?”

    Trent tilted his head backward. There was Izzy, covered in blood, but no longer wearing the dead-eyed expression she’d had before. Instead, she wore a surprised expression as she looked not at Trent, but at the psycho killer. Very slowly, Trent raised his head once more and followed her gaze.

    The psycho killer revved his chainsaw.

    ““AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!””



    “Hey, did you hear that?!” Courtney asked in alarm. “It sounded like a scream… somewhere far away…”

    Duncan shrugged. “It was probably just a wolf howling at the moon,” he said noncommittally.

    “How can you be so calm?!” Courtney asked as she turned to look at him. To her surprise, the boy had lit not one, but two sticks of wood on fire. “Hey, what are you-”

    Before she could finish, Duncan reached out one of the fiery sticks and set fire to the sketch pad and easel that had, rather inexplicably now that she thought about it, been standing by the fire pit.

    “My chart! Why?!

    “There’s a time for charts and there’s a time for action,” the delinquent said gravely as he rose, prompting Courtney’s rising anger to evaporate into confusion.

    “Huh?”

    Duncan shot her a confident grin. “Come on, Princess. We’re tracking down the psycho killer.”

    Courtney frowned. “I’m not a- We’re WHAT?!



    “And with three down and five to go, our ‘psycho killer’ is set to strike again!” Chris said happily.

    Behind him, Chef Hatchet smirked and pulled his hockey mask back down over his face before exiting the tent, leaving the host alone with DJ and the two newcomers Izzy and Trent. Their reactions to the ordeal had been… slightly different.

    “Oh, man, you really got me. You got me good!” Izzy said, giggling. Behind her, Trent sat on the ground, rocking back and forth with his arms clutched around his knees while DJ tried in vain to snap the boy out of his shell-shocked state.

    “Trent, snap out of it!”

    Really, taking advantage of the news of the unexpected prison break to stage a horror-themed challenge had been a genius move! Oh, this one would have to go into Chris’s autobiography, no questions asked!

    “Come on, man! It was all just a prank! Wake up!”

    Trent did not respond.

    Chris laughed.

    Things were going great!



    Eva sighed. Although she’d told the others she was going to bed, she couldn’t sleep. She would never have admitted it to the other campers’ faces, but in truth, she felt… uneasy. Yeah, uneasy, not scared. Definitely not scared of made-up psycho killers with a chainsaw and a hook, escaping from prison and…

    Eva cleared her throat and took a deep breath. She was not scared. She was just having a little trouble sleeping, was all. It was just a little insomnia. Nothing to be- What was that?!

    The gym girl sat up in bed and stared at the window, but saw nothing. She could have sworn she heard something tapping on the glass, but… there was nothing out there. No silhouette or face in the window, just darkness. She lay back down.

    There was nothing out there. It was just her imagination. Right. That stupid movie and that stupid newspaper and her stupid fellow campers just had her a little riled up, that was all, and now her mind was playing tricks on her. There was nothing going on at all. Everything was fine. Everything was-

    Suddenly, the door to the cabin opened with a bang, and Eva bolted upright, this time to see the silhouette of a veritable giant of a man standing in the doorway, arms raised above his hockey-mask-wearing head. The left arm ended in a hook, while the right-

    The man revved his chainsaw.

    Eva screamed.



    “Where are we going?”

    Duncan didn’t bother turning around. He’d given one of his makeshift torches to Courtney, so he knew she could see just fine. “I told you, we’re tracking down the psycho killer.”

    They’d been walking for barely fifteen minutes, at first headed away from the camp into the woods and then slowly circling back around in a wide semi-circle while staying on the lookout for the psycho killer. Another few minutes and they would once more have the camp in sight, and assuming they didn’t see their quarry anywhere, Duncan planned on going in another semicircle across on the other side of the camp.

    “This is insane!

    This time, Duncan did look back at the girl. He winked at her. “You know, you can hold my hand if you’re scared.”

    “In your dreams! I’m not scared at all!”

    “If you say so, Princess.”

    “How many times do I have to tell you, I’m not a-”

    There was a sudden hooting as an owl flew past.

    “… Not scared, huh?” Duncan asked slyly.

    Courtney, who’d run forward and wrapped her arms around him and buried her face in his chest, didn’t immediately reply. After a moment, she looked up at him, her face scrunched-up in an adorably frightened expression for a brief, brief moment before she frowned.

    “I’m not. Scared!

    Duncan barely kept in a laugh. “Whatever you say.”

    Courtney’s annoyed expression began to waver, then fell away entirely as a wolf howled in the distance. She buried her face in Duncan’s chest once more, her grip on his torso tightening. Try as he might, the delinquent couldn’t keep from grinning.

    Things were going great!

    “… Hey, do you smell something burning?” Courtney asked suddenly.

    It was then that Duncan realized his shirt was on fire, ignited by the makeshift torch still clutched tightly between the Hispanic girl’s fingers.

    EYYYYAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!



    “I-I wasn’t scared. Not one bit. I knew it was a prank all along!”

    “Sure, Eva, sure,” Chris said soothingly, though the toothy grin on his face revealed just what he thought of her words.

    Eva bristled. “I’m telling the truth! I wasn’t scared at all!

    Yeahhh… Tell that to DJ,” the host remarked, prompting Eva to blink and look down.

    “Hand… crushed… bones… breaking…” the Jamaican boy whined, teary-eyed.

    Sorry!” Eva said and quickly let go of the death-grip she hadn’t realized she’d had on the boy’s hand. He rolled up into the fetal position, whimpering and clutching at his injured hand.

    Slowly, Eva raised her gaze to find Chris’s grinning face looking at her. Heat rushed to her cheeks.

    I wasn’t scared!



    By the time they finished stomping out Duncan’s shirt, Courtney found her fears had dissipated into nothing. She wasn’t sure if it was because of the distraction or because of the boy’s presence, but despite the darkness and the strange sounds of the night she no longer felt afraid.

    “Duncan, I-”

    “Aw, man, I liked this shirt,” Duncan said, holding up his shirt and inspecting the large new hole in it. As he did, some pieces of the frayed and burnt edges fell away.

    Courtney felt her face flush. In part because of the reminder that she had been the cause of the shirt’s destruction, but also because, well… Duncan was shirtless. And they were alone. At night.

    Oh, my…

    Pointedly clearing her throat, Courtney turned away. “Um, I’m really sorry about the shirt.”

    The delinquent sighed. “It’s okay. It was getting old, anyway.”

    Courtney sighed. Even now, he was trying to make her feel better. Maybe there really was a softer side to the boy…?

    Actually, now that she thought about it… he’d been incredibly patient, hadn’t he? She wasn’t blind; she’d been fully aware of all the flirting he’d been doing over the past few weeks. Only, because she’d been so focused on trying to get Jason and Heather together, she hadn’t really… responded.

    Courtney gently bit her lower lip. Maybe it was time she focused on her own love life, even if just for a moment…?

    Yes, it was. Steeling herself, Courtney turned around to face her would-be paramour once more.

    “Duncan, I…”

    The delinquent looked at her. “What?”

    Very slowly, Courtney raised her right hand and pointed a trembling finger behind the boy. Blinking, he turned.

    The psycho killer revved his chainsaw.



    “Man, you took forever.”

    “Shut up, you ass!”

    Heather had finished showering and removing her mask, and now, clad once more in nothing more than a pair of towels, she had stepped out of the communal bathroom… to be met with Jason giving her attitude.

    Him! Giving attitude! To her!

    “Whatever. Just… escort me to my cabin, and- Where are you going? The cabin’s that way!”

    Heather hurried her steps to catch up with the boy, who for some unfathomable reason had started walking not towards the girls’ cabin, but the main lodge!

    “I gotta put the knife back in the kitchen, first,” Jason replied, and although she couldn’t make it out in the dark, she had the distinct feeling he was rolling his eyes at her. Also…

    “You used a real knife?!”

    “Of course I did. Where the hell do ya think I’d find a prop knife out here?”

    Heather was at a loss for words. Not because she couldn’t argue the logic, but because she found herself briefly overwhelmed by the sheer stupidity.

    Seriously, how could someone be so smart yet so incredibly dumb at the same time?! It boggled the mind!

    “Fine. But once you put it back, you’re escorting me to the cabin.”

    “Nah.”

    “Excuse me?”

    “I’m hungry. I’m gonna make a sandwich.”

    You-!

    Alas, Heather’s complaints fell on deaf ears as Jason opened the door to the lodge and stepped inside, only stopping to hold it open for her.

    … Well, okay, at least the boy had some manners. She stepped inside without a word, the door closing behind her.

    Heather found herself blinking when the lights came on. By the time she could see again, Jason had already gone into the kitchen, and she resigned herself to wait for him. Sighing, she sat down at one of the tables, leaning her cheek on her hand and her elbow on the table.

    It had barely been a minute when the door to the lodge opened. Heather lazily turned her head, going from watching Jason making a sandwich to have a look at the visitor.

    It was a veritable mountain of a man, his face covered in a hockey mask and clutching a chainsaw in his right hand, while his left was hidden under what was obviously a hook prop.

    Heather let out a disgusted sigh as she straightened. “Seriously? You plant the newspaper, and then have some actor dress up as the guy in the picture? You’re getting sloppy, Chris.”

    The man said nothing.



    “Oh, my gosh, Duncan! You were so brave!

    “Uh, yeah.”

    “The way you pushed me out of harm’s way and tripped him up to buy me time to escape! So noble!

    “Uh, yeah.”

    Duncan didn’t dare tell Courtney he tripped on his own feet while trying to push her out of the way so he could run. He’d planned to confront the psycho killer on his own terms, not get ambushed from behind! That the psycho killer – actually Chef Hatchet in disguise, as it turned out – had then gotten his own feet tangled up with Duncan’s flailing limbs and fallen over on top of him hadn’t exactly helped the delinquent’s self-image.

    Still, the way Courtney kept hugging him and kissing his cheek wasn’t all bad, though Duncan could do without the audience. His gaze roaming around the tent that Chef had brought them to after scaring the living daylights out of them, he took it all in.

    Chris, Chef Hatchet, Izzy and DJ kept grinning and giving him a thumbs-up.

    Eva had turned her back on them and was looking at Chris’s assortment of screens, her face slightly flushed.

    And finally, Trent sat in a corner, gently rocking back and forth.

    Courtney, for her part, didn’t seem to care about the audience at all.

    Duncan had never felt so uncomfortable in his life. He needed a distraction. Something. Anything.

    “Hey, wait a minute!”

    Thank you, Eva!

    The gym girl pointed at one of the screens. “If Chef’s in here, then who’s that in the lodge with Heather?”

    Everyone – even Trent – turned to look. Indeed, there was a guy there in the lodge, wearing a hockey mask over his face, with a hook on his left arm and a chainsaw in his right hand. His build was virtually identical to Chef’s, and if not for the obviously white skin the two could have been twins.

    DJ gasped. “Oh, shit! It’s the real escaped psycho killer with a chainsaw and a hook!”

    Almost as one, everyone ran out of the tent and made a beeline toward the camp.

    “This could be really, really good for ratings,” Chris gasped out between breaths as they ran, “or really, really bad for lawsuits!”



    “Okay, I understand actors without speaking parts don’t get paid much,” Heather said as she faced the hockey-mask-man. “But seriously, you need to invest in a dental plan. When was the last time you flossed? It’s gross.”

    The man’s eyes narrowed dangerously, but Heather wasn’t intimidated in the least. After everything Jason had put her through that night already, nothing Chris could throw at her would even so much as faze her.

    “And what’s with that hook prop? It’s so tacky.”

    Wordlessly, the man put down his chainsaw and used his now free hand to pull the hook off his arm, revealing a fleshy stump underneath.

    Heather recoiled slightly at the sight, but found herself oddly fascinated at the same time. “… Huh. How’d they get it all scabby like that…?”

    The man put the hook back, then picked up his chainsaw. He revved the chainsaw at the exact same moment the door to the lodge was thrown open to admit pretty much everyone – Chris, Chef Hatchet, Duncan, Courtney, Eva, Izzy, DJ, and Trent. Oddly enough, they all looked frightened. And they all opened their mouths at the same time.

    “““““Heather! He’s the real escaped psycho killer with a chainsaw and a hook!”””””

    Heather’s eyes widened. The real…?

    The psycho killer revved his chainsaw one more time and raised it high above his head. As Heather began screaming, he brought it down, and she instinctively shut her eyes tight as she threw herself backward.

    But, much like in the bathroom, the end never came. Instead, she heard running footsteps, followed by a loud smack and what sounded like someone stumbling. Then there was a loud snapping noise and a shrill scream that was abruptly cut off by a series of meaty smacks. Finally, there was a crash that made the floor shake.

    Heather shuddered. Somewhere in there the chainsaw had shut off, and as such she heard what came next quite clearly.

    “Are you okay?”

    Gingerly, she opened her eyes. Standing before her was Jason, leaning forward, his arm outstretched and his hand open, as if offering to help her up.

    It was then Heather realized she’d actually dropped out of her seat to sit on the floor. Not quite managing to meet his gaze, she took Jason’s proffered hand and let him help her to her feet. As she rose, she saw the psycho killer laid out on the floor, seemingly unconscious. What’s more, his mask was gone and his face covered in blood, his hook was rolling about on the floor, and his right arm was… bent at an unnatural angle.

    Oh, that’s what the snapping noise was, she realized, wincing at the sight. Slowly, she turned her gaze from the psycho killer to Jason. Their eyes met, and she saw – perhaps for the first time – just how entrancing his eyes were, all in shifting shades of blue-green, with speckles of brown interspersed in-

    Her cheeks burning hot, Heather lowered her gaze. In doing so, her eyes landed on Jason’s hand holding hers… and the warm, red liquid now covering them both. Her embarrassment momentarily forgotten, she looked back up at him, her face scrunching up in equal parts disgust and shock.

    “Oh, it’s not mine,” Jason said reassuringly, completely misinterpreting her expression. He flicked the thumb of his free hand toward the psycho killer. “It’s his.”

    At that moment, the chainsaw – which had somehow gotten stuck in the ceiling – came loose and fell to the floor with a loud clatter. Nearby, DJ fainted.

    Heather tore her hand away. “Ew! Ew! Ew! Ew! EW!



    Later that night, we were all gathered at the bonfire, following our rather unusual challenge. Tonight, like last time, there was no voting, the elimination instead being decided by the result of the challenge itself.

    I glanced toward Heather, but the Asian girl was very pointedly not looking at me. I sighed.

    How was I supposed to know breaking the guy’s nose would turn it into a fucking fountain??

    Chris, either oblivious to or disinterested in my mental state, chuckled. “Well, it’s obvious to everyone Jason wins invincibility. And sadly, it’s equally obvious that DJ walk the Dock of Shame. Since he was the only one who screamed, bolted, and got himself eliminated without the psycho killer even being there. But… no hard feelings, dude. You will be missed.”

    Trent was the first to speak. “Aww, come on, people, group hug!”

    Said and done, we all got up off our asses and gave DJ a group hug goodbye. As we did, my hand briefly touched Heather’s arm before she pointedly moved it away from my touch.

    I groaned internally. I was gonna hear about the “blood incident” for forever, wasn’t I? For fuck’s sake…



    Heather sat in the confessional, her arms crossed over her chest as she looked at the camera. Her expression held none of her usual haughtiness, nor the stunned surprise she sometimes expressed after having one of her schemes thwarted. No, this time, her expression was different, uncertain.

    The Asian girl opened her mouth to speak, then seemed to think better of it and closed it. After a moment she opened it again, but no words came out, and she instead bit her lip as she looked away. At long last, she spoke.


    I… I-I can’t do this!”

    With those words, she rose and hurriedly left the confessional.




    End Chapter 19



    The roster

    The Screaming Gophers: Gwen, Trent, Heather, Cody, Lindsay, Beth, Izzy, Owen, Leshawna, Justin, Noah

    The Killer Bass: Geoff, Bridgette, DJ, Tyler, Sadie, Katie, Courtney, Jason, Duncan, Eva, and Harold
     
    Last edited:
    Top